英语外研版必修2:Module 4 Fine Arts --Western, Chinese and Pop Arts(教案+学案+单元测试题+音频素材,24份)

文档属性

名称 英语外研版必修2:Module 4 Fine Arts --Western, Chinese and Pop Arts(教案+学案+单元测试题+音频素材,24份)
格式 zip
文件大小 12.3MB
资源类型 教案
版本资源 外研版
科目 英语
更新时间 2013-02-26 18:56:27

文档简介

Module 4 第1课时
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.After several a________, I gave up trying to do his portrait.
2.At first he i________ Picasso's style and then he developed his own personal style.
3.My parents have p________ to take me to see a pop at exhibition.
4.I don't know the names of any western contemporary p________.
5.Painting is good way for young children to e________ their feelings.
答案:1.attempts 2.imitated 3.promised 4.painting 5.express
Ⅱ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
1.It is not polite to sit with your feet________at another person.
A.pointing        
B.point
C.to point
D.pointed
答案:A
解析:考查with的复合结构,your feet与point是逻辑上的主谓关系,所以用-ing形式表示主动关系。
2.The murderer was brought in with his hands________behind his back.
A.being tied 21世纪教育网
B.having tied
C.to be tied 21世纪教育网
D.tied
答案:D
解析:考查with的复合结构,his hands与tie是逻辑上的动宾关系,所以用-ed形式表被动关系。
3.The boy________a great interest in natural science.
A.developed
B.invented
C.made
D.discovered
答案:A
解析:develop an interest in “在……方面发展兴趣”。
4.You can't________him to be a selfish man. He is willing to help those in trouble.
A.regard
B.consider
C.think of
D.look on
答案:B
解析:consider sb. to be/as...意为“认为某人是……”;而A、C、D要与as搭配。
5.The pop group, ________for________other singers, are going to visit China to give concerts next month.
A.knowing; studying
B.known; copying
C.knowing; following
D.known; imitating
答案:D
解析:known for是过去分词短语,在句中作定语,相当于定语从句who are known for,根据句意应选imitating,意为“模仿”。
6.Both my parents are________Song Zuying's songs, which are in the classical Chinese________.
A.crazy about; style
B.fond of; expression
C.agree with; way
D.good at; group
答案:A
解析:be crazy about“对……着迷”;in...style“属于……风格”。
7.The architect was very proud because his design for the art museum was________.
A.adopted
B.discussed
C.allowed
D.agreed
答案:A
Ⅲ.选择适当的词填空
liked, wanted, tell, lived, is playing, holds, has been discovered, jumps, kept
If you________to learn more about children who________in ancient Greece more than 2,000 years ago, where would you look?
Some pictures________us that Greek children had pets, such as birds, dogs and rabbits. Older boys________horses and hunting dogs. The pictures also tell us that a few children________more strange animals as pets, including monkeys even insects.
On a picture which________, a little girl________with a toy and her pet. In her left hand she________a toy, and in her right hand a bird. At her feet a dog________to her.
答案:wanted, lived, tell, liked, kept, has been discovered, is playing, holds, jumps
Ⅳ.完形填空
阅读下面短文,理解大意,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
Dorothy Brown was very happy as she sat in the theatre listening to the music. “Lauren's __1__concert”, she thought. “I've__2__this moment for years and years and now it is here__3__. How pretty she is! __4__beautiful__5__she has!” As she listened to her young daughter__6__, she remembered when she was Lauren's__7__.
__8__a young girl, Dorothy wanted to be a concert singer, too. She studied in France, Italy, and in the United States. “You can be a fine singer__9__,” her teacher told her, “but you must__10__to study hard and work for many years. There will be__11__time for anything__12__music in your life.”
Dorothy was eighteen at that time and she was sure that music was__13__she wanted or needed to fill her life.
For almost a year Dorothy thought of nothing__14__. Then she met David, a young engineer__15__in Europe. They met in Italy where Dorothy was studying with Givoanni Bernini, one of__16__voice teachers in the world. Dorothy and David saw__17__nearly every day and__18__a few months David asked her to be his wife. Dorothy wanted to__19__David, but she wanted to be a concert singer, too. She didn't know__20__to do.
1.A.the first
B.second
C.first
D.last
答案:C[来源:21世纪教育网]
解析:根据下文“我已等待这一时刻数年了”可知,这是Lauren的第一场音乐会;又因first前面有名词所有格,故first前不能再用定冠词the。
2.A.sang for
B.waited for
C.stood for
D.stayed for
答案:B
解析:wait for意为“等待”;sing for“为……歌唱”;stand for“代表”;stay for“呆……一段时间”。
3.A.at all
B.at the end
C.at first
D.at last
答案:D
解析:前文已说等这一时刻数年,此处意为“这一时刻终于到来了”。
4.A.What a
B.How a
C.What
D.How
答案:A
解析:此题应与下题一起选择。下题用voice指“人的嗓音”,voice为可数名词,故用A。
5.A.noise 21世纪教育网
B.voice
C.sound
D.noises
答案:B
解析:此处指她唱歌时的声音,故用voice。noise“嗓音”;sound“声音”;指自然界的一切声音,不用于指人的嗓音。
6.A.sung
B.to sing[来源:21世纪教育网]
C.singing
D.to singing
答案:C
解析:现在分词作宾补,表示动作正在发生。listen to sb.可接省略to的不定式或现在分词作宾补。
7.A.years old
B.old
C.ages
D.age
答案:D
解析:Dorothy Brown记起了自己处在Lauren这个年龄时的情形。
8.A.Like
B.As
C.For
D.With
答案:B
解析:As在此是连词,等于As she was(a young girl),作状语。
9.A.some day
B.some days
C.some time
D.sometimes
答案:A
解析:some day是不定时间,表示“将来某一天”;some days“一些天;几天”;some time “一段时间”;sometime“有时”。
10.A.to prepare
B.prepared
C.be prepared
D.preparing
答案:C
解析:must是情态动词,后接动词原形。be prepared to do sth.“准备做某事”。
11.A.not
B.some
C.not a
D.no
答案:D
解析:time是名词,前面否定词用no。用not是对整个句子或动词进行否定。no相当于not any。
12.A.but
B.and
C.but that
D.besides
答案:A
解析:but在此处是介词,相当于except,意为“除……之外”;在你的生活中除音乐之外,你没有时间做其他事。21世纪教育网
13.A.that
B.all
C.which
D.whom
答案:B
解析:all是不定代词在句中作表语。music就是她需要的一切。
14.A.other
B.others
C.else
D.too
答案:C
解析:else常用在疑问代词、疑问副词和不定代词后面。意为“其余的;别的”。
15.A.travelling
B.travelled
C.travel
D.to travel
答案:A
解析:travelling和后面介词短语in Europe构成v.-ing短语,在句中作后置定语,修饰engineer。
16.A.most fine
B.the finest
C.finer
D.the finer
答案:B
解析:形容词最高级前面需要用定冠词the。[来源:21世纪教育网]
17.A.one another
B.each one
C.others
D.each other
答案:D
解析:each other用来表示两者之间的关系,one another表示三者或三者以上之间的关系。
18.A.after
B.in
C.before
D.on
答案:A
解析:表示过去一段时间之后时用after,表示到将来一段时间之后时用in。
19.A.marry with [来源:21世纪教育网]
B.marrying to
C.marry
D.get married
答案:C
解析:marry一词是及物动词,意为“嫁”或“娶”,后面直接跟表示人的名词。get married中的married是形容词作表语,表示主语所处的状态。
20.A.how
B.what
C.where
D.when
答案:B
解析:do是及物动词,须接宾语,故用疑问代词what。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
A
Most painters discover a style of painting that suits them and stick to that, especially if people enjoy their pictures. But Picasso, the great Spanish painter, was like a man who had not yet found his own particular style of painting. He kept on struggling to find the perfect expression till his death in 1973.
Some of Picasso's paintings are rich, soft colored and beautiful. Others are ugly and cruel and strange. But such paintings allow us to imagine things for ourselves. They force us to say to ourselves, “What does he see that makes him paint like that?” And we begin to look beneath the surface of the things we see.
Picasso painted thousands of pictures in different styles. Sometimes he painted the natural look of things. Sometimes he seemed to break them apart and throw the pieces in our faces. He showed us what the mind knows as well as what the eye sees. At the age of 90 he remained as curious about the world as he had been when he was young. That is why people have called him “the youngest painter in the world”.
1.The ugly, cruel and strange paintings by Picasso ______.
A.allow us to ask questions about them
B.force us to question anything we see
C.make us try to notice something latent (潜在的) in the things
D.cause us to think what Picasso saw was different from what we see
答案:C
解析:综合归纳题。根据第二段,毕加索的画使得我们产生探索的欲望。
2.The sentence “sometimes he seemed to break them apart and throw the pieces in our faces” means ________.
A.sometimes he showed some broken pictures to others
B.sometimes he tore his pictures into pieces
C.he broke something he was painting and threw them away
D.things in some of his pictures seemed to be in disorder
答案:D
解析:推理判断题。这是一道深层理解题。根据前面一句话“Sometimes he painted the natural look of things.”的提示可以理解得出。A、B、C三项的描述不符合常理。
3.Why have people called Picasso “the youngest painter in the world”?
A.Because he looked young when he was old.
B.Because he never gave up looking for something new.
C.Because he observed things with the eye and the mind.
D.Because he never stopped painting even when he was old.
答案:B
解析:细节理解题。根据最后一句“That is why people have called him ‘the youngest painter in the world’.”的暗示可知其前一句话为本题的正确答案。
4.What do you suppose the writer thinks of Picasso's paintings?
A.He doesn't understand some of them.
B.He admires them, including the ugly ones.
C.He thinks some of them are valuable, some are not.[来源:21世纪教育网]
D.He doesn't like some of them, but he admires the painter.
答案:B
解析:综合归纳题。作者对毕加索画的评价是有些内容丰富、柔和而又漂亮;有些虽然丑陋,但是这些丑陋的画迫使我们去思索一些画外的东西,可见作者是欣赏毕加索的绘画的。所以B为正确答案。
B
Americans have contributed to many art forms, but jazz, a type of music, is one of the art forms that was started in the United States. Black Americans, who sang and played the songs of their homeland, created jazz. Jazz is a mixture of the music of Africa, the work songs, the slaves' songs and the religious music. Improvisation is an important part of jazz. This means that the musicians make the music up as they go along, or create the music on the spot. This is why a jazz song might sound a little different each time it is played. Jazz bands formed in the late 1800s. They played in bars and clubs in many towns and cities of the south.21世纪教育网
Jazz became more and more popular. By the 1920s, jazz was popular all over the United States. By the 1940s, you could hear jazz not only in clubs and bars, but in concert halls as well. Today, people from all over the world play jazz. Jazz musicians from America, Asia, Africa, and Europe meet and share their music at festivals on every continent. In this way jazz continues to grow and change.
5.From the passage it can be inferred that________.
A.New Orleans is the place where jazz was first produced
B.the American people are all jazz lovers
C.jazz is merely sung by the black when working
D.jazz may become more popular as time goes on
答案:D
解析:从最后一段最后两句“爵士乐遍布全世界,全世界都在分享爵士乐,且它还在扩大变化着”可推断它将越来越受人喜爱。
6.It took about________years to make jazz popular in the US.
A.200   
B.120   
C.80   
D.40
答案:B
解析:从十九世纪末爵士乐的产生,到二十世纪二十年代在美国广为流行可推断它共用了大约120年。
7.The underlined word“created”in the first paragraph can be replaced by________.
A.loved
B.continued
C.made
D.started
答案:C
解析:create“创造”,与make同义。
8.Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A.American Art Forms
B.The Development of Jazz
C.The Music of Black Americans
D.The Birthplace of Jazz
答案:B
解析:全文主要讲述了从爵士乐的产生到发展,一直到现在非常流行,故B项最佳。
Ⅵ.书面表达
请你就中国的传统绘画写一篇120字词左右的短文,允许自由发挥。文章的开头已给出,不计入总词数。
Everyone agrees that traditional Chinese painting is very beautiful.______________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文:
Everyone agrees that traditional Chinese painting is very beautiful. It is completely different from Western painting and highly regarded throughout the world for its theory, expression and techniques. According to the means of expression, Chinese painting can be divided into two categories:the xieyi school and the gongbi school. Xieyi is the basic approach to Chinese painting. Even in ancient times, Chinese artists were unwilling to be controlled by reality. Take Qi Baishi, the modern painter, for example, he does not paint shrimps, insects, birds, and flowers as they are in nature but only shows their general character after he observed them carefully for a long time and had a deep understanding of them.
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Module 4 第2课时
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.He likes cats but d________dogs.
2.________(绘画) is my favorite lesson.
3.This play is divided into three acts, and each act has three s________.
4.Some foreigners become interested in t________Chinese medicine.
5.We visited a c________display to flowers last week.
6.We have no ________(同时期的) account of the battle.
7.She felt she had looked at the problem from every ______(方面).
8.My criticism wasn't a________at you.
9.All three teams ________(采用) different approaches to the problem.
10.I felt he was o________everything I did.
11.Her style of painting has been i________by other artists.
12.Will time travel become a________(现实)in the future?
13.It is ________(不正常的) for Dave to be late.21世纪教育网
答案:1.dislikes 2.Drawing 3.scenes 4.traditional 5.colourful 6.contemporary 7.aspect 8.aimed 9.adopted 10.observing 11.imitated 12.reality 13.unusual
Ⅱ.短语翻译
1.按照传统风俗    ____________________
2.三三两两 ____________________
3.从……可以看出 ____________________
4.认为……是 ____________________
5.考虑;看待 ____________________
6.瞄准 ____________________
7.喜欢 ____________________
8.对……厌倦 ____________________
答案:1.by tradition 2.in twos and threes 3.tell by 4.consider...to be/as 5.think about 6.aim at 7.be fond of 8.be/get tired of
Ⅲ.词语辨析
A.用tradition, habit或custom填空。
1.It is the ________in the family for the eldest sons to take over the company.
2.You need to change your eating ________.
3.It is the ________in that coutry for women to marry young.
B.用ordinary, common, usual或normal填空。
4.In the ________way, she is not a nervous person.
5.Breast cancer is the most ________form of cancer among women in this country.
6.Her temperature is ________.
7.He came home later than ________.
C.用alive, live, living或lively填空。
8.All ________things need sunshine and air.
9.It was a ________broadcast, not a recording.
10.She has a strange way to make her classes ________and interesting.
11.Doctors kept the baby ________for six weeks.
用special, especial或particular填空。
12.These teachers need ________training.
13.There is one ________patient I'd like you to see.
14.You must handle this with ________care.
15.She is very ________about clothes.
答案:1.tradition 2.habits 3.custom 4.ordinary 5.common 6.normal 7.usual 8.living 9.live 10.lively 11.alive 12.special 13.particular 14.especial 15.particular
Ⅳ.句型转换
1.Can you name a great nineteenth century Chinese artist?
Can you ________________________of a great nineteenth century Chinese artist?
2.It is delightful for the little boy's parents that he has won the first prize.
________________________________the little boy's parents that he has won the first prize.
3.My parents are fond of going to art galleries and often take me with them, so I've developed an interest in art.
My parents ________________going to art galleries and often take me with them, so I ________________________art.
4.I can tell by the style.
I can tell ________________the style.[21世纪教育网]
答案:1.say the name 2.To the delight of
3.feel like; become, interested in 4.according to
Ⅴ.单句改错
1.They went abroad for a change of scenery.
________________________________________________________________________
2.At the sight for the policemen, the thief ran away.
________________________________________________________________________
3.It is probable for him to solve the problem.
________________________________________________________________________
4.It was a pity that he left with his work unfinishing.
________________________________________________________________________
5.It is a/an ordinary sense to run away in case of fire.
________________________________________________________________________
答案:1.scenery改为scene
2.for改为of
3.probable改为possible
4.unfinishing改为unfinished
5.ordinary改为common
Ⅵ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
1.The children are finding it hard to________to the new school.
A.agree         
B.adopt
C.admit
D.adapt[来源:21世纪教育网]
答案:D
解析:agree“同意”;adopt“采用;收养”;admit“容许;承认;接纳”;adapt“使适应;改编”。句意为:孩子们发现适应新学校很难。
2.I love their music, but I've never seen them perform________.
A.alive
B.living
C.live
D.lively
答案:C
解析:live在本句中意为“现场直播的”;living与alive都有“活着的”之意,分别作前置定语和后置定语;lively“活泼的;有生气的”。句意为:我喜欢他们的音乐,但从未看过他们的现场表演。
3.He likes to be different from others, but I really can't________his hairdo(发型).
A.understand 21世纪教育网
B. stand
C.stand for
D.put up for
答案:B
解析:stand意为“容忍;忍受”;符合题意。stand for意为“代表;象征”;而D项应改为put up with...“容忍;忍受”。
4.I'm not really tired________being a teacher, but I am actually tired________it.
A.of; of
B.of; from
C.from; from
D.from; of
答案:B
解析:句意为:我不厌烦当老师,但我确实因此很劳累。be tired of“对……厌烦”;be tired from“因……而劳累”。
5.________two buildings to build, the workers have to work really hard this year.
A.With
B.Besides
C.As for
D.Because of
答案:A
解析:with表示原因或理由,意为“因;由于”;后接复合宾语。B项意为“除……之外,还……”;C项意为“关于;至于”;D项意为“因为;由于”;但后面不能接复合宾语。故选A。21世纪教育网
6.—Do you believe in________Chinese medicine?
—Of course I do. It has been playing an important part in medical field.
A.traditional 21世纪教育网
B.original
C.ancient
D.normal
答案:A
解析:考查短语辨析。traditional“传统的”;original“原来的;起初的”;ancient“古代的;古老的”;normal“正常的;一般的”。traditional Chinese medicine“传统中医学”。
7.He is considering________a new bike and________away his old one to his younger brother.
A.to buy; gave
B.buying; giving
C.buying; to give
D.to buy; give
答案:B
解析:本句中consider意为“考虑”,其后应加动名词,且两空是并列关系,所以形式相同。
8.He studied hard, ________the exam.
A.aim at
B.aiming at passing
C.aiming passing
D.aim to passing21世纪教育网
答案:B
解析:aiming at passing the exam在句子中作状语,可排除A、D两项。aim常用于aim at sth./doing sth.或aim to do sth.,所以应选B。
9.My husband and I are________Song Zuying's songs, which are in the classical Chinese________.
A.crazy about; style
B.fond of; expression
C.satisfied to; type
D.good at; group
答案:A
解析:be crazy about意为“疯狂迷上……”;第二空style意为“风格”,符合题意,故是正确的。be fond of意为“喜欢……”,而第二空用expression不合适。C项应为be satisfied with,第二空type意为“类型”。D项group也不合适。
10.Dalian is________most beautiful city and I hope I'll have a chance to come here________second time.
A.the; a
B.a; a
C.a; the
D.the; the
答案:B
解析:此题第一空不是“最高级”,不能用定冠词the,而是表示“一座很美的城市”。第二空用a second time表示“再一次;又一次”;而非“第二次”,所以选B。
Ⅶ.短文填空
Pablo Picasso is a Spanish artist. He is considered to be the greatest western__1__of the twentieth century. It was he and another artist who started Cubism in__2__which means showing all of the objects and people at the same time. And Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of the pop art. This kind of art__3__to show the ordinary city life. Chinese artists Qi Baishi and Xu Beihong, who__4__the traditional Chinese style of painting, made an everlasting contribution to the world arts. And we can see the excellence of the Chinese traditional painting style from their paintings, the__5__famous for the pictures of little shrimps, the latter known for his lively paintings of horses. [21世纪教育网]
1.________   2.________   3.________
4.________   5.________
答案:1.artist 2.painting 3.aims 4.followed 5.former
Ⅷ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
Sports shoes that work out whether their owner has done enough exercise to warrant time in front of the television have been devised in the UK.
The shoes—named Square Eyes—contain an electronic pressure sensor and a tiny computer chip to record how many steps the wearer has taken in a day. A wireless transmitter passes the information to a receiver connected to a television, and this decides how much evening viewing time the wearer deserves, based on the day's efforts.
The design was inspired by a desire to fight against the rapidly ballooning waistlines among British teenagers, says Gillian Swan, who developed Square Eyes as a final year design project at Brunel University to London, UK. “We looked at current issues and childhood overweight really stood out,”she says. “And I wanted to tackle that with my design.”
Once a child has used up their daily allowance gained through exercise, the television automatically switches off. And further time in front of the TV can only be earned through more steps.
Swan calculated how exercise should translate to television time using the recommended daily amounts of both. Health experts suggest that a child take 12,000 steps each day and watch no more than two hours of television. So, every 100 steps recorded by the Square Eyes shoes equals precisely one minute of TV time.
Existing pedometers(计步器)normally clip onto a belt or slip into a pocket and keep count of steps by measuring sudden movement. Swan says these can be easily tricked into recording steps through shaking. But her shoe has been built to be harder for lazy teenagers to cheat. “It is possible, but it would be a lot of effort,”she says. “That was one of my main design considerations.”
1.According to Swan, the purpose of her design project is to________.
A.keep a record of the steps of the wearer
B.deal with overweight among teenagers
C.enable children to resist the temptation of TV
D.prevent children from being tricked by TV programs21世纪教育网
答案: B[来源:21世纪教育网]
解析:由第三段的最后两句话可以得知,Swan的计划就是想解决青少年的肥胖问题。
2.Which of the following is true of Square Eyes shoes?
A.They regulate a child's evening TV viewing time.
B.They determine a child's daily pocket money.
C.They have raised the hot issue of overweight.
D.They contain information of the receiver.
答案:A
解析:B项内容与本文无关;C项文中没涉及;D项的错误在于Square Eyes shoes并不包含receiver的信息。由第二段的最后一句话可得知A项正确。
3.What is stressed by health experts in their suggestion?
A.The exact number of steps to be taken.
B.The precise number of hours spent on TV.
C.The proper amount of daily exercise and TV time.
D.The way of changing steps into TV watching time.
答案:C
解析:由第五段的第二句可以得知。
4.Compared with other similar products, the new design________.
A.makes it difficult for lazy teenagers to cheat
B.counts the wearer's steps through shaking
C.records the sudden movement of the wearer
D.sends teenagers' health data to the re
答案:A
解析:由最后一段的第三句话可以看出,这种新型鞋可以让那些懒惰的孩子难以作弊。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Module4 第3课时
Ⅰ.用所给词语的正确形式填空
1.He didn't mind ________(work) over time.
2.We all enjoyed ________(learn) to skate.
3.You need to practise ________(speak) in English to make progress.
4.He always avoids ________(make) mistakes in learning English.
5.There are a few students who keep ________(come) to class late.
6.Have you finished ________(write)your homework?
7.Can you imagine ________(live) on an island without any modern equipment?
8.He'll never forget ________(visit) London for the first time.
9.The book is worth ________(read).
10.I'm look forward to your ________(come).
答案:1.working 2.learning 3.speaking 4.making 5.coming 6.writing 7.living 8.visiting 9.reading 10.coming
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.__________________(如果给予更多的关心),the trees could have grown better.
2.Passing the hospital, I saw a boy __________________(正在被动手术).
3.Most of the people __________________(被邀请) were scientists.
4.He hurried back home __________________(却发现钱被偷了).
5.__________________(昨天所有参加聚会的人)wore evening dresses.
6.__________________(他进入房间),and a letter was found lying on the ground.
7.He was punished ________________(因为犯了法).
8.__________________(被告诉了多次), he still couldn't understand it.
9.It's better to lose one's life than __________________(失去精神).
10.To see is __________________(眼见为实).
答案:1.If given more attention 2.being operated on 3.invited 4.only to find money stolen 5.All those having come to the party yesterday 6.He entered the room 7.for having broken the law 8.Having been told many times 9.to lose one's spirit 10.to believe
Ⅲ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。[来源:21世纪教育网]
1.The thief stole into the house, ________by the owner.
A.only to be caught    
B.only being caught
C.having been caught
D.caught
答案:A
解析:only to do sth.作结果状语,表示出乎意料的结果,是主语意想不到的。
2.What is the way you thought of ________it well?
A.doing
B.to do
C.in doing
D.to be doing
答案:B
解析:you thought of作定语修饰the way;the way to do sth.意为“做某事的方法”。
3.—What made you so angry?
—________.
A.Because my key was lost
B.My key was lost
C.Losing my key
D.Having lost my key
答案:C
解析:losing my key作主语,后面省略了made me so angry。
4.Mr.Read made up his mind to devote all he had to ________some schools for poor areas.21世纪教育网
A.set up
B.setting up
C.have set up
D.having set up
答案:B
解析:devote...to... 中的“to”是介词。
5.I am considering ________your offer.
A.to have accepted
B.being accepted
C.accepting
D.to accept
答案:C
解析:consider doing“考虑做某事”。21世纪教育网
6.________is a good form of exercise for both young and old.
A.The walk
B.Walking
C.To walk
D.Walk
答案:B
解析:v.-ing形式作主语表示一般性的爱好;不定式作主语表示具体的动作。
7.________the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
A.The president will attend
B.The president to attend
C.The president attend
D.The president's attending
答案:D
解析:v.-ing的复合结构作主语。
8.—What made you so angry this morning, John?
—________. So I have to stay here now.
A.I missing the early train
B.Missed the early train
C.Missing the early train
D.Because I missed the early train
答案:C
解析:v-ing形式作主语。
9.Because of Paul's being late for class, he had to be made ________the classroom after school according to their class practices.
A.clean
B.cleaning
C.to clean
D.cleaned
答案:C
解析:be made to do sth.“被强制做某事”。
10.________for several times, but he still doesn't know how to do it properly.
A.Having been shown
B.Being shown
C.Having shown
D.He's been shown
答案:D21世纪教育网
解析:后面有but连接句子,前面需要一个句子,而不是状语。
Ⅳ.完形填空
阅读下面短文,理解大意,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
Mother managed to buy me some more paint and brushes, along with one or two drawing books and a pencil. This, of course, broadened my range of expression and__1__me to have a greater__2__of subjects. After the first few weeks of uncertainty and awkwardness(笨拙), I__3__contentedly with my new pastime(消遣). I__4__every day upstairs in the back bedroom, completely__5__. I was__6__. I didn't know it then, but I had found a way to be happy again and to__7__some of the things that had made me unhappy. __8__I learnt to forget myself. I didn't miss__9__with my brothers now, for I had something to keep my mind__10__, something to make each day a thing to__11__. I would sit on the floor for hours, holding the__12__between my toes, my right leg curled up(蜷缩的)under my left, my arms held tightly at my sides, hands cleched(紧握). All my paint and brushes were__13__me, and I__14__get mother or father to pin(钉在)the drawing paper to the floor with tacks(大头钉)to keep it__15__. It looked like a very awkward position, with my head almost__16__my knees and my back as crooked as a corkscrew(瓶塞钻), but I painted all my best pictures__17__, with the wooden floor as my only easel(画架). Slowly I began to recover from my__18__depression(消沉). I had a feeling of pure joy while I painted, a(n)__19__I had never experienced before and__20__seemed almost to lift me above myself.
1.A.persuaded
B.advised
C.let
D.allowed
答案:D
解析:allow sb. to do sth.意为“允许/让某人做某事”,let后常接省略to的不定式作宾补;A、B两项与句意不符。
2.A.progress
B.choice
C.chance
D.imagination
答案:B
解析:根据文章开头的叙述得知:妈妈为我买了一些画笔、颜料、绘画书和铅笔,扩大了“我”表达感情的方式,从而使“我”有了更多的“选择”。
3.A.got down
B.accepted
C.set out
D.settled down
答案:D
解析:settled down意为“定下心来”;get down后接to doing形式;accept“接受”;不合句意;set out后应接to do。
4.A.painted
B.wrote
C.drew
D.read
答案:A
解析:从上下文判断,应该是每天在“画画”。
5.A.by myself
B.with my parents
C.in silence
D.beyond touch
答案:A
解析:从句中completely一词,可猜出“我”是整天一个人在楼上画画的。从上下文还可看出,“我”现在的心情好了许多,因而不会“in silence”。
6.A.forgotten
B.improving
C.growing
D.changing
答案:D
解析:从文章的后半部分可看出,“我”自从开始画画后,心情变好了,人有了很大地变化。growing“长大”和improving“改进”与文章的语境没有必然联系。
7.A.remember
B.forget
C.put down
D.deal with
答案:B
解析:从上一句“I had found a way to be happy again”可判断是要忘记原来不开心的事情。
8.A.Above all
B.In all
C.After all
D.At all
答案:A
解析:更为重要的是“我”忘记了那些使我不开心的事情。above all意为“最重要的是”;in all“总之”;after all“毕竟;终究”;at all“根本”;均不符合上下文的逻辑。
9.A.going out
B.to play football
C.to play with
D.to go shopping
答案:A
解析:miss此处意为“怀念,想念”,后接动名词作宾语。由下文介绍可知作者是残疾,但现在已从意外打击中逐步恢复过来。
10.A.quick
B.active
C.calm
D.slow
答案:B
解析:因为重新有了生活的勇气,总有新的事物使得“我”能够保持大脑思维活跃。
11.A.look into
B.wait for
C.expecting
D.look forward to
答案:D
解析:从上下文可知,“我”每天都“盼着”新的一天的到来。不定式短语作定语,a thing充当look forward to的宾语。
12.A.paper
B.paint
C.brush
D.picture
答案:C
解析:通读全文可知,“我”是个残疾的孩子,没有手,只好用脚趾夹住笔来画画。
13.A.around
B.before
C.behind
D.close
答案:A
解析:因为行动不便,所以颜料、画笔等应当是放在“我”的周围。close要与to连用;B、C两项所表达颜料所在的范围不广。
14.A.should
B.might
C.could
D.would
答案:D
解析:would意为“过去常常;总是会”;相当于used to,其余三项不能表达“经常或习惯性”的动作。
15.A.straight
B.steady
C.high
D.still
答案:B
解析:keep it steady指用大头钉把画纸或画布钉在地板上使其固定住。21世纪教育网
16.A.above
B.among
C.between
D.within
答案:C
解析:因为是用脚在作画,所以头几乎是在两膝之间了,用between。
17.A.in this way
B.the same way
C.halfway
D.in the way
答案:A
解析:in his way“用这种方式”;即“我”就是用这种画法完成了最好的作品。the same way“用一种方法”;half way“半路”;in the way“碍事;挡道”。
18.A.later
B.earlier
C.old
D.present21世纪教育网
答案:B
解析:根据整个故事的情节来看,“我”已经逐步从“早先的”消沉中走了出来。21世纪教育网
19.A.picture
B.idea
C.experience
D.feeling
答案:D
解析:从对整个句子的理解可以看出此处的feeling作同位语,对上一句话中的feeling进行进一步的解释和说明,使读者对作者的这种情感更加清楚和明了。21世纪教育网
20.A.whatever
B.with which
C.what
D.which
答案:D
解析:考查定语从句。which引导的定语从句修饰feeling并在句中充当主语。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
Picasso, the famous Spanish painter, was born in 1881. His father was an art teacher. Picasso began to paint very early. He was admitted to the Royal Academy at the age of of 15. After 1900, he spent much time in Paris, living there from 1940 to 1947, when he moved to the south of France.
Throughout his career, Picasso moved from style to style with ease. He practiced sculpture(雕塑), illustrated(插图)books and also showed great interest in pottery design and other fields of art.
Picasso produced a great number of drawings during his lifetime. No later artist of the School of Paris has replaced him in international influence.
Picasso is generally considered to be the most important figure in 20th century French art. His paintings are now displayed in leading European and American galleries.
1.The main idea of the passage is________.
A.Picasso's life and art
B.Picasso is a famous Spanish painter
C.Picasso spent much time in Paris, living there from 1904 to 1907
D.Picasso is considered to be the foremost figure in the 20th century French art
答案:A21世纪教育网
解析:本文主要讲述了毕加索的一生及其艺术风格。
2.How long did he stay in Spain and France?
A.15 years in Spain and 43 years in Paris.
B.15 years in Spain and the rest life in Paris.
C.He did not stay so long in Paris than in Spain.
D.Over 19 years in Spain and the rest life in France.
答案:D
解析:见原文第一段的描述。毕加索出生于1881年,1900年后到了法国,具体时间没提,那么应该是至少在西班牙呆了19年,到法国之后再没搬迁。所以选D项。
3.Picasso moved from style to style with ease. It means______.
A.he did not like only one style
B.he changed his style without difficulty
C.he showed great interest in other fields of art
D.he not only liked sculpture, but also pottery design
答案:B
解析:毕加索一生从事过雕塑、书的插图、陶艺设计及其他艺术领域的创作,由此可判断出他是“毫无困难地转换艺术风格”。
4.According to the writer, Picasso was________.
A. the most important figure in Spain
B.the most important figure in France
C.more important than any other French artist in international influence
D.more important than any other Spanish artist in international influence
答案:C
解析:由原文第三段中“No later artist of the School of Paris has replaced him in international influence”。可知正确答案为C。
Ⅵ.阅读下面短文,用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空。
The manager came into the office__1__(speak)to me. “I'm sorry, I can't afford__2__(pay)you more money,”she said to me. “It's really difficult__3__(try)__4__(run)a business just now.”
“But it's hard__5__(try)__6__(make)ends meet with the money I get paid,”I replied. “And I don't want__7__(take)a second job.”
“I don't know what__8__(suggest),”she said. “If you had done business studies at college, we could have offered__9__(pay)you more.”
That evening I spoke to my friend. She asked me a few questions. “Do you like__10__(work)at the company where you are? What would you prefer__11__(do)?”I told her that I enjoyed__12__(work)there but I needed__13__(get)a better job that paid more. “Have you considered__14__(take)up business studies at night school?”She asked. “I know__15__(study)after a long day's work is hard, and I wouldn't care__16__(do)it myself, but once you passed your exams you'd be free__17__(try)for better jobs.”
I spoke to my manager and she gave me some advice. I will start__18__(study)next September.
1.________   2.________   3.________
4.________   5.________   6.________[来源:21世纪教育网]
7.________   8.________   9.________
10.________  11.________   12.________
13.________  14.________   15.________
16.________  17.________   18.________
答案:1.to speak 2.to pay 3.trying 4.to run 5.trying
6.to make 7.to take 8.to suggest 9.to pay 10.working
11.to do 12.working 13.to get 14.taking 15.studying
16.to do 17.to try 18.studying
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Module 4 第4课时
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.You have d________my hopes of happiness.
2.Considering the failure of the first plan, this turned out to be a r________success.
3.Chinese sentences ________(趋向于)to be shorter.
4.The Mexican team will be playing a s________ of games this year.
5.G________speaking,boys are more likely to be fond of football.
答案:1.destroyed 2.relative 3.tend 4.series 5.Generally
Ⅱ.短语翻译
1.一系列的         ______________
2.在某人二十几岁的时候 ______________
3.展示某人的感情 ______________
4.实现某人的目标 ______________
5.在十岁时 ______________
6.在……时候 ______________
7.某人发生某事 ______________
8.处于最佳状态 ______________
答案:1.a series of 2.in one's twenties 3.show one's feelings 4.achieve one's aim 5.at the age of ten 6.in the time of 7.happen to sb. 8.at one's best
Ⅲ.词语辨析
用destroy, damage或ruin的正确形式填空。
1.Several vehicles were ________in the crash.
2.The bad weather ________our trip.
3.The whole forest was completely ________by the fire.
4.Failure was slowly ________her.
答案:1.damaged 2.ruined 3.destroyed 4.destroying/ruining
Ⅳ.句型转换
1.What became of the student who used to live with you?
What ________________the student who used to live with you?
2.It happened that he had some friends in that town.
________________________________some friends in that town.
3.In general, Japanese cars are very reliable and breakdowns are rare.
________________,Japanese cars are very reliable and breakdowns are rare.
4.He began to learn painting when he was ten years old.
He began to learn painting ________________________________________.
5.The town looks most attractive in the spring.
The town looks ________________ ________in the spring.
答案:1.happened, to 2.He, happened, to, have 3.Generally, speaking 4.at, the, age, of, ten 5.at, its, best
Ⅴ.完成句子
1.He began to learn English ________(在他五十多岁时).
2.The clock always ________(走得很准).
3.The students decided to ________(创办一份自己的报纸).
4.People ________(往往认为)that this kind of problems will never affect them.
5.The incident caused ________(一连串的事件) that nobody had foreseen.
答案:1.in his fifties 2.keeps perfect time 3.start a newspaper of their own 4.tend to think 5.a series of events
Ⅵ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
1.—What terrible weather! I simply can't get my car ____.
—Why not ________the engine with some hot water?21世纪教育网
A.starting; try to fill    
B.started; try filling
C.to start; trying filling
D.started; trying to fill
答案:B
解析:get a car started“开动/发动车”,car与start之间为动宾关系,故用过去分词作宾补。Why not do...?“为什么不……?”为固定句型。try doing“尝试着做某事”。
2.He got married ________.
A.in thirties
B.in his thirty
C.in the thirty
D.in his thirties
答案:D
解析:“在某人几十几岁时”用“in one's+基数词的复数”形式。
3.Because of the heavy snow, a serious accident ________to the family.
A.occured
B.happened
C.was happened
D.took place
答案:B
解析:happen多指事件偶然、突然发生;occur to sb.表示“某人想起……”;take place指计划、安排的事件的发生。这三个单词或短语都无被动语态。
4.A bomb destroyed two buildings and ________several others.
A.damaged
B.harmed
C.hurt
D.injured
答案:A
解析:damage指对价值、外观、使用性或完好性的破坏。符合题意。21世纪教育网
5.________, it's much too expensive; secondly, it is not very useful.
A.Starting with
B.Started with
C.To start with
D.Start with
答案:C
解析:to start with意为“首先;第一”;是固定短语。
6.In my opinion, the ________feeling is that you have made a serious mistake.
A.general  
B.common  
C.ordinary  
D.universal
答案:A
解析:general指大多数人或事物,是“普遍的;大体的”;common指为许多人或事物所共同具备因而“常见”;ordinary指由于与一般事物的性质或标准相同,因而 “平常”;universal指世界范围内的“普遍”。
7.My uncle is my nearest living ________.
A.relationship
B.relativity
C.relative
D.relations[来源:21世纪教育网]
答案:C
解析:relative“亲戚;亲属”;relationship“关系;关联”;relativity“相对性;相关性”;relation“家属;亲属关系”。
8.There is a growing ________for people to work at home.
A.temptation
B.tendency
C.tradition
D.fashion
答案:B
解析:tendency“倾向;趋势”是tend的名词形式。temptation“诱惑”;tradition“传统”;fashion“时髦”。
Ⅶ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
A
She is widely seen as proof that good looks can last forever. But, at nearly 500 years of age, time is catching up with the Mona Lisa.
The health of the famous picture, painted by Leonardo daVinci in 1505, is getting worse by the year, according to the Louvre Museum(卢浮宫)where it is housed.
“The thin, wooden panel on which the Mona Lisa is painted in oil has changed shape since experts checked it two years ago,”the museum said. Visitors have noticed changes but repairing the world's most famous painting is not easy. Experts are not sure about the materials the Italian artist used and their current chemical state.
Nearly 6 million people go to see the Mona Lisa every year, many attracted by the mystery of her smile. “It is very interesting that when you're not looking at her, she seems to be smiling, and then you look at her and she stops.”said Professor Margaret Livingstone of Harvard University. “It's because direct vision(视觉)is excellent at picking up detail, but less suited to looking at shadows. Da Vinci painted the smile in shadows.”
However, the actual history of the Mona Lisa is just as mysterious as the smile. Da Vinci himself loved it so much that he always carried it with him, until it was eventually sold to France's King Francis I in 1519.
In 1911, the painting was stolen from the Louvre by a former employee, who took it out of the museum, hidden under his coat. He said he planned to return it to Italy. The painting was sent back to France two years later. During World War Ⅱ, French hid the painting in small towns to keep it out of the hands of German forces.
1.We can infer from the text that________.
A.the Mona Lisa is proved to be able to last another 500 years
B.Mona Lisa's beauty is fading gradually with 500 years passing by
C.the Mona Lisa has been catching people's wide attention in the past 500 years
D.Mona Lisa does not look out of date though painted 500 years ago
答案:B
解析:推理判断题。由第一段及第三段第一句话可知:随着500年时间的过去,蒙娜丽莎的美丽也在褪色。[来源:21世纪教育网]
2.Which of the following is TRUE about the Mona Lisa?
A.It was once taken away and hidden up by German forces.
B.Its painter himself loved it greatly and always kept it in a shade.
C.Mona Lisa stops smiling when you look at her, wanting to see her smiles.
D.King Francis I bought it and then returned it to Italy.
答案:C
解析:细节理解题。根据第四段第二句可知。根据文章最后一句可知:由于法国把这幅画藏在小镇上而未落入德军之手,所以A项是错误的。根据第五段第二句可知:达·芬奇本人也非常喜欢这幅画,他总是随身携带,所以B项是错误的。根据文章第五段最后一句话以及最后一段第一、二两句判断出D项也是错误的。
3.Choose the right order about the happenings to the Mona Lisa.
a.It was stolen from the Louvre.
b.Its painter sold it to King Francis I.
c.Its state of health was checked.
d.It was returned to France and housed in the Louvre Museum.21世纪教育网
e.It was hidden and protected against Germans.
A.b, a, d, e, c
B.b, d, c, a, e
C.a, b, c, d, e
D.c, a, d, b, e
答案:A
解析:细节理解题。仔细阅读文章最后两段可判断出A是正确的顺序。
4.It may add to the difficulty in repairing the painting that________.
A.experts haven't noticed changes in its shape as visitors do
B.it is likely to be stolen again when it's under repair
C.it is uncertain which country, Italy or France, should take charge
D.experts aren't sure about the materials and the chemical state of its oil paint
答案:D
解析:细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句话可知。
B
“We are more than halfway now; it's only two miles farther to the inn(small hotel),”said the driver.
“I'm glad of that!”answered the stranger. He wanted to say more but an east wind blew right down his throat whenever he tried to speak.
“You don't feel the cold so much at twenty below zero out in the western country. There's none of this coldness,”he said, adding, “and wetness”.
“You'll have a cold drive going back,”he said anxiously, and put up his hands for the twentieth time to see if his coat collar(衣领)was as close to the back of his neck as possible. He had wished a dozen times that he were in his warm old hunter's clothes which he had often worn in the worst of weather in the northwest.
“I shall not have to go back.”said the girl in a loud voice, with eager pleasantess. “I'm on my way home now. I drive very early just to meet you at the train station. We had word that someone was coming to the inn.”
5.The driver was________.
A.an old man
B.a stranger
C.a girl
D.from a western country
答案:C
解析:细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句话可知这个司机是个小姑娘。
6.From the passage we know that the two speakers were facing________.
A.west  
B.east  
C.northwest  
D.south
答案:B
解析:推理判断题。根据文章第二段:东风吹着他的喉咙,他都说不出话来了,说话他们正在向东行驶。
7.After leaving the stranger at the inn, the driver________.
A.had to return to the western country
B.was going home21世纪教育网
C.was going to see the inn waiter
D.had to leave by train
答案:B
解析:细节理解题。根据文章最后一段第三句“I'm on my way home now.”可知,此题应选B。
8.People at the inn were told that________.
A.a driver was coming to stay at the inn
B.no one was coming to the inn
C.a guest was coming to stay at the inn
D.someone was coming to the inn to have a drink
答案:C
解析:细节理解题。根据短文最后一句话可得出答案C。
9.From the passage, we can know that________.
A.the stranger probably came from the northwest of the country
B.the girl was asked to see the guest off by the owner of the inn
C.the stranger came here by plane
D.the girl was a taxi driver of the inn
答案:A
解析:细节理解题。由文中第四段“..., and put up his hands for the twentieth time to see if...in the northwest.”可知这个陌生人很可能来自这个国家的西北部,故A项正确;由最后一段的最后两句话“I drive very early just to meet you at the train station...”可知这个陌生人是坐火车来的,而这个女孩是去火车站接待这位客人而不是送这位客人,故B、C两项错误;由最后一段中女孩说的话可知她只是去接这位客人,并没有表明她是旅馆的出租车司机,故D项错误。
Ⅷ.用所给词的适当形式填空
adopt, realize, destroy, observe, dislike, aim, stand, imitate, paint, delight
1.She________the window sills a bright colour herself last Sunday.
2.The scientists________the behavior of the mice after they were given the drug.
3.The factory must________at developing new models of machines.
4.Chinese Women's Volleyball Team________their dream at the 28th Athens Olympic Games.
5.The heavy rain________all hope of a picnic.
6.The Chinese athletes must________new techniques to make greater achievements at the 29th Olympic Games.
7.We cannot________waiting in the sun any longer.
8.James can________his teacher's speech perfectly.
9.She strongly________being spoken to like that in the past.
10.I felt________to have been invited to her party.
答案:1.painted 2.observed 3.aim 4.realized 5.destroyed 6.adopt 7.stand 8.imitate 9.disliked 10.delighted

Module 4 选做题
Ⅰ.短文填空
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
We are all called upon to make a speech at some point in life, but most of us don't do a very good job. __1__
So, you have to give a speech-and you are terrified. You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, you stumble(结结巴巴) over words, you talk too long, and you bore your audience. Later you think, “Thank Goodness, it's over. I'm just not good at public speaking. I hope I never have to do that again.”
Cheer up! __2__. Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. Ask yourself the purpose of your speech. What is the occasion? Why are you speaking? Then, gather as many facts as you can on your subject. Spend plenty of your time doing your research. Then spend plenty of your time organizing your material so that your speech is clear and easy to follow. Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts, and graphs if they help you make your points more clearly. __3__. Don't talk over their heads, and don't talk down to them. Treat your audience with respect. They will appreciate your thoughtfulness.
Just remember: Be prepared. Know your subject, your audience, and the occasion. Be brief. __4__. And be yourself. Let your personality come through so that you make person-to-person contact with your audience.
If you follow these simple steps, you will see that you don't have to be afraid of public speaking. In fact, you may find the experience so enjoyable that you volunteer to make more speeches! You're not convinced yet? __5__.
A.It doesn't have to be that bad.
B.Take several deep breaths before your speech.
C.This article gives some advice on how to give a good speech.
D.Say what you have to say and then stop.
E.Don't say what you aren't familiar with.
F.Never forget your audience.
G.Give it a try and see what happens.
答案:1.C 2.A 3.F 4.D 5.G
Ⅱ.短文改错
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断:如无错误,在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√);如有错误(每行只有一个错误),则按下列情况改正:
此行多一个词:把多余的词用斜线(╲)划掉,在该行右边横线上写出该词,并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词:在错的词下划一横线,在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意:原行没有错的不要改。
When I found out that my train would three hours1.________
late, I changed my idea and would get a bus instead.2.________
I was about to rush out of the train station while a3.________
well-dressed old man took me by my arm, “Young4.________
man,”said the gentleman, “Shouldn't you find out5.________
the bus schedule before you rush out catch the6.________
bus?”I stared at him with my mouth opened. How did7.________
he read my mind? Before I can say a word, he added,8.________
“You see, my train is also running late. A same idea9.________
came to me, but I think a good conversation that can10.________
help pass the time. Before you know it, your train will be there.”
答案:
1.would后加be three hours late作表语,would后需要加系动词be。
2.get改为take “乘车”用take;get on表示“上车”。
3.while改为when be about to do...when...“正要做……这时……”,是固定句式。while作“当……时”讲时,强调一段时间。
4.my改为the “抓/打/碰某人的某个部位”用“take/catch/hit sb.+介词+the+部位”。
5.正确
6.catch前加to rush out to do sth.“冲出去做某事”。
7.opened改为open 表示状态用形容词open; opened侧重动作。
8.can改为could 本文讲述的是过去发生的事,需用一般过去时。
9.A改为The same通常与定冠词the连用。
10.去掉that a good conversation作主语,can help pass是谓语部分,故that多余。
Ⅲ.阅读表达
阅读下面的短文,并根据短文后的要求答题(请注意问题后的字数要求)。[21世纪教育网]
Making friends can be difficult, especially these days with so many peer pressures. If you want to develop a more pleasing personality and make friends, become genuinely(真正地) interested in other people. Show kindness...you may be wearing the latest designer label clothes, the hottest brand shoes and the coolest jewelry but if you display sourness and selfishness you'll have a battle ahead of you to make good friends.
Smile...smile and continue to smile. It_costs_nothing,_enriches_those_who_receive_it,_happens_in_a_flash(闪烁)but_the_memory_lasts_forever,_it creates happiness in the home and classroom. A smile can not be bought, begged or borrowed, it comes from the heart. If you want other people to like you, make the other person feel important—and do it sincerely!
Choose your friends carefully. If others try to persuade you to smoke, take drugs, steal, gamble, fight etc...dare to say NO. Doing the wrong thing is the quickest way to lose friends, especially honest, good and upright friends.
Being mentally strong is not always easy but let me assure you that the more you practise it________. Soon those who thought they were trendy will want to dress like you, talk like you and be with you because you have a personality which is different. People like being different! By being an individual with your own personality you can achieve the very best experiences in your life. You may not ever have many friends but let me tell you that it is better to have one good friend than ten dishonest friends who will stab you in the back at the very first opportunity that arises.
1.What's the best title of this passage?
________________________________________________________________________
2.Translate the underlined sentence in the second paragraph into Chinese.
________________________________________________________________________
3.If you want other people to be friends of you, what should you do?
________________________________________________________________________
4.Complete the sentence in the fourth paragraph using proper words.(Please answer within 10 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
5.Which sentence in the passage can be replaced by the following one?
If you are a person with your own personality, you can obtain best experiences at succeeding getting friends.21世纪教育网
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案:
1.How to Make Friends/Making Friends/Ways of Making Friends通读全文可知。
2.它(微笑)不花什么本钱,却使那些看见它的人感到充实,发生在一瞬间,却记忆到永远。
3.You should become genuinely interested in other people and show kindness./You should make the other person feel important, and do it sincerely!由第一段第二、三句话可知。
4.the easier it becomes
5.By being an individual with your own personality you can achieve the very best experiences in your life.
Ⅳ.新短文改错
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(/),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线()划掉。
修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:1.每处错误仅限1词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
It is important to know that a parent can do to help reduce children's stress. If you notice that your child is becoming nerve, he may have problems at the school. He may has trouble sleep. He may be depressing and begin to suffer from headaches. You should talk him to try to discover the cause of her stress. You can spend extra time help him. In short, you need to be complete supportive and encouraging all the time.
答案:
It is important to know a parent can do to help reduce children's stress. If you notice that your child is becoming , he may have problems at the school. He may has trouble slee. He may be depressin and begin to suffer from headaches. You should talk him to try to discover the cause of he stress. You ca spend extra time hel him. In short, you need to be complet supportive and encouraging all the time.
Ⅴ.补全对话21世纪教育网
根据对话内容,从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
—What do you think I ought to see first in London? I'm told one ought to see the British Museum. Do you think I shall have time for that?
—__1__But if I were you, I should leave that for some other day. You could spend a whole day there. It's much too big to be seen in an hour or so.
—I suppose it is. __2__
—That's not a bad idea. You could spend a couple of hours there comfortably, or even a whole afternoon, watching the wild animals and all those birds. You could have tea there too.
—I'll do that, then. How do I get there?
—__3__Where are we now? Oh, there's that big building. I think your best way from here is to take Baker Street.
—__4__
—Oh, no, a quarter of an hour or so, but, if you're in a hurry, why not take a taxi?
—I think I will. __5__Taxi!
A.Let me see.21世纪教育网
B.Well, you might.
C.What time is it now?
D.Is it much of a walk?
E.Ah, here's one coming.
F.What about going to the Zoo?
G.Must I stay in London for long?
答案:
1.B 此处给出肯定回答。
2.F 此处是征求对方的意见。
3.A Let me see意为“让我想想”。
4.D 根据下文,问的是步行多远。
5.E 根据后面的Taxi!可知,此处指来了一辆出租车。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
课件24张PPT。Fine arts-western ,Chinese and pop arts-beijing opera课件 外研版版模块2 Module 4 the
National
Treasure
Beijing Opera dates back to the 18th century.
It is a combination of acting, talking, singing, music, dancing and acrobatics.
The costumes are always in bright colour.
costumedate back
combination
a national treasure
a piercing voice
acrobatics
costume
a mixture of two or more things
the clothes worn in plays or films
to have a history of
a group of valuable things,very special or important for the country
movement of one’s body using the skills of an acrobat
a very high and loud voiceTask 1:
Listen to an interview about Beijing Opera and answer the following questions.
When did Beijing Opera start?
What skills do Beijing Opera actors need to have?
3. How many main roles are there in Beijing Opera?
4. Match the main roles with their names.
sheng male roles with brightly painted faces
dan female roles
jing clown roles
chou male rolesWhen did Beijing Opera start?
It dates back to the late 18th century.
What skills do Beijing Opera actors need to have?
It is a combination of acting, talking, singing, music, dancing and acrobatics.
How many main roles are there in Beijing Opera?
There are four.
4. Match the main roles with their names.
sheng male roles
dan female roles
jing male roles with brightly painted faces
chou clown rolesshengdanjingchouBeijing Operahistorymain rolesskills neededTask 2:
Listen and use the Strategies to answer the questions.
Where was Beijing Opera performed at the beginning?
2. Why does it have very loud music and a piercing singing style?
3. Why do performers wear brightly coloured costumes?
Where was Beijing Opera performed at the beginning?
It was performed mostly on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or temple courtyards.
2. Why does it have very loud music and a piercing singing style?
In order to be heard over the crowds.
3. Why do performers wear brightly coloured costumes?
In order to be seen by the crowds clearly.Beijing Operahistorymain rolesskills neededcostumesingingQionghua Cantonese Opera FestivalRead the passage about Cantonese Opera carefully and find out information according to the diagram.
2. Discuss with your group members to find out the similarities and differences between Beijing Opera and Cantonese Opera.Cantonese Operahistorymain rolesskills neededcostumesingingBesides Beijing Opera, there are still other National Treasures in China. They serve as a window of China. And through this window, foreigners are able to understand Chinese culture better.
Besides Beijing Opera, there are still other National Treasures in China. They serve as a window of China. And through this window, foreigners are able to understand Chinese culture better.
Beijing Operahistorymain rolesskills neededcostumesingingVarious body movements can
represent actionsriding in a carriage
riding a horseholding a tassel in his handan army of
thousandsfour generals
and four soldierswalking with
a flag on
each side
课时作业(十) 
必修2 Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,
Chinese and Pop Arts
Ⅰ.单项填空
1.The expert advised the boy,who always fails to remember the new words,to________an effective way of learning vocabulary.
A.admire           B.design
C.adopt D.invent
2.It is usually warm in my hometown in March,but it________be rather cold sometimes.
A.must B.can
C.should D.would
3.If you’re free at two o’clock on Friday,I shall be________to show you around the city.
A.delightful B.delighted
C.stressful D.stressed
4.The student didn’t observe the teacher________the experiment carefully,so he didn’t give the right answer.
A.to perform B.perform
C.to be performing D.having performed
5.She threatened to take the magazine to________court if they didn’t publish________ immediate apology.
A./;the B.the;/
C./;an D.the;an
6.—You’re an excellent teacher.
—________I’m glad you like the class.
A.Thanks for the compliment! B.You’ve got it right.
C.I’m not half as good as you. D.What do you make of it?
7.What made me happy was that the suggestion I put forward at the meeting was________ immediately.
A.adopted B.abandoned
C.agreed D.applied
8.I recognised her at the first sight,although we________each other for about twenty years.
A.didn’t see B.haven’ t seen
C.hadn’t seen D.don’t see
9.________the key,the boy couldn’t enter his house.He could do nothing but wait.
A.Lost B.Losing
C.To lose D.Having lost
10.Mothers were sitting on a bench chatting,with their children________beside them.
A.playing B.to play
C.played D.having played
11.—Are you fond________painting?
—No,I’m tired________it,but my mother forces me to do it.
A.of;from B.of;of
C.at;from D.at;of
12.The energy Jenny Bowen has devoted in the past ten years________the orphans has been considered________of great value.
A.to help;being B.to helping;to be
C.to help;to be D.helping;being
13.I could________by the way she walked that her knee was still bothering her.
A.tell B.separate
C.divide D.find
14.—Most of the apples in the bag have gone bad.
—Yes,only three are good.The rest________gone rotten.Just now I ate part of a big one,and the rest________thrown away.
A.has;was B.have;were
C.have;was D.has;were
15.The organization’s aims________food for homeless people and help them find somewhere to live.
A.are to provide B.to provide
C.of providing D.are providing
Ⅱ.完形填空
(2011·皖南八校第二次联考)
When someone has deeply hurt you,it can be extremely difficult to let go of your anger.But forgiveness is possible and it can be surprisingly__1__to your physical and__2__health.
“People who forgive__3__less depression,anger and stress and more hopefulness,” says Frederic Luskin,Ph.D.,__4__of Forgive for Good.“So it can help __5__on the wear and tear on our organs,reduce the wearing out of the immune system and__6__people to feel more vital.”
So how do you start the forgiveness?Try__7__these steps:
  Calm yourself.To defuse (缓和) your __8__and try a simple stress-management technique.
“Take a couple of breaths and think of __9__that gives you pleasure:a__10__scene in nature,someone you love,” Luskin says.Don’t __11__an apology.“Many times the person who hurt you has no__12__of apologizing,” Luskin says.“They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don’t see things the same__13__.So if you wait for people to apologize,you could be waiting a(n)__14__long time.” Keep in mind that forgiveness does not necessarily mean__15__ to the person who upsets you.
Take the control away from your offender.Mentally replaying your__16__gives power to the person who caused you pain.“__17__of focusing on your hurt feelings,learn to look for the love,beauty and kindness__18__you,” Luskin says.
Try to see things from the other person’s perspective (视角).If you empathize (有同感) with that person,you may__19__that he or she was acting out ignorance,fear even love.
Recognize the benefits of forgiveness.Research has shown that people who forgive are reported more energy,better__20__and better sleep patterns.Don’t forget to forgive yourself.“For some people,forgiving themselves is the biggest challenge,” Luskin says.
“But it can rob you of your self-confidence if you don’t do it.”
1.A.beneficial B.harmful
C.helpless D.suitable
2.A.chemical  B.wealthy
C.technical D.mental
3.A.own B.show
C.direct D.prove
4.A.author B.owner
C.professor D.publisher
5.A.insist B.save
C.wait D.depend
6.A.require B.wish
C.invite D.allow
7.A.forgiving B.turning
C.following D.counting
8.A.sadness   B.anger
C.hunger D.energy
9.A.something B.anything
C.nothing D.everything
10.A.thoughtful B.dull
C.beautiful D.still
11.A.call for B.hunt for
C.bid for D.wait for
12.A.invention B.invitation
C.intention D.attention
13.A.way B.means
C.method D.approach
14.A.helpfully B.carefully
C.patiently D.awfully
15.A.giving in B.giving away
C.giving up D.giving out
16.A.wound B.hurt
C.cut D.damage
17.A.Because B.In honour
C.Instead D.In search
18.A.around B.above
C.beneath D.below
19.A.forget B.realize
C.announce D.doubt
20.A.housing B.salary
C.safety
Ⅲ.阅读理解
(2011·南昌调研)
Jamie Oliver has been invited by Gordon Brown to prepare a banquet at No.10 Daming Street for President Barack Obama and other leaders of the G20,offering a cut-price menu to reflect times when trade and industry are far from prosperous and the rate of employment is decreasing.
Downing Street sources say Oliver,the well-known chef,will cook using “honest high-street products” and avoid expensive or “fancy” ingredients.
The prime minister is trying to avoid a repeat of the embarrassment last year when he sat down to an 18-course banquet at a Japanese summit to discuss world food shortages.
Obama,President Nicolas Sarkozy of France,Chancellor Angela Merkel of Germany and other leaders will be served by apprentices (学徒) from Fifteen,the London restaurant Oliver founded to help train young people in poverty in order to make a living by mastering a skill.
Brown wants the dinner to reflect the emphasis of the London summit,which he hopes will lead to an agreement to lift the world out of recession.“To be invited to cook for such an important group of people,who are trying to solve some of the world’s major problems,is really a privilege,” said Oliver.
“I’m hoping the menu I’m working on will show British food and produce is some of the best in the world,but also show we have pioneered a high-quality apprentice scheme at Fifteen London that is giving young people a skill to be proud of.”
The chef has not yet finalized the menu,but is expected to draw inspiration from his latest book,Jamie’s Ministry of Food,which has budget recipes for beef and ale stew (啤酒炖菜) and “impressive” chocolate fudge cake.
1.The underlined word “recession” in Paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to “________”.
A.business B.opposition
C.discussion D.depression
2.What can we learn about Oliver from the text?
A.He is a well-known American cook.
B.He is invited to attend the G20 summit.
C.He has founded Fifteen London.
D.He is one of the apprentices serving the leaders of the G20.
3.Which of the following is TRUE according to the text?
A.Oliver is honored to be invited to cook for the G20 leaders.
B.Altogether three presidents are mentioned in the text.
C.President Barack Obama offers the cut-price menu.
D.The menu for the G20 dinner banquet has been decided.
4.What is Fifteen London?
A.An apartment in London.
B.A luxurious restaurant in London.
C.A restaurant as well as a training center.
D.A famous avenue.
答案
课时作业(十)
Ⅰ.单项填空
1.解析: adopt采用,采取,采纳,符合题意。admire羡慕,赞赏;design设计;invent发明,创造。
答案: C
2.解析: 句意为:我的家乡在三月份通常很暖和,但有时候也会很冷。情态动词can可以有多种意思,如能力,推测。但是can还可以有另外一种意思,即“有时候也会,有时候可能会”。如:He is a nice person in general,but he can be difficult sometimes.他总的来说是一个很不错的人,但有时也很难相处。而must,should,would没有这层意思,故选B。
答案: B
3.解析: 考查形容词辨析。delighted高兴的,愉快的;delightful令人愉快的,可爱的。句意为:如果你星期五两点有空的话,我很乐意带你去逛逛这个城市。stressful压力重的,紧张的;stressed感到有压力的,焦虑不安。
答案: B
4.解析: 考查observe的用法。observe意为“观察”,observe sb.do/doing sth.意为“观察某人做了/在做某事”。句意为:那个学生没有仔细地观察老师做实验,所以他没有给出正确答案。
答案: B
5.解析: 考查冠词。take...to court为固定搭配,意为“把……告上法庭”;apology为可数名词,an immediate apology意为“立即道歉”。
答案: C
6.解析: 考查交际用语。You’re an excellent teacher是表达赞扬的交际用语,因此答语应该是表达致谢的,故空白处填Thanks for the compliment!(谢谢你的赞美!)You’ve got it right意为“你是对的”;I’m not half as good as you意为“我没你一半好”;What do you make of it?意为“这事你怎么看?”
答案: A
7.解析: 考查动词辨析。adopt采纳,采用。句意为:使我高兴的是,我在会上提出的建议立刻就被采纳了。abandon放弃,遗弃;agree意为“同意”,后常与on连用;apply意为“应用”,常与to连用。
答案: A
8.解析: 考查时态。表示在过去某一时间之前已经开始并一直持续到那时的动作要用过去完成时。句意为:虽然大约二十年没见面了,我还是一眼就认出了她。
答案: C
9.解析: 考查非谓语动词。主语the boy与动词lose之间是逻辑上的主谓关系,且这一动作发生在谓语动作之前,因此用动词-ing形式的完成式。句意为:钥匙丢了,那男孩进不了屋,只好等。
答案: D
10.解析: 考查with复合结构。their children与play之间是逻辑上的主谓关系,因此用动词-ing形式短语作宾补。句意为:妈妈们坐在长凳上闲聊,孩子们在旁边玩耍。
答案: A
11.解析: 考查固定短语。be fond of喜欢,喜爱;be/get tired of对……厌烦。句意为:“你喜欢画画吗?”“不,我讨厌画画,但是我妈妈强迫我画。”
答案: B
12.解析: 考查devote和consider的用法。前一部分考查devote...to doing sth.句式。后一部分中的consider后面接了主语补足语,所以用不定式作补语。整个句子的意思为:Jenny Bowen在过去的十年中用在帮助孤儿身上的精力一直被认为是很有价值的。
答案: B
13.解析: tell by...从……可以看出。
答案: A
14.解析: “the rest of+名词”结构要求何种动词形式应由名词的数形而定。若名词是单数形式,则一般用单数动词;若名词是复数形式,则一般用复数动词。
答案: C
15.解析: aim此处用做名词。to provide...作表语。由于and连接两个并列的动词,可排除C、D两项。
答案: A
Ⅱ.完形填空
[语篇解读] 作者在文中阐述了宽容的艺术。不仅要宽恕别人,还要学会宽恕自己。
1.解析: 宽容对人的身心健康有好处。beneficial对……有益处的。
答案: A
2.解析: physical和mental相对应。
答案: D
3.解析: show在此是“表现”的意思。宽容的人较少表现出抑郁、生气……
答案: B
4.解析: Forgive for Good是书名,只有用author才符合语境。
答案: A
5.解析: save在此是“节省”的意思。因此它能帮助减少我们器官的损耗。
答案: B
6.解析: 可以让人更加充满活力。allow使……可能。
答案: D
7.解析: follow在此是“遵循”的意思。试着按照这些步骤(做)。
答案: C
8.解析: 缓和你的愤怒情绪(anger)。
答案: B
9.解析: 想一些让你感到愉悦的事。
答案: A
10.解析: 自然界的美景(a beautiful scene)会使人愉悦。
答案: C
11.解析: 不要等待别人的道歉。根据下文“you wait for people to apologize”可知答案。
答案: D
12.解析: have no intention of apologizing无意道歉。
答案: C
13.解析: 或者他们只是看问题的“方式”和你不一样。
答案: A
14.解析: awfully非常,极其。你可能会等非常长的时间。
答案: D
15.解析: give in to sb.向某人屈服。记住宽容不一定意味着你向让你难过的人屈服了。
答案: A
16.解析: hurt在此强调精神上、心灵上的创伤。
答案: B
17.解析: instead of而不是,代替。不要把注意力放在你受伤害的感情上。
答案: C
18.解析: 学会发现你周围的爱、美和善。around是介词,表示“在……周围”。
答案: A
19.解析: 站在别人的立场上,你能充分了解到别人表现出的无知、恐惧甚至是爱。realize在句中表示“充分了解”。
答案: B
20.解析: 宽容的人总是拥有更充沛的精力,更好的胃口,以及更好的睡眠方式。appetite食欲,胃口,符合语境。
答案: D
Ⅲ.阅读理解
[语篇解读] 能被选拔为G20峰会的厨师实属荣幸,也是挑战。食谱既要反映当前不景气的经济现象,又要体现本国的饮食文化,难以周全。不过,伦敦饭店Fifteen London的创始人Jamie Oliver信心百倍,全力以赴地施展自己的才华。
1.解析: 猜测词义题。第一段后半部分提到菜单应该能够反映出贸易和工业很不繁荣而且就业率下降的现实,由此可推测Brown希望伦敦峰会能达成让世界走出“萧条”的协议。
答案: D
2.解析: 细节理解题。根据第四段后半部分中的“...Fifteen,the London restaurant Oliver founded”可知这家饭店是由Oliver 创办的。
答案: C
3.解析: 正误判断题。根据第五段最后一句Oliver所说的话可推测他为能给参加G20峰会的领导人担任厨师感到非常荣幸。
答案: A
4.解析: 推理判断题。根据第四段后半部分中的内容可推测它既是一家饭店又是一个培训中心。
答案: C
版权所有:21世纪教育网
课件65张PPT。Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts? 艺术——西方、中国和波普艺术 Ⅰ.重点单词聚焦
1.Judging from the surprised e________on his face,he knew nothing about it.
答案: expression
2.Having no children of their own,they decided to a________an orphan.
答案: adopt
3.In order to solve the problem,we should consider every a ________ of the affair.
答案: aspect4.The r________ is that there is not enough money to pay for this project.
答案: reality
5.Last Sunday I caught two rabbits.One is dead and the other is a________.
答案: alive
6.He had many________(不寻常的) experiences while travelling in Africa.
答案: unusual
7.We still________(遵守) the custom of giving money to carol singers.
答案: observe8.To their great sorrow,the new school was________(毁坏) in the flood.
答案: destroyed
9.Some of the children’s paintings are on________(展览) at the school.
答案: exhibition
10.They finally________(领悟) how important it was to protect nature.
答案: realisedⅡ.重点短语扫描
1.      从……可以看出
2. . 在(做)……成功了
3. 推迟;延期
4. 轮流
5. 在……最佳/鼎盛期
6. . 目的/力争去做某事
7. 对……厌烦
8. 喜欢;喜爱
9. . 尝试/试图做某事
10. 一系列的tell bysucceed in (doing) sthput offtake turnsat one’s bestaim to do sthbe/get tired ofbe fond ofattempt to do stha series ofⅢ.课文原句突破
1.Do you like traditional Chinese art ________ brush and ink?
你喜欢用画笔和墨水的中国传统艺术作品吗?
答案: using
2.This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,________ ________ ________ the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。
答案: considered to be3.Cubist artists painted objects and people,________different aspects of the object or person________at the same time.
在描绘物体和人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现对象的多个不同侧面。
答案: with;showing
4.I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,although I can ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________all the time.我在学校学习艺术,我很开心,虽然老看图可能会看腻。
答案: get tired of looking at picturesscene n.(戏剧)一场;现场;场面;景色;(电影,电视的)一个镜头;(事件发生的)地点on the scene在现场;当场
appear/come on the scene出场;登场
behind the scenes在幕后;暗中
the scene of the accident事故现场①Reporters were soon on the scene after the accident.
那事故发生后不久记者们就赶到了现场。
②The happy scene of children playing in the garden disappeared,and it was quiet again.
孩子们在花园里高兴地玩得场面消失后,花园又安静下来。
③The students were able to go behind the scenes to see how programmes are made.
学生们可以到后台去看看节目是怎么制作出来的。
④They rushed to the scene of the traffic accident.
他们火速赶到车祸的现场。
辨析:scene,scenery与view
(1)scene指都市景观或室内陈设,还可指舞台场面或部分布景,是可数名词。
(2)scenery指山河湖海等自然景观,也可指舞台全部,是不可数名词。
(3)view指从远处或高处看到的风景。1.用scene,scenery与view填空:
①When I was a little boy,I lived in a small fishing village.The visit to the village reminded me of the________of my childhood.
②On the top of Mount Tai,you can get a wonderful________of the sunrise.
③We passed through some beautiful________on our journey through this district
答案: ①scene ②view ③sceneryalive adj.活着的,充满活力的,仍然存在的
(教材原句P34)The horses look wonderfully alive.
这些马看起来就像活的一样。
①—Is your grandmother alive?你的祖母还活着吗?
—Yes.Besides,she still looks very alive at 80.
是的。并且,八十岁了她看起来仍然很有活力。
②We’d better keep the old customs alive.
我们应该保持这个古老的风俗。
③The discussion came alive when it came to an interesting topic.
当引入有趣的话题后,讨论变得热烈了。辨析:alive,living,live与lively
(1)alive有生命的;活着的;有生气的,可作表语和补足语,不能用做前置定语。
They caught a snake alive.他们活捉了一条蛇。
He was alive when he was taken to hospital.
他被送到医院时还活着。
(2)living活着的;健在的;现行的,可作定语和表语。living和定冠词the连用时相当于the living people,具有复数含义,作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。all living things一切生命
The dead are always remembered by the living.
死去的人永远被活着的人们所铭记。
His grandmother is still living at the age of 98.
他奶奶已98岁,仍然健在。
(3)live活的;有生命的,可作定语。还有“直播的”意思。
Did you watch the live football match on TV?
你看电视直播的足球比赛了吗?(4)lively生动的;活泼的;有生气的,用做定语或表语,既可指人,又可指物。
The teacher has a gift for making his lessons lively and interesting.
那位老师有一种使他的课生动有趣的天赋。
2.(2011·兰州模拟)A woman was dug out________after being buried deep in the ruins for more than 200 hours.
A.living        B.lively
C.alive D.live
解析: 考查词义辨析。此处alive作主语补足语,修饰a woman。本句就相当于:A woman was dug out and she was alive after being buried deep in the ruins for more than 200 hours.句意为:在废墟中被埋了200多小时后一位妇女被挖出来后仍活着。类似的表达有:The enemy was caught alive.这个敌人被活捉了。Man is born equal.人生来是平等的。
答案: Cobserve vt.& vi.看到,观察,注意;遵守(法律、习俗等);庆祝(节日等);评论;评述
(教材原句P33)Qi Baishi observed the world of nature very carefully,and his paintings are special because of this.
齐白石观察自然界很细心,他的画也因此而很特别。observe sth.观察某物
observe sb.do sth.观察某人做某事(全过程)
observe sb.doing sth.观察某人正在做某事
observe that...观察……①The woman was observed to follow him closely.
有人看到那个女子紧跟着他。
②When I was a child,I would observe the night sky.
当我小时,我常常观察夜空。
③The police observed that the driver did not observe the traffic rules.警察注意到那位司机没有遵守交通规则。
④The police observed the man entering the bank.
警方监视到那个人正走进银行。
3.(湖北高考)Though having lived abroad for years,many Chinese still________the traditional customs.
A.perform B.possess
C.observe D.support
解析: 句意为:许多中国人尽管在国外居住了许多年,仍奉行传统的习俗。perform执行,表演;possess拥有;observe遵守,奉行 (习俗等);support支持。由句意可知C项正确。
答案: Cadopt vt.采纳;采用;收养
(教材原句P32)...a style of painting adopted by a group of artists.一种被一群艺术家所采用的绘画风格
①They adopted a little girl whose parents had been killed in the earthquake.他们收养了一个在地震中失去双亲的小姑娘。
②After much consideration,I decided to adopt his suggestion.
我再三考虑之后,决定采纳他的建议。
③His adopted son went abroad for further education last week.
上周他的养子出国继续深造。
④The young couple had no children of their own and adopted an orphan.After a few months,the child came to adapt to his new life.
这对年轻夫妇没有亲生孩子,领养了一名孤儿。几个月过后这个孩子渐渐适应了他的新生活。
4.完成句子
①Our school____________________________(采用新的教学方法) to meet the requirement of the students.
②那个养子采纳了我的建议,那就是继续和养父母生活在一起。
The________________________________________that he should live on with his foster parents.
答案: ①has adopted a new teaching method
②adopted son adopted my advicestand v.站立,直立;忍受;经受,承担;n.看台,摊子;立场
(教材原句P33)But I can’t stand that picture of a golden-haired girl.但我受不了那幅金发女郎的画。
①I can’t stand my little brother because he is too noisy.
我不能忍受我的小弟因为他太吵了。
②A teacher can’t stand being cheated by his students.
老师不能忍受被学生欺骗。
③I can’t bear people smoking while he’s eating.
我无法忍受人们吃饭时吸烟。
④I don’t know how you put up with their constant quarreling.
我不知道你是如何忍受他们无休止的争吵的。巧学助记
5.—Why did Bob cry?
—He couldn’t bear________like that before the whole class.
A.making fun of B.being made fun of
C.to be laughed at D.being made fun
解析: 动词bear后跟v.-ing形式作宾语,且此处应该使用被动形式,表“被取笑(嘲笑)”。
答案: Bput off推迟,延期
(教材原句P35)She put off visiting the art gallery next week.
她推迟到下周参观美术馆。put aside撇开,置之不理;节省,储蓄,储存
put away放好(某物),储存
put forward提出,把……向前拨
put up举起;张贴,公布;接待,提供膳宿
put up with忍受,忍耐①Don’t put off until tomorrow what can be done today.
今日事,今日毕。
②We’ll have to put off going on vacation until you’re better.
我们得把休假日期推迟,直到你好些为止。
③I just don’t have the money now—I’ll have to put him off for another week.我现在就是没钱——我得再拖一星期还他。
④The plan put forward by the old professor was well worth considering.那位老教授提出的计划很值得考虑。
⑤It’s wise to have some money put away for old age.
存些钱养老是明智的做法。6.完成句子
①The manager was very satisfied with the suggestion that Mr Smith________________________(昨天在会议上提出的).
②The football match__________________________(推迟) until tomorrow because of bad weather.
③I was hoping Tom could________________________(留宿我) for a few days.
答案: ①put forward at the meeting yesterday
②has been put off ③put me upget/be tired of厌倦
(教材原句P33)...although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.……,尽管一直看图画我可能会厌倦。
①We are tired of the same food for breakfast every morning.
每天早餐吃同样的食物,我们感到厌倦了。
②He is tired of reading the text again and again.
他厌倦一遍遍地读课文。
③Many students are getting tired of the school life because of so much stress.由于那么多的压力,许多学生对学校生活变得厌倦。
辨析:be tired of与be tired from
(1)be tired of表示“厌烦”。
Don’t you feel tired of sitting there all day long doing nothing?
整天坐在那里无所事事你不烦吗?
I’m tired of watching television.Let’s go for a walk.
我看烦了电视,我们去散散步吧!
(2)be tired from表示“因……而疲倦”。
I’m very tired from running as fast as I can.
奋力奔跑后,我感到很疲倦。
All of us got tired from climbing the mountain.
我们所有的人爬山都爬累了。
7.Mr Smith,________of the________speech,started to read a novel.
A.tired;boring B.tiring;bored
C.tired;bored D.tiring;boring
解析: 过去分词tired of作状语,“感到厌倦”,常用于形容人。boring令人厌烦的,常用于形容物。
答案: Atake turns轮流
(教材原句P37)Take turns to ask your questions.轮流提问题。
①They took turns at driving/to drive the car.他们轮流开车。
②If friends can take turns to listen to each other well,life will be better!
如果朋友们之间能轮流做好听众,生活就会更美好!
③The students filled in the form in turn.
学生们依次填表。
④It’s your turn to do the cleaning.轮到你扫除了。
8.In winter people burn a lot of coal to warm themselves,and this ________causes pollution and global warming.
A.in turn B.in all
C.take turns D.by turn
解析: 句意为:在冬天人们烧煤取暖,这反过来造成了污染和全球变暖。
答案: A9.(山东高考)A clean environment can help the city bid for the Olympics,which________will promote it’s economic development.
A.in nature B.in return
C.in turn D.in fact
解析: 考查副词短语辨析。句意为“清洁的环境有助于城市申办奥运会,(成功申办之后)奥运会会促进城市经济发展”。in turn意为“相应,转而”;in nature意为“本质上,事实上”;in return意为“作为回报”;in fact意为“事实上”。
答案: C
(教材原句P33)This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。consider构成的常用句型:
(1)译作“认为”时,有下列句型:
consider sb./sth.(to be/as)...认为某人/某物是……
sb./sth.be considered (to be/as)...
某人/某物被认为是……
consider it+adj.+to do sth.认为干……是……
consider it+adj.+that...认为……是……
It is considered that sb.has done sth.?Sb.+is considered+to have done sth.认为某人做过某事①Lincoln is considered as/to be one of the greatest presidents of the USA.林肯被认为是美国最伟大的总统之一。
②He is considered to have finished the work.
他被认为已经完成这项工作了。(2)译作“考虑”时,有下列句型:
consider+疑问词+to do sth.考虑……
consider doing sth.考虑做某事
(3)considering为介词。意思是“考虑到;就……而言”,后可接that从句。③We consider it necessary to tell him about it.
我们认为告诉他那件事是必要的。
④It is considered that China is developing her economy very rapidly.人们认为中国的经济正在迅速发展。
⑤I am considering changing a job.
我正考虑着换一份工作。
⑥Considering he’s only just started,he knows quite a lot about it.
鉴于他才刚刚开始,他懂得已经不少了。
10.All the staff in our company are considering________to the city centre for the fashion show.
A.to go B.going
C.to have gone D.having gone
解析: consider作“考虑;打算”讲,后接动词-ing形式,故排除A、C项;由are considering 可知打算做的事情还没发生,故选B。
答案: B11.Charles Babbage is generally considered________the first computer.
A.to invent B.inventing
C.having invented D.to have invented
解析: sb.be considered to have done sth.某人被认为已经做过某事。
答案: D12.—Mary is considering________her summer vacation in Guangzhou.
—I can’t imagine________the holidays in such a hot place.
A.to spend;her to spend B.spending;her spending
C.to spend;her spending D.spending;her to spending
解析: consider doing sth.意为“考虑做某事”,imagine doing sth.意为“想像做某事”,her为spending的逻辑主语。
答案: B(教材原句P33)I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.
我在学校学习艺术,我很开心,虽然老看图可能会看腻。
(1)句中的although引导的是状语从句,亦可以换成though,不可以与另外的一个表示转折的连词but连用。但是,可以和表示转折的副词yet,still连用。
Although they set off earlier than us,yet/still they arrived later than us.尽管他们出发比我们早,但是他们到得比我们晚。(2)句中的can表示可能,表达这种含义时,can只用于肯定句中,而且表示一种“一时的可能性”。
It can be quite windy there,especially in spring.
那里有时容易刮风,特别是在春季。
He can be quite annoying sometimes.
他有时会是相当讨厌的。
(3)enjoy意为“喜欢;享受;欣赏”等,后常接名词、代词或动词-ing形式作宾语。
I enjoyed good health until the traffic accident.
我在发生车祸之前,身体一直很健康。
People in this country enjoy a high standard of living.
这个国家的人民享有很高的生活水平。
13.(2010·辽宁卷)The old man asked Lucy to move to another chair ________he wanted to sit next to his wife.
A.although B.unless
C.because D.if
解析: 句意为:那位老人请Lucy换坐另一个椅子,因为他想挨着他妻子坐。本题考查状语从句引导词。由句意分析前后为因果关系,所以选because。A.尽管;B.除非;C.因为;D.如果。
答案: C14.(上海春招)________this is only a small town,it’s crowded with tourists who come here all year round.
A.Since B.Unless
C.Once D.Although
解析: 本题考查连词。句意为:虽然这只是一个小城镇,可全年都有大批游客到来。although引导让步状语从句表示“尽管/虽然……但是……”符合句意。since引导原因状语从句表示“既然”。unless引导条件状语从句表示“除非,如果不……”;once引导条件状语从句,表示“一旦……”都不符合语意。
答案: D15.(山东高考)In this seaside resort,you can________all the comfort and convenience of modern tourism.
A.enjoy B.apply
C.receive D.achieve
解析: enjoy享受;apply应用;receive 收到;achieve实现。由句意“在这个海边度假地,你可以享受到现代旅游业带来的所有的舒适和便利”可知A项正确。
答案: AⅠ.用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空
1.His dream of becoming an________(art) has come true.
答案: artist
2.A master________(paint) will not draw more lines or use more colours than necessary.
答案: painter
3.The reform and open policy has brought us Chinese people a rich and________(colour) life.
答案: colourful4.We had a________(delight) time by the seashore last Sunday.
答案: delightful
5.The old man passed on his knowledge of________(tradition) Chinese medicine to the younger generation.
答案: traditional
6.He thought her perfect,but in________(real) she was selfish and vain.
答案: realityⅡ.易错模块
1.—Did you watch the football game on TV last night?
—Yes,I did.It was________,and I enjoyed every minute of it.
A.alive         B.live
C.living D.lively
解析: 本题考查易混词义辨析。大意为“球赛是现场直播的,很有趣”。live意为“实况的,直播的”。
答案: B2.People found him still________after the road accident,so they sent him to hospital at once.
A.live B.lively
C.living D.alive
解析: “发现某人还活着”应用alive作宾语补足语。
答案: D
3.Many people watched the________TV broadcast of the football match.
A.live B.alive
C.living D.lively
解析: live可用做形容词,意为“现场的,直播的”。
答案: A
4.The news that the worker trapped in the coal mine for 3 days was still________was broadcast________on TV.
A.alive;alive B.living;alive
C.alive;live D.lively;live
解析: 主句意为:这消息正被直播。从句意为:被困在矿井里三天的那位工人还活着。
答案: CⅢ.语法专练
本单元语法——v.-ing形式与不定式
1.(2011·杭州教学检测)________the goal of “Education for All”,the Chinese government is making every effort.
A.To achieve      B.Achieving
C.Achieve D.Having achieved
解析: 动词不定式to achieve作目的状语。
答案: A2.If there’s a lot of work________,I’m happy to just keep on until it is finished.
A.to do B.to be doing
C.done D.doing
解析: 句意为:如果有很多事要做的话,我会很高兴留下来直到工作结束。A项to do可用来作a lot of work的定语,表示将来。
答案: A3.(2011·西城区抽样)Walter offered us a lift when he was leaving the office,but________our work,we declined the offer.
A.not finished B.not having finished
C.finished D.having finished
解析: 考查非谓语动词。动词finish的逻辑主语是we,它是动作的执行者,所以应用v.-ing形式,排除选项A和C;再依据句中的declined the offer可知,该处应指工作没有完成,所以答案为B。分词短语在此作状语,相当于状语从句because we hadn’t finished our work。
答案: B4.(2011·陕西教学检测)It looks like my cousin,but I don’t remember him________a pair of glasses.
A.to wear B.wore
C.wear D.wearing
解析: 考查非谓语动词。wear和其逻辑主语之间是主动关系,故这里用现在分词作宾语补足语。
答案: D5.(2011·潍坊检测)________in a famous university is what most students wish for.
A.To educate B.Educated
C.Being educated D.Educating
解析: 非谓语动词的用法。该结构的逻辑主语是下文中的“most students”,所以应用被动形式,故排除A、D;由句子结构分析,空格部分在句子中作主语,故只能选C。
答案: C练规范、练技能、练速度 必修二 Module 4 Fine Arts--- Western, Chinese and Pop Arts导学案1
【学习目标】
知识目标:认识体会本模块的重点单词及短语,了解本模块的语法。
能力目标:能恰当的理解所给句子的正确含义并灵活运用所学语法。
情感态度与价值观:培养自主学习意识及合作精神。
【重 点】本模块的重点单词、短语及语法。
【难 点】句子的恰当含义。语法的灵活运用。
【学习指导】自主学习,小组内合作学习与探究。
【知识链接】
It’s the artist’s job to create sunshine when there isn’t any.—Roman Rolland
The artist finds a greater pleasure in painting than in having a completed picture.—Seneca
【学习过程】
like prep similar to something else, or happening in the same way
? Her hair is dark brown like mine.
look/sound/feel/taste/seem like
The garden looked like a jungle.
what is sb/sth like?
What's their house like inside?
nothing like
Twenty years ago travel was nothing like as easy as it is now.
there's nothing like
There's nothing like a nice cup of tea!
v
like doing sth
I don't like talking in public.
like to do sth
I like to see people enjoying themselves.
would like
I'd like a cheeseburger, please.
would like to do sth
I'd like to see that film.
whatever/wherever/anything etc you like
You can sit wherever you like.
as long as you like/as much as you like etc
You know you're welcome to stay with us as long as you like.
Take as many as you like.
n
sb's likes and dislikes
We all have our own likes and dislikes when it comes to food.
colourful adj having bright colours or a lot of different colours
a colourful display of flowers
interesting, exciting, and full of variety
colourful history/past/career/life
Charlie Chaplin had a long and colorful career.
colourful character/figure(=someone who is interesting and unusual)
delightful adj very pleasant
a delightful little girl
delighted adj very pleased and happy
delighted to do sth
Sandy will be delighted to see you.
delighted (that)
I'm delighted that we have settled the matter.
delighted with/by/at
She was delighted with her new home.
traditional adj being part of the traditions of a country or group of people
a traditional method of brewing beer
it is traditional (for sb) to do sth
It is traditional not to eat meat on Good Friday.
aspect n [C] one part of a situation, idea, plan etc that has many parts
aspect of
Dealing with people is the most important aspect of my work.
Alcoholism affects all aspects of family life.
observe v to see and notice something
Scientists have observed a drop in ozone levels over the Antarctic.
observe that
It was observed that 40 percent of patients had high blood pressure.
observe sb doing sth
Officers observed him driving at 90 miles per hour.
Predators have been observed to avoid attacking brightly coloured species.
[T] to do things and obey laws that are part of a religion or custom
observe the laws of the land
reality n what actually happens or is true, not what is imagined or thought
the distinction between fantasy and reality
TV is used as an escape from reality .
the reality is that
The reality is that young people will not go into teaching until salaries are higher.
in reality
In reality, violent crimes are still extremely rare.
adopt v [I and T] to take someone else's child into your home and legally become its parent
The couple are unable to have children of their own, but hope to adopt.
adopt an approach/policy/attitude etc [T]
The courts were asked to adopt a more flexible approach to young offenders.
to use a particular style of speaking, writing, or behaving, especially one that you do not usually use
Kim adopts a southern accent when speaking to family back home.
to formally approve a proposal, amendment etc, especially by voting
Congress finally adopted the law after a two-year debate.
aim n [C] something you hope to achieve by doing something
aim of
The aim of the research is to find new food sources.
with the aim of doing sth
a campaign with the aim of helping victims of crime
Teamwork is required in order to achieve these aims.
take aim at /take aim at sb/sth
Alan took aim at the target.
Critics took aim at both the Senator and the President.
v [I] to try or intend to achieve something
aim to do sth
We aim to finish by Friday.
(be) aimed at doing sth
an initiative aimed at reducing road accidents
stand v[I] to support yourself on your feet or be in an upright position
It looks like we'll have to stand - there are no seats left.
Stand still (=do not move) and listen to me.
can't stand
spoken used to say that you do not like someone or something at all, or that you think that something is extremely unpleasant
I know he can't stand the sight of me.
can't stand (sb/sth) doing sth
Lily can't stand working in an office.
I can't stand people smoking around me when I'm eating.
n a piece of furniture or equipment used to hold or support something
a music stand
table or small structure used for selling or showing things=stall
an exhibition stand
unusual adj different from what is usual or normal
an unusual feature
It's unusual for Dave to be late.
It's not unusual (=it is quite common) to feel very angry in a situation like this.
longer/higher/worse etc than usual
It is taking longer than usual for orders to reach our customers.
as usual
As usual, they'd left the children at home with Susan.
realize v to know and understand something, or suddenly begin to understand it
realize (that)
I suddenly realized that the boy was crying.
formal to achieve something that you were hoping to achieve
She never realized her ambition of winning an Olympic gold medal.
destroy v to damage something so badly that it no longer exists or cannot be used or repaired
completely/totally destroy
The school was completely destroyed by fire.
companies that are polluting and destroying the environment
The Bears destroyed the Detroit Lions 35-3.
destroy sb's confidence/hope/faith etc
【课堂检测】
Between the two generations, it is often not their age, _________ their education that causes misunderstanding.
A. like B. as C. or D. but
Don’t take too much of the medicine; it does you more harm than good if you .
A. do B. take C. like D. have
Swimming is my favorite sport. There is _______ like swimming as a means of keeping fit.
A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
It sounds like something is wrong with the car’s engine. ___________, we’d better take it to the garage immediately.
  A. Otherwise B. If not C. But for that D. If so
Lydia doesn’t feel like abroad. Her parents are old.
A. study B. studying C. studied D. to study
According to the literary review, Shakespeare _______his charities live through their language in his plays.
A. will make B. had made C. was making D. makes
The mayor has offered a reward of $ 5 000 to who can capture the tiger alive or dead.
A. both B. others C. anyone D. another
Don’t touch _______ live wire, or you will get _______ shock.
A.the; the B.the; a C.不填; a D.不填;不填
There’s a _____ in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A. tradition B. balance C. concern D. relationship
______good service, the restaurant offers different kinds of traditional Fujian dishes
A. Far from B. Apart from C. Instead of D.Regardless of
The traditional view is___________we sleep because our brain is “programmed”to make us do so.
A. when B. why C. whether D. that
I’m trying to break the _______ of getting up too late .
A. tradition B. convenience C. habit D. leisure
Though having lived abroad for years, many Chinese still ______ the traditional customs.
A. perform B. possess C. observe D. support
The present situation is very complex, so I think it will take me some time to ______ its reality.
A. make up B. figure out C. look through D. put off
The play next month aims mainly to reflect the local culture.
A. produced B. being produced C. to be produced D. having been produced
Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach to read first.
A. what B. who C. how D. why
Lucy has ________ all of the goals she set for herself in high school and is ready for new challenges at university.
A. acquired B. finished C. concluded D. achieved
Stand over there ___ you’ll be able to see the oil painting better.
A. but B. till C. and D. or
It’s the sort of work that ____ a high level of concentration.
A. calls for B. makes up C. lies in D. stands for
In the dark forests _____, some large enough to hold several English towns.
A. stand many lakes B. lie many lakes C. many lakes lie D. many lakes stand
Modern plastics can _____very high and very low temperatures.
A. stand B. hold C. carry D. support
A new ________ bus service to Tianjin Airport started to operate two months ago.
A. normal????????????? B. usual???????????????? C. regular????????????? D. common
— How often do you eat out?
— _____, but usually once a week.
A. Have no idea B. It depends C. As usual D. Generally speaking
During the war there was a serious lack of food. It was not unusual that even the wealthy families had to bread for days.
A. eat up B. give away C. do without D. deal with
She has already tried her best. Please don’t be too ____ about her job.
A. special B. responsible C. unusual D. particular
The shocking news made me realize terrible problems we would face.
A. what B. how C. that D. why
At one point I made up my mind to talk to Uncle Sam. Then I changed my mind, ______ that he could do nothing to help.
A. to realize B. realized C. realizing D. being realized
--- Look! He’s running so fast!
--- Hard to _______ his legs were once broken.
A. know B. imagine C. realize D. find
______that he was in great danger, Eric walked deeper into the forest.
A. Not realized B. Not to realize C. Not realizing D. Not to have realized
I failed in the final examination last term and only then _____the importance of studies.
A. I realized B. I had realized C. had I realized D. did I realize
Excuse me I________I was blocking your way.
A. didn’t realize B. don’t realize C. haven’t realized D. wasn’t realizing
Only when he reached the tea-house it was the same place he’d been in last year.
A. he realized B. he did realize C. realized he D. did he realize
When I got on the bus, I_____ I had left my wallet at home.
A. was realizing B. realized C. have realized D. would realize
---What happened to the priceless works of art?
----_____.
A. They were destroyed in the earthquake B. The earthquake was destroying them
C. They destroyed in the earthquake D. The earthquake destroyed them
With more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth _____each year.
A. is washing away B. is being washed away
C. are washing away D. are being washed away
Animals suffered at the hands of Man ___ they were destroyed by people to make way for agricultural had to provide food for more people.
A. in which B. for which C. so that D. in that
【合作探究】
【小 结】
请总结本学案中的重点短语及句式
【课后反思】
DACDB DCBAB DCCBC CDCAB ABCBC DACBC DADBA DD
版权所有:21世纪教育网

Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts
Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.Many foreigners are interested in the t____________ Chinese medicine used in special ways to cure patients.
2.At the party the naughty boy i____________ his father’s intonation,which made all the guests laugh.
3.Our company has a____________ the most advanced techniques to increase the production.
4.Life in the country is rather ____________(令人愉快的).
5.He is one of the most famous ____________(当代的)artists in China.
6.Many of them wore ____________(彩色的)national costumes.
Ⅱ.选词填空
1.The rescuers tried to find out if there was anybody still ____________.
2.We ____________ save enough money to go on vacation.
3.She spent years ____________ and recording their daily activities.
4.They have ____________ the same food every day.
5.My family ____________ all ____________ folk music.
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.All the people thought it is a ________ conversation.
A.delighted          B.delightful
C.pleased D.satisfied
2.She can’t ________ such hot weather.
A.last B.continue
C.stand D.agree with
3.As a child,I was tired ________ climbing mountains because I lived in a mountainous village and had to climb mountains every day.
A.of B.with
C.from D.in
4.His grandfather was the only soldier ________ after the First World War.
A.live B.living
C.lively D.alive
5.The artists started an important art movement that ________ show the country life.
A.aims to B.aims at
C.aimed at D.aimed to
【名师答疑代码1030331013】
6.In the company she received a complete training in all ________of the job.
A.aspect B.kinds
C.aspects D.kind
7.He has a unique ability to ________ any sound he has heard.
A.copy B.imitate
C.produce D.create
8.After careful consideration,the manager decided to ________ his suggestion.
A.admire B.adopt
C.admit D.adapt
9.I can’t stand ________ with Jane in the same office.She just refuses ________ talking while she works.
A.working;stopping B.to work;stopping
C.working;to stop D.to work;to stop
10.—Who won the first prize in the competition?
—A man ________ to be the greatest artist of the city.
A.considers B.is considered
C.considered D.considering
【名师答疑代码1030331014】
Ⅳ.阅读理解
The painter Georgia O’Keeffe was born in Wisconsin in 1887 and grew up on her family’s farm.At seventeen she decided to be an artist and left the farm for schools in Chicago and New York, but she never lost her bond with the land.Like most painters, O’Keeffe painted the things that were most important to her, and nearly all her works are simplified portrayals of nature.
O’Keeffe became famous when her paintings were discovered and exhibited in New York by the photographer Alfred Stieglitz, whom she married in 1924.During a visit to New Mexico in 1929, O’Keeffe was so moved by the bleak landscape and broad skies of the western desert that she began to paint its images.Cows’ skulls and other bleached bones found in the desert figured prominently in her paintings.When her husband died in 1946, she moved to New Mexico permanently and used the horizon lines of the desert, colorful flowers, rocks, barren hills, and the sky as subjects for her paintings.Although O’Keeffe painted her best known works in the 1920s, 1930s and 1940s, she continued to produce tributes to the western desert until her death in 1986.
O’Keeffe is widely considered to have been a pioneering American modernist painter.While most early modern American artists were strongly influenced by European art, O’Keeffe’s position was more independent.She established her own vision and preferred to view her painting as a private endeavor.Almost from the beginning, her work was more identifiably American than that of her contemporaries in its simplified and idealized treatment of color, light, space and natural forms.
1.The main idea of this passage is that ________.
A.O’Keeffe was a distinctive modern American painter
B.O’Keeffe was the best painter of her generation
C.O’Keeffe liked to paint what was familiar to her
D.O’Keeffe used colors and shapes that are too simple
2.Which of the following is NOT mentioned as an influence on O’Keeffe’s paintings?
A.Her rural upbringing.
B.Her life in the West.
C.The works of European artists.
D.The appearance of the natural landscape.
3.Which of the following is most similar to O’Keeffe’s relationship with nature?
A.A photographer’s relationship with a model.
B.A writer’s relationship with a publisher.
C.A student’s relationship with a book.
D.A carpenter’s relationship with a hammer.
4.Why is O’Keeffe considered an artistic pioneer?
A.Because her work became influential in Europe.
B.Because she painted the American Southwest.
C.Because her paintings had a definite American style.
D.Because she painted things that were familiar to her.
Ⅴ.七选五补缺题
A major source of teen stress is school exams, and test anxiety is not uncommon.When you recognize your teen is under stress, how can parents help your teen stay calm before an exam?
Be involved.Parents need to be involved in their teen’s work.____1____What they look for is your presence-to talk, to cry, or simply to sit with her or him quietly.Communicate openly with your teen.Encourage your teen to express her or his worries and fears, but don’t let her or him focus on those fears.
Help her or him get organized.____2____Together, you and your teen can work out a time-table in which she or he can study for what she or he knows will be on the test.
Provide a calm setting.Help your teen set up a quiet place to study and protect her or his privacy.Give her or him a nutritious diet.It is important for your teen to eat a healthy, balanced diet during exam times to focus and do her or his best.____3____If this happens, encourage your teen to eat light meals or sandwiches.A healthy diet, rather than junk food, is best for reducing stress.
4____ Persuade your teenager to get some sleep and/or do something active when she or he needs a real break from studying.Making time for relaxation,fun,and exercise are all important in reducing stress.Help your teen balance her or his time so that she or he will feel comfortable taking time out from studying to spend time with friends or rest.
Show a positve attitude.____5____ Your panic,anxiety and blame contribute to your teen’s pressure.Make your teen feel accepted and valued for her or his efforts.Most importantly, reassure your teen that things will be all right, no matter what the results are.
A.A parent’s attitude will dictate their teen’s emotions.
B.Exam stress can make some teens lose their appetite.
C.They will only make the situation worse.
D.Encourage your teen to relax.
E.The best thing is simply to listen.
F.Help your teen think about what she or he has to study and plan accordingly.
G.Your teen may also make negative comments about themselves.

Section Ⅲ Function,Listening and Vocabulary,Everyday
English & Cultural Corner
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.There was a worried e____________ on the teacher’s face.
2.The beautiful scenery in Guilin is just like a painting of ____________(风景画).
3.He is a famous____________(肖像)painter.
4.Your idea sounds wonderful,but not ____________(现实的)enough.
5.I like the chair,it’s most ____________(罕见的).
Ⅱ.选词填空
1.Tom and I often ____________ to ride the bike.
2.The snow storm ____________ many houses.
3.This novel is ____________ the one you bought yesterday.
4.Sarah Hardwick can ____________ the style.
5.We ____________ really ____________ seeing you again.
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.The ________ on his face told me that he was angry.
A.impression         B.sight
C.appearance D.expression
2.We have decided to take turns ________ the old house.
A.to clean B.cleaning
C.clean D.both A and B
3.His wish to be a successful violinist was finally ________.
A.come true B.put into a reality
C.realised D.recognised
4.We have had to ________ our wedding until October because we haven’t decorated house.
A.put back B.put up
C.put off D.put away
5.The woman was observed ________ the man closely.
A.to follow B.follow
C.followed D.to be following
6.—Can you tell Tom________ his twin brother?
—I can tell ________ their smiles.
A.from;by B.to;of
C.with;to D.by;from
【名师答疑代码1030331015】
7.It is not rare in the 1990s that people ________ are going to university for further education.
A.in the fifties B.in fifties
C.in their fifties D.at their fifties
8.________ it is to jump into the river to swim in summer!
A.What a fun B.What fun
C.How funny D.What funny
【名师答疑代码1030331016】
9.________,the students insists that he be separated from his deskmate,who is naughty.
A.To avoid being affected
B.To avoid to be affected
C.Avoiding being affected
D.Avoiding to be affected
10.He made a(an)________ gift for you.
A.especially B.particularly
C.specially D.special
——————————————————————————————————————Ⅳ.完形填空
Once upon a time, there was a young man with a talent for drawing.He did a few drawings that became very __1__.People said how __2__his line was and what vision he had.He then did some water colours,full of expression and great feeling, which were __3__bought by a famous gallery.He then decided that he would paint a great __4__, a work that would be looked at for centuries.It would be a large oil painting, an extraordinary work of genius.
Everyone was very __5__.They believed that he was able to produce a painting that would make his time and country famous.
So the artist prepared his canvas and chose a view of the hills __6__forests and a few farms.Then he started to draw an outline of the scene.__7__he had a problem.It kept __8__.Flowers came and went.There was rain and sunshine.Shadows seemed to make everything look __9__.Not even the __10__would help;there were cows in the field; then they went.How could he ever draw an outline or plan his colours? After __11__he decided not to try to imitate the scene before his eyes,but to paint from memory
1.A.bad         B.famous
C.ordinary D.common
2. A.terrible B.important
C.beautiful D.sorry
3. A.never B.long before
C.immediately D.before long
4. A.landscape B.man
C.animal D.building
5. A.nervous B.doubtful
C.excited D.disappointed
6. A.on B.without
C.of D.with
7. A.So    B.But    
C.Though    D.Instead
8. A.to change B.changed
C.changes D.changing
9.A.different B.the same
C.similar D.hard
10. A.cows B.farmers
C.weather D.wind
11. A.years B.centuries
C.days D.months
and so that his memory and style would not change.He took his canvas into his __12__and decided never to leave it __13__the painting was finished.
The art world became more and more exciting by this painting.If the artist was taking so long,it must be a masterpiece.Galleries started offering him __14__of money.People came to __15__him, and he talked about his vision of the work and its beauty-but he did not allow anyone to see it.
The story of the painter who gave his __16__to a masterpiece and never left his room became a legend.Years went __17__and one morning the painter did not __18__up.__19__,people entered his studio __20__ at the painting only to find ugly thick mass of colours.This masterpiece was forever unfinished.
12. A.studio B.room
C.study D.sitting room
13. A.after B.when
C.as D.until
14. A.a bit B.a number
C.large amounts D.a great
15. A.interview B.help
C.look D.trouble
16. A.time B.life
C.mind D.money
17. A.on B.along
C.by D.up
18. A.come B.wake
C.stay D.stand
19. A.Carefully B.Dangerously
C.Nervously D.Slowly
20. A.looking B.to look
C.looked D.look
——————————————————————————————————————Ⅴ.阅读理解
Many kids are too busy to have time to play creatively or relax after school.Kids who complain about the number of activities they’re involved in or refuse to go to them may be a sign that they’re burdened with stress.
How can you help kids deal with stress? Proper rest and good nutrition can improve such skills,as can good parenting.Make time for your kids each day.Whether they need to talk or just be in the same room with you,make yourself available.
Even as kids get older,quality time is important.It’s really hard for some people to come home after work,get down on the floor,and play with their kids or just talk to them about their day- especially if they’ve had a stressful day themselves.But expressing interest in your kids’ days shows that they’re important to you.
Help your child deal with stress by talking about what may be causing it.Together,you can come up with a few solutions like cutting_back_on after?school activities,spending more time talking with parents or teachers,developing an exercise habit,or keeping a journal.
You can also help by anticipating(期待) potentially stressful situations and preparing kids for them.For example,let a child know ahead of time (but not too far ahead of time) that a doctor’s appointment is coming up and talk about what will happen there.Keep in mind,though,that younger kids probably won’t need too much advance preparation.Too much information can cause more stress—reassurance(放心) is the key.
Remember that some level of stress is normal; let kids know that it’s OK to feel angry,scared,lonely,or anxious and that other people share those feelings.
1.The passage is mainly written for ________.
A.parents        B.teachers
C.kids D.doctors
2.You can do the following to help reduce children’s stress EXCEPT ________.
A.making yourself available
B.showing interest in kids’ days
C.reminding them some stress is OK
D.trying to offer more information
3.The underlined “cutting back on” in the fourth paragraph probably means ________.
A.reducing B.increasing
C.creating D.expecting
4.The purpose of the passage is ________.
A.to find out the sources of stress
B.to offer tips on dealing with stress
C.to give advice on how to relax
D.to explain why stress is harmful
Ⅵ.短文改错
Dear Mary,
I receive your E-mail just now.Don’t worry about me.I’m getting on well with my research work in the lab.But to my greatly surprise you say you will give up learn English.The reason is because you have not done well in it recently and you have lost interests.I’m afraid I couldn’t agree with you.I know it is difficulty to learn English, and English is widely used in the world today.It will be important tool in our future work.Beside, it is becoming more and more important in our daily life.If you study hard, you will be succeed.Do remember that where there is a will, there is a way.I’m looking forward to hearing good news from you.
Yours,
Li Hua
Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts
Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.traditional 2.imitated 3.adopted 4.delightful
5.contemporary 6.colourful
Ⅱ.选词填空
1.alive 2.aim to 3.observing 4.got tired of
5.are;fond of
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.【解析】选B。A项高兴的,C项高兴的,D项满意的,常修饰人;而B项“令人愉快的”常修饰事物,根据后面的conversation可知答案为B。
2.【解析】选C。句意为:她忍受不了这么热的天气。stand在此处意为“忍受”。
3.【解析】选A。be tired of“对……厌倦”be tired with/from“因……而厌倦”。
4.【解析】选D。四个选项中,只有alive能作后置定语意为“活着的”。
5.【解析】选D。根据主句的动词时态排除A、B。aim to do目的在于,aim at后接doing。
6.【解析】选C。句意为:在公司里,她接受了这份工作的各方面完整的训练。aspect为可数名词,答案为C。kinds不合乎句意。
7.【解析】选B。句意为:他有一种独特的本领,能模仿他听到的任何声音。用imitate表示“模仿”。
8.【解析】选B。adopt“采纳,采用”符合题意。admire“钦佩,羡慕”,admit“承认”,adapt“适应”。
9.【解析】选C。句意:我无法忍受和简在同一个办公室工作。她工作时不停地说话。can’t stand doing sth.忍受不了做某事;refuse to do sth.拒绝做某事。She refuses to stop talking.她拒绝停止说话。
10.【解析】选C。句意:——比赛中谁获得了一等奖?——一个被认为是将来这座城市里最伟大的艺术家的人。这个句子实际是一个省略形式,完整形式为:A man who is considered to be the greatest artist of the city(won the first prize in the competition.)。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
1.【解析】选A。主旨大意题。最后一段是整篇文章的主题段,综述了O’Keeffe是一位著名的美国现代派画家。
2.【解析】选C。细节理解题。从最后一段第二句可知,O’Keeffe有自己独立的绘画风格,没有受到欧洲画法的影响。
3.【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句可知,O’Keeffe的作品基本都是自然界的真实写照,可见她与自然的关系是描写者与描写对象的关系。A项与之类似。
4.【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知,O’Keeffe与其他同时代画家相比,有自己独特的绘画风格,不受欧洲画法的影响,开创了美国本土绘画风格的先河,所以被认为是艺术先驱。
Ⅴ.七选五补缺题
1~5 EFBDA
Section Ⅲ Function,Listening and Vocabulary,Everyday English & Cultural Corner
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.expression 2.landscape 3.portrait 4.realistic 5.unusual
Ⅱ.选词填空
1.take turns 2.destroyed 3.as good as 4.tell by
5.are;looking forward to
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.【解析】选D。impression“印象”,sight“景象”,appearance“外观”,expression“表情”。
2.【解析】选D。take turns to do固定搭配,“轮流去做某事”等于take turns doing。
3.【解析】选C。realise“实现”,come true“实现”没有被动语态,B项应为“put into reality”,recognise“认出”。
4.【解析】选C。put off“推迟”,put back“把……放回原处”,put away“把……收起,放好”,put up“举起,张贴。”
5.【解析】选A。observe...do在变为被动语态时应be observed to do。
6.【解析】选A。tell...from...固定搭配“区别,辨别”,tell by “从……可以看出”。
7.【解析】选C。in one’s+基数词的复数形式表示“在某人几十多岁”。
8.【解析】选B。fun是不可数名词。
9.【解析】选A。句意:为了避免受到干扰,那位同学坚持要和他的同桌分开,因为他的同桌太淘气了。avoid后需加动名词作宾语,故排除B、D两项;A项为不定式,作状语,表示目的,符合本题要求。
10.【解析】选D。因为A、B、C三选项均为副词,D项为形容词修饰名词。
Ⅳ.完形填空
1.【解析】选B。前面提到他很有天赋,所以作品很出名。
2.【解析】选C。既然作品很好,当然其作品的线条非常美。
3.【解析】选C。作品“立即”被一家著名的画廊所买。
4.【解析】选A。由第三段第一句可知,他要画一幅风景画。
5.【解析】选C。对他的想法大家很“兴奋”。
6.【解析】选D。with短语作hills的定语。
7.【解析】选B。此处表示转折关系。
8.【解析】选D。keep doing sth.一直做某事。
9.【解析】选A。阴影使得一切看上去不同。
10.【解析】选B。就连农场主也不帮忙,因为农场主放牛,牛在田地里时来时去。
11.【解析】选A。依据最后一段第二句话可知此处用years最合适。
12.【解析】选A。studio工作室;study书房;sitting room起居室。
13.【解析】选D。never...until...直到……才……。
14.【解析】选C。large amounts of money大量资金,large amounts of修饰不可数名词。
15.【解析】选A。interview采访。人们来采访他,他谈论对作品的想法及作品的美。
16.【解析】选B。倾其一生从事创作;life一词最能表达其投入的程度。
17.【解析】选C。go by经过,过去,其主语常用时间名词。
18.【解析】选B。wake up醒来。
19.【解析】选C。由于情况不正常,人们不知发生了什么事,所以都很紧张。
20.【解析】选B。to look在此处作目的状语。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
1.【解析】选A。推理判断题。依据第二段as can good parenting和Make time for your kids each day推断本文对象主要是针对父母的。
2.【解析】选D。细节理解题。依据第五段Too much information can cause more stress推断也不能盲目给孩子太多信息,无形中增加压力。
3.【解析】选A。猜测词义题。上文提到孩子回家没有时间玩说明作业和活动太多,应减少活动量。
4.【解析】选B。推理判断题。本文主要介绍孩子压力的来源及减压措施,因此B项是最佳答案,C项relax含义太广,脱离本文主旨。
Ⅵ.短文改错
Dear Mary,
I receive your E-mail just now.Don’t worry about me.I’m getting on well with my research work in the lab.But to my greatly surprise you say you will give up learn English.The reason is because you have not done well in it recently and you have lost interests.I’m afraid I couldn’t agree with you.I know it is difficulty to learn English, and English is widely used in the world today.It will be ∧ important tool in our future work.Beside,_it is becoming more and more important in our daily life.If you study hard, you will be succeed.Do remember that where there is a will, there is a way.I’m looking forward to hearing good news from you.
Yours,
Li Hua
版权所有:21世纪教育网

Ⅰ.词汇知识
把下列单词与其英语释义连线
1.style     A.someone who creates works of art,especially paintings or drawings
2.artist B.of the present age;of this period of time
3.stand C.very pleasant
4.observe D.a view that you see
5.contemporary E.to copy;to take as an example
6.imitate F.to see and notice;to watch carefully
7.adopt G.the quality of being real;real existence
8.scene H.to use a particular style of speaking,writing,or behaving,especially one that you do not usually use
9.delightful I.to bear
10.reality J.a particular way of doing something,designing something or producing something
答案:1.J 2.A 3.I 4.F 5.B 6.E 7.H 8.D 9.C 10.G
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.be/get tired ________对……厌烦
2.be crazy________对……狂热,热衷于……
3.be________of喜欢;喜爱
4.tell________从……可以看出
5.________the same time同时
6.________the time 总是,一直
答案:1.of 2.about 3.fond 4.by 5.at 6.all
Ⅲ.必背句型
1.This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,__________________________ the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
这是西班牙的画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。
答案:considered to be
2.Cubist artists painted objects and people,____________different aspects of the object or person____________at the same time.
在描绘物体和人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现对象的多个不同侧面。
答案:with;showing
3.I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,____________I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.
我正在学校学习美术,尽管总是看画我会厌倦,但我还是很喜欢。
答案:although
4.My parents ________________________to art galleries and often take me with them,so I’ve __________________________ art.
我父母喜欢去美术馆,他们常常带我一起去,我由此对艺术产生了兴趣。
答案:are fond of going;developed an interest in
温馨提示:巩固学习效果,检验教学成果。请进入“课时训练7”,指导学生每课一练,成功提升成绩。
版权所有:21世纪教育网

Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.e____________ a public show where people can go and see paintings or photographs
2.e____________ a look on a person’s face
3.l____________ a country scene
4.p____________ a picture of a person
5.r____________ to understand and believe (a fact)
6.r____________ (used of art or literature)life-like
7.w____________ a painting using a type of paint that is mixed with water
8.d____________ to tear down or apart;ruin;put an end to the existence or effectiveness of something
答案:1.exhibition 2.expression 3.landscape 4.portrait
5.realise 6.realistic 7.watercolour 8.destroy
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.put________推迟;延期
2.take________轮流
3.________its best处于最佳状态,最优秀
4. a________of一系列的
5.________one’s twenties在某人二十几岁时
6.be mixed________与……混合
7.make ________把……认为……;以……为……
答案:1.off 2.turns 3.at 4.series 5.in 6.with 7.of
Ⅲ.必背句型
1.From 1902 to 1904 he painted a series of pictures ____________ the main colour was blue.
从1902年到1904年,他的一系列绘画作品的主色调是蓝色。
答案:where
2.In this painting,Picasso showed his feelings about ________________________the town.
在这幅作品中,毕加索对这座城镇所发生的一切流露出了自己的真挚情感。
答案:what had happened to
3.She ____________ visiting the art gallery next week.
她推迟至下周参观美术馆。
答案:put off
4.The ____________on her face is very friendly.
她脸上的表情很友好。
答案:expression
5.____________ to ask your questions.
轮流提问。
答案:Take turns
温馨提示:巩固学习效果,检验教学成果。请进入“课时训练8”,指导学生每课一练,成功提升成绩。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
必修二M4教案:
1.scene n.地点,现场;景色;场,景
behind the scenes到后台,在幕后
come/appear on the scene出现
on the scene在现场,到现 场
①They rushed to the scene of the traffic accident.他们火速赶往车祸现场。
②I can see a beautiful scene from the top of the mountain.
从山顶上看,我能看到美丽的景色。
③The sunrise is a beautiful scene.日出是很美的景象。
④We missed the first few scenes of the movie.
电影的开始几个场景我们没看到。
2.alive adj.活着的,充满活力的,仍然存在的
stay alive活下去
keep sth.alive使继续有效、存在
come alive变得有趣(有生气、逼真),活跃起 来
①He is thought to be the greatest man alive.他被认为是当今最伟大的人。
②We’d better keep the old customs alive.我们应该保持这个古老的风俗。
③The discussion came alive when it came to an interesting topic.
当引入有趣的话题后,讨论变得热烈了。
辨析:alive,living,live与lively
1)alive有生命的;活着的;有生气的,可作表语和补足语,做后置定语。
They caught a snake alive.他们活捉了一条蛇。
He was alive when he was taken to hospital.他被送到医院时还活着。
2)living活着的;健在的;现行的,可作定语和表语。living和定冠词the连用时相当于the living people,具有复数含义,作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。
all living things一切生命
The dead are always remembered by the living.
死去的人永远被活着的人们所铭记。
His grandmother is still living at the age of 98.他奶奶已98岁,仍然健在。
3)live鲜活的;有生命的,可作定语。还有“直播的”意思。
Did you watch the live football match on TV?
你看电视直播的足球比赛了吗?
He bought a live fish.他买了条活鱼。
4)lively生动的;活泼的;用做定语或表语,既可指人,又可指物。
I feel everything here is very lively.我觉得这儿的一切都富有生气。
The teacher has a gift for making his lessons lively and interesting.
那位老师有一种使他的课生动有趣的天赋。
3. observe vt.& vi.观察,注意;遵守(法律、习俗等);庆祝(节日等);评论
1)observe sb.do sth.看到某人做(过)某事
observe sb.doing sth.看到某人(正在)做某事
2)observe/ obey a rule/the law遵守规则/法律
observe/ celebrate Christmas/May Day庆祝圣诞节/五一劳动节
3)observation n.观察,观察力
4)observer n.观察者
①She observed a man walking on the opposite side of the way.
她注意到一个人在路的对面走着。
②He liked to observe the stars when he was a child.
孩提时他喜欢观察星星。
③Do you observe Christmas?你们过圣诞节吗?
④All the citizens should observe the law without exception.
所有的公民都要守法,没有例外。
4.adopt vt.采纳;采用;收养
1)adopt an idea /a plan采纳意见 /计划
adopt a son收养一个儿子
2)adopted words外来词
adoption n.采用,采纳;过 继
①Our school has adopted a new teaching method.
我们学校采用了新的教学方法。
②All the suggestions put forward at the meeting were adopted.
会上提的所有的建议都被采纳了。
③Having no children of their own,they decided to adopt an orphan.
因为他们没有亲生儿女,所以决定领养一个孤儿。
④We are talking about the adoption of a new plan for the picnic.
我们正谈论采纳新的野餐计划。
例题:They ______ the novel because there were so many ______ words in it.
A. adapted; adopted B. adopted; adapted
C. adapted; adopting D. adopted; adapting
辨析:adopt vt.收养;采纳
adapt to意为“使……适应;改编,改写”。
adjust to调整;适应
apply to适用
apply for
The young couple had no children of their own and adopted an orphan.After a few months,the orphan came to adapt to his new life.
这对年轻夫妇没有亲生孩子,领养了一名孤儿。几个月过后,这个孤儿渐渐适应了新生活。
5.aim (sth)at 把。。。瞄准,目的在于;企图
He aimed his gun at the target.他把抢瞄准目标.
China has long been a leader in the field of genetic research aimed at improving agraculture.中国长期以来就处在致力于发展农业的基因研究领域的前沿。
Those girls worked out every morning, aiming at a weight loss of ten pounds.
6.stand v.站立,直立;忍受;经受,承担;n.看台,摊子;立场
1)stand still站着不动
stand by袖手旁观;支持(某人)
stand for代表,象征
stand out显眼,突出
2)can’t stand /bear/ tolerate sth./doing sth.不能忍受(做)某事
can’t stand sb./sth.doing sth.不能忍受某人/物做某事
3)take one’s stand站在……立 场
①He can’t stand being treated like that.他不能忍受别人那样对待他。
②I won’t stand your talking like that to your mother.
我受不了你对你母亲说话的方式。
③How can you stand by and let him treat his dog like that?
他那样虐待他的狗,你怎么能袖手旁观呢?
④Messi stands out as the best young soccer player in the game.
梅西是比赛中最突出的年轻足球运动员。
例题:1.(2008年湖北卷)Though having lived abroad for years,many Chinese still ______the traditional customs.
A.perform  B.possess C.observe D.support
2.The three teams ______different ways to solve the problem and they all succeeded at last.
A.adopted B.admired C.adapted D.adept
3.Alice’s father had her ______because he couldn’t look after her himself.
A.raised B.fed C.supported D.adopted
4.He is a man of strong selfrespect,so he can’t stand ______in public.
A.laughing at B.being laughed at C.laughed at
D.having been laughed at
5.Messi stands ______ as the best young soccer player in the game. A. for B. up C. by D. out
7. 1)destroy v. 彻底损坏以至于不能或很难修复 n. destruction
The enney destroyed the city.
The forest was destroyed by fire.
2) damage v. n.指价值,用途降低或外表,损坏等,不一定全部破坏,损坏
了还可以修复,do / cause damage to 对。。。造成损害
The storm caused great damage.
The new law has done a lot of damage to the government’s popularity.
这条新法律给政府的声望带来很大损失.
Mind you don’t damage it.
Many of the books were damaged by fire.
3)ruin vt (实际,抽象)
1)弄坏,毁掉,毁坏,破坏
The storm ruined crops.
The fire ruined the house.
The bad weather ruined our holiday.
ruin one’s health
an ancient ruined city
She poured water all over my painting and ruined it.
2)使倾家荡产
I only ruin you. I can’t give you happiness.
n.1)(be ) in ruins 是一片废墟,落空
The house across the street were in ruins.
The town is in ruins.
2)fall into ruin 已成废墟
The house fell into ruin.
4)harm
n.1) 损坏(同damage), 伤害(可指人)
He means no harm.他本无恶意.
do harm to
It wouldn’t do him any harm to work a little harder.
他工作再努力一些对他没有害处
vt.伤害,损害,危害
Smoking will harm you.
adj. be harmful to
5)spoil无用,糟蹋,弄糟;溺爱
The visit was spoiled by an argument.
He spoiled the soup by puutting toomuch salt in it.
a spoiled and selfish child who gets too much attention
用destroy, damage, ruin的适当形式填空
①You will ruin your future if you continue to be so foolish.
②The old temple has fallen into ruin .
③The back of the car was damaged in the crash, so I had to have it repaired.
④The fire caused a lot of damage .
⑤What was it that destroyed the Roman Empire?
8..tell by从……可以看出;依据……而判断
1)tell apart分清,区分
tell A from B把A和B分辨开
tell the difference between A and B区别A和B
2)to tell (you) the truth说实话
tell a story/joke/lie讲故事/笑话/说谎
tell the truth说真谎
①I could tell he was angry by/from his expression.
从他的表情我看得出他生气了。
②Can you tell Tom from his twin brother by their looks?
你能从相貌上把汤姆和他的孪生兄弟分辨开吗?
③I don’t really want to go out,to tell (you) the truth.
说实话,我并不是真的想出去。
9.put off推迟,延期
put aside撇开,置之不理;节省,储蓄,储存
put back放回;推迟,延迟;拨回
put down写下,记下;击败;平定
put forward提出;把……向前拨
put on穿上,戴上;演出
put out熄灭,扑灭;生产,制造
put up举起;张贴,公布;接待,供膳宿
put up with忍受,忍 耐
①The meeting has been put off till next week.会议已推迟到下星期了。
②We’ll have to put off going on vacation until you’re better.
我们得把休假日期推迟,直到你好些为止。
③The working party has put forward a good case for moving to a new site.
特别工作组提出了一条很好的迁往新址的理由。
④I don’t know how you put up with their constant quarreling.
我不知道你是如何忍受他们无休止的争吵的。
10.get/be tired of厌倦
①We are tired of the same food for breakfast every morning.
每天早餐吃同样的食物,我们感到厌倦了。
②He is tired of reading the text again and again.他一遍遍地读课文都烦了。
③Many students are getting tired of the school life because of so much stress.由于那么多的压力,许多学生对学校生活变得厌倦。
辨析:be tired of与be tired from
1)be tired of表示“厌烦”。
Don’t you feel tired of sitting there all day long doing nothing?
整天坐在那里无所事事你不烦吗?
I’m tired of watching television.Let’s go for a walk.
我看烦了电视,我们去散散步吧!
2)be tired from表示“因……而疲倦”。
I’m very tired from running as fast as I can.奋力奔跑后,我感到很疲倦。
All of us got tired from climbing the mountain.
我们所有的人爬山都爬累了。
11.1)take turns to do sth 轮流做某事
take turns at doing sth.
do sth. by turns
If friends can take turns to listen to each other well,life will be better!
如果朋友们之间能轮流做好听众,生活就会更美好!
②We took turns to ask questions.我们轮流问问题。
2)It’s one’s turn to do sth.轮到某人做某事
③It’s my turn to clean the room.该轮到我打扫房间了。
④It’s your turn to recite the text.该轮到你背课文了。
3)in turn轮流地,依次地,反过来 in return 作为回报
⑤You are asked to see our headmaster in turn.
要求你们依次去见我们校长。
例题1.Mr Smith,______of the______speech,started to read a novel.
A.tired;boring B.tiring;bored
C.tired;bored D.tiring;boring
2.______of the______speech,he looked out of the window.
A.Tired;tired B.Tiring;tired
C.Tired;tiring D.Being tired;tiring
3.I’m afraid I can’t help______Lucy from Lily because I only met the twins once before.
A.to tell B.telling C.to judge D.judging
4.If you suspect that the illness might be serious you should not _____going to the doctor.
A.put away B.put up C.put down D.put off
5.(2006年山东卷)A clean environment can help the city bid for the Olympics,which______will promote it’s economic development.
A.in nature B.in return C.in turn D.in fact
6. In winter people burn a lot of coal to warm themselves, and this _____ causes pollution and global warming.
A. in turn B. in all C. take turns D. by turn
句型:
1.This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。
consider构成的常用句型:
1)consider sb./sth.(to be/as)...认为某人/某物是……
sb./sth.be considered (to be/as)...某人/某物被认为是……
consider it+adj.+to do sth.认为干……是……
consider it+adj.+that...认为……是……
It is considered that sb.has done sth.
Sb.+is considered+to have done sth.认为某人做过某事
2)译作“考虑”时,有下列句型:
consider+疑问词+to do sth.考虑……
consider doing sth.考虑做某事
3)considering为介词。意思是“考虑到;就……而言”,后可接that从句 。
Do you consider him to be a great musician?
你认为他是个很好的音乐家吗?
Lincoln is considered as one of the greatest presidents of the USA.
林肯被认为是美国最伟大的总统之一。
He is considered to have finished the work.他被认为已经完成这项工作了。
We consider it necessary to tell him about it.
我们认为告诉他那件事是必要的。
It is considered that China is developing her economy very rapidly.
人们认为中国的经济正在迅速发展。
I am considering changing a job.我正考虑着换一份工作。
You have to consider what to do next.你得考虑下一步做什么。
Considering how sick he is,he should go to the doctor.
鉴于他病得那样厉害,他应该去看医生。
2.I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.我在学校学习艺术,我很开心,虽然老看图可能会看腻。
1)句中的although引导的是状语从句,亦可以换成though,不可以与另外的一个表示转折的连词but连用。但是,可以和表示转折的副词yet,still连用。
Although they set off earlier than us,yet/still they arrived later than us.
尽管他们出发比我们早,但是他们到得比我们晚。
2)句中的can表示可能,表达这种含义时,can只用于肯定句中,而且表示一种“一时的可能性”。
It can be quite windy there,especially in spring.
那里有时容易刮风,特别是在春季。
He can be quite annoying sometimes.他有时会是相当讨厌的。
例题1.(2008年上海春招) ______this is only a small town,it’s crowded with tourists who come here all year round.
A.Since B.Unless C.Once D.Although
2.(2007年山东卷)In this seaside resort,you can ______all the comfort and convenience of modern tourism. A.enjoy B.apply
C.receive D.achieve
3.All the staff in our company are considering ______to the city centre for the fashion show. A.to go B.going C.to have gone D.having gone
4.Charles Babbage is generally considered _____the first computer.
A.to invent B.inventing C.having invented D.to have invented
5.—Mary is considering ______her summer vacation in Guangzhou.
—I can’t imagine ______the holidays in such a hot place.
A.to spend;her to spend B.spending;her spending
C.to spend;her spending D.spending;her to spending
6.It is usually warm in my hometown in March,but it ______be rather cold sometimes. A.must B.can C.should D.would
Peter ______be really difficult at times even though he’s a nice person in general. A.shall B.should C.can D.must
Ⅱ.易错模块
1.—Did you watch the football game on TV last night?
—Yes,I did. It was ______,and I enjoyed every minute of it.
A.alive   B.live C.living D.lively
2.People found him still ______after the road accident,so they sent him to hospital at once. A.live B.lively C.living D.alive
3.Many people watched the______TV broadcast of the football match.
A.live B.alive C.living D.lively
4..(2009年杭州学军中学模拟) ______it with me should be a good choice.Trust me. A.When left B.Leaving
C.If you leave D.Leave
5.(2009年杭州高三质检)The fruit ______fresh in his fruit stand sells well.
A.looking B.looked C.look D.to be looked
6.(2009年山东泰安高三期中) ______in a wellknown university is what everybody wishes for.
A.Educated B.Being educated C.To educate D.Educating
7.—Would you like to go fishing with me?
—Sorry,but I have a lot of clothes______.
A.wash B.washed C.washing D.to wash
8.I feel greatly honored ______ into their society.
A.to welcome B.welcoming
C.to be welcomed D.welcomed
9.If there’s a lot of work______,I’m happy to just keep on until it is finished.
A.to do B.to be doing C.done D.doing
版权所有:21世纪教育网
第一部分:听力:配听力检测题(十一) ???? (共两节, 满分30分) ???? ????◆第一节(共5小题;每小题1.5分,满分7.5分) ???? 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。 ???? ???? 1. Which kind of CD does the woman want to look at? ???? A. Folk.
B. Classical.
C. Jazz.
2. How much will the man pay? ???? A. Eight dollars.
B. Forty dollars. ???? C. Forty-one dollars.
3. What does the man mean? ???? A. He didn’t go to the library.
B. He hadn’t finished reading the novel. ???? C. He couldn’t return the book to the library.
4. Why did the girl return so late? ???? A. It was crowded at the bank.
B. She played on her way home. ???? C. She forgot the time.
5. When does the man want the woman to call him? ???? A. At 4:30 pm.
B. At 5:00 pm.
C. At 3:30 pm. ???? ????◆第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分,满分22.5分) ???? 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。听第6段材料,回答第6至8题。 ???? 6. What did the woman’s boss do? ???? A. He gave the woman a rise.
B. He praised the woman. ???? C. He gave the woman another job.
7. Where is the woman’s new house? ???? A. In the city.
B. In her hometown. ???? C. In the country.
8. What is the woman’s new house like? ???? A. It has twelve rooms.
B. There is a large garden in front of it. ???? C. It is a four-storey building.
听第7段材料,回答第9至11题。
9. Why does the woman feel unhappy? ???? A. She isn’t good at her lessons.
B. She misses her family. ???? C. She is in poor health.
10. Who did the woman dream of last night? ???? A. Her father.
B. Her brother. ???? C. Her mother.
11. What does the man suggest the woman do? ???? A. Go out for a walk.
B. Go home. ???? C. Give her parents a call.
听第8段材料, 回答第12至14题。
12. How will the woman go to Sydney? ???? A. By air.
B. By train.
C. By car.
13. What does the woman think of the weather in her city? ???? A. Warm.
B. Cool.
C. Cold.
14. Why does the woman want to go to Sydney? ???? A. To do business.
B. To have a holiday. ???? C. To visit her brother.
听第9段材料, 回答第15至17题。
15. Where does the conversation take place? ???? A. At the airport.
B. In the restaurant. ???? C. In the railway station.
16. What did the woman think of her lunch? ???? A. It was too much.
B. It tasted terrible. ???? C. It was good.
17. What colour is the woman’s bag? ???? A. Brown.
B. Black.
C. Red.
听第10段材料,回答第18至20题。
18. Why are more people choosing to rent movies online these days?
A. It’s convenient.
B. It’s cheap. ???? C. It’s free.
19. Which is the first step in renting movies online? ???? A. Choose the movies you want to watch.
B. Select and sign up for a payment program. ???? C. See the introduction to the movies.
20. How long will it take for the movies to be sent to you? ???? A. At most one day.
B. At least a week.
C. At most three days. ???? ????第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节, 满分35分) ???? ????◆第一节单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分) ???? 从A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 ???? 21. I really liked the _______ in the film when the hero suddenly told others his true identity(身份). ???? A. sight
B. view
C. scenery
D. scene ???? 22. Tom was just seen ________ along the river bank; you can go there to talk with him. ???? A. walking
B. to walk ???? C. walked
D. being walking ???? 23. What is the ______ of this matter? Who should take the responsibility? ???? A. symptom
B. situation ???? C. reality
D. relationship ???? 24. The supermarket has been decorated many times, ______ more nicely than the last. ???? A. one
B. each
C. everyone
D. any ???? 25. If one is really fond of something he or she won’t ______ it as quickly as others. ???? A. be crazy about
B. get tired of ???? C. be connected with
D. get impressed by ???? 26. I can’t stand ____ in the same office as Jane. She just can’t stop talking when she is at work. ???? A. working
B. to work ???? C. being working
D. to have worked ???? 27. —Oh, you are a real beauty! ???? —___________. ???? A. You are just lying ???? B. You are joking ???? C. Thank you all the same ???? D. Thanks for the compliment ???? 28. Have you ever seen or experienced anything _______ that could not be explained using ordinary theory? ???? A. unusual
B. traditional ???? C. contemporary
D. informal ???? 29. _______ their experience on to the next generation and teaching them how to use their own minds are teachers’duties. ???? A. To pass
B. Pass
C. Passing
D. Passed ???? 30. Newborn children, even when they are still unable to say a word, try to ______ people around them. ???? A. imitate
B. greet
C. miss
D. realize ???? 31. People working in the office wish for chances ______ out, while others working outside would prefer to work inside. ???? A. to go
B. going
C. goes
D. went ???? 32. As ______ most influential writer in the West in _____ 17th century, Shakespeare wrote many great works. ???? A. a; the
B. /; a
C. the; /
D. the; the ???? 33. It’s true you were born poor, _______ you will remain poor if you don’t work hard! ???? A. and
B. or
C. but
D. so ???? 34. One late evening I ________ a poem in the study when someone knocked at the door. ???? A. wrote
B. had written ???? C. was writing
D. have written ???? 35. —Maybe we should sit down and discuss the method. ???? —______________ ???? A. Don’t you think so?
B. Don’t change a thing. ???? C. I am not sure about that. ???? D. What do you make of it then? ???? ◆第二节完形填空(共20小题;每小题1分,满分20分) ???? 阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从36-55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 ???? Lisa Reid lost her sight because of cancer 10 years ago, but a knock on the head has given it back. The 24-year-old lady has 36 part of her sight after being knocked on her head. Eleven days ago, Miss Reid bent down and 37 her guide dog good night, but accidentally hit a coffee table. 38 she woke the next morning she could see for the first time in 10 years." I could 39 believe it. It’s amazing," she said. The cancer that 40 Miss Reid’s sight was diagnosed (诊断) 13 years ago. Doctors gave her a 5 percent 41 of survival after discovering she had brain cancer. An operation on her was 42 , but the cancer damaged her eyes and had a bad influence 43 her sight. Miss Reid was blind at 14, and her eyes were only able to notice 44 and dark. "I lost hope and thought that everything was 45 me," she said. Now Miss Reid has recovered 80 percent of sight in her left eye, but her color vision (色觉) is 46 . Eye experts have no 47 for her recovery because they have never seen a(n) 48 case. After Miss Reid recovered her sight, she 49 it a secret at the beginning, but later in the day she contacted her 50 over the telephone and read a 51 warning from a cigarette package (盒) to her mother. "Lisa 52 me and said 'there’s been a 53 ; listen to this’," Louise Reid, Miss Reid’s mother, said. "Then she started reading to me. I was surprised."54 if her sight would last, Miss Reid waited till the next day before 55 her walking stick and spreading the good news. She couldn’t wait to celebrate it with her family and friends. ???? 36. A. returned B. recovered C. damaged D. examined ???? 37. A. kissed B. touched C. fed D. guided ???? 38. A. Before B. If C. When D. Since ???? 39. A. always B. almost C. hardly D. simply ???? 40. A. stole B. caught C. broke D. threw ???? 41. A. danger B. possibility C. ability D. failure ???? 42. A. wrong B. successful C. dangerous D. expensive ???? 43. A. on B. up C. to D. of ???? 44. A. light B. color C. night D. white ???? 45. A. for B. towards C. against D. from ???? 46. A. wild B. weak C. good D. sick ???? 47. A. explanation B. description C. promise D. excuse ???? 48. A. extra B. special C. familiar D. similar ???? 49. A. allowed B. hid C. kept D. treated ???? 50. A. doctor B. family C. friend D. boss ???? 51. A. health B. report C. news D. weather ???? 52. A. emailed B. warned C. showed D. rang ???? 53. A. word B. note C. change D. voice ???? 54. A. Puzzled B. Excited C. Unsure D. Unhappy ???? 55. A. throwing away B. sending away C. handing out D. picking up ???? ????第三部分:阅读理解 ???? (共20小题; 每小题2分, 满分40分) ???? ????阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,选出最佳选项。 ???? ????A ???? ????难度★
One day while walking along the bank of a river, a rabbit couple saw a wounded ant lying unconsciously (无意识地) on the grass. The rabbit couple gently put the ant on the leaf of a nearby plant. She soon recovered and saw the rabbit couple sitting beside her. ???? The ant remembered that she had found herself under the foot of a cat by chance and fainted (晕倒). She asked how she reached on the leaf top. The rabbit couple told her what had happened. The ant thanked them and said she would certainly help them when they needed her. ???? The rabbit couple went farther up the river to enjoy the bright sun. They had been there many times and would spend many hours playing and relaxing in the sun. ???? One fine day, the couple were again on their way to the river while the ant was playing on a leaf. She saw the rabbit couple walking towards the river. A few hours later she saw the rabbit couple sleeping peacefully on the soft grass by the river. Suddenly she saw a lion moving towards the grass where the rabbit couple were sleeping. The lion saw the rabbits sleeping, and started walking quietly to catch them. ???? Realizing the hazard getting close to the rabbits, the ant jumped from the leaf upon the lion and bit the lion’s back. The lion cried out in pain, waking up the rabbit couple and warning them against the danger. The rabbits ran away quickly and the ant jumped off the lion’s back and hid in the grass. ???? A white pigeon who watched what had happened cheered at the courage of the ant and told the whole story to the rabbits. The rabbits were moved and thanked the ant. They became best friends.
56.From the first three paragraphs, we can learn that ______.
A. the rabbit couple put the ant on the leaf of a plant to hide her
B. the ant was wounded after fighting with a cat
C. the rabbit couple and the ant knew each other well
D. the rabbit couple often went to the river to relax in the sun
57. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. The ant was hurt by the lion.
B. The ant was weak but clever.
C. The white pigeon was as brave as the ant. ???? D. The lion wanted to play a joke on the rabbits.
58. According to the passage, which is the correct order of the following events?
a. The ant jumped into the grass to hide.
b. The ant bit the lion’s back.
c. The lion moved toward the rabbit couple.
d. The rabbit couple saved the ant.
e. The ant saw the rabbit couple sleeping on the grass.
A. d, c, e, a, b
B. d, e, c, b, a ???? C. e, c, b, a, d
D. c, d, e, b, a
59. The underlined word "hazard" in the fifth paragraph probably means "______".
A. reality
B. scene ???? C. experience
D. danger
60. What can we infer from this story? ???? A. A friend is a second self.
B. A friend in need is a friend indeed.
C. A friend to all is a friend to none.
D. A faithful friend is hard to find. ???? ????B ???? ????难度★★
Seville, capital of Andalusia Province in Spain, is a beautiful place to visit. If you are looking for a culturally rich place to visit, Seville can easily top the list. ???? With a history that goes back two and a half thousand years, Seville is a city that will easily win you over. With traditional bullfights, beautiful museums and great food, you will certainly enjoy your journey in this wonderful city. ???? Visitors can start by visiting the Alcazar, which is a beautiful Islamic (伊斯兰的) palace. Dating back to the tenth century, this palace is a great example of architecture containing two styles. ???? Visitors can then move on to Giralda Tower, which was built in 1185. Now it is used as a bell tower and is very nice to look at. The Seville Cathedral (塞维利亚大教堂) is another top attraction for tourists visiting the city. It is a great piece of architecture that dates back to the early fifteenth century. It is the third largest building of its kind in the world. For great sights and sounds, Plaza De Espana is a must-see. It was built in 1929 and was recently repaired. Now it looks absolutely wonderful. ???? Similar to other cities, Seville also has great nightlife thanks to its various bars, pubs and restaurants that are open late into the night. Visitors can enjoy a live, on-stage performance while they enjoy some great local food. Many popular streets serve nice food and wine from morning through evening till night. The traditional flamenco (弗拉门科民歌) guitar can be heard at many different places. So when you go to Seville, make sure you take the time to become lost in the sights, sounds and tastes of this great city.
61. According to the passage, Seville is the best place to visit for those who are interested in ______.
A. natural scenery
B. fashionable architecture ???? C. rich culture
D. nice food and wine
62. Which of the following buildings is the oldest? ???? A. The Seville Cathedral.
B. Plaza De Espana. ???? C. The Alcazar.
D. Giralda Tower.
63. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. Museums in Seville consist of two different styles of architecture.
B. Seville is a city that has a history of over two thou-sand years.
C. The nightlife in Seville is great with various bars, museums, and special food.
D. It is easy to get lost in Seville for it has many different streets.
64. We can infer from the passage that ______. ???? A. Giralda Tower has been used as a bell tower ever since it was built in 1185
B. Plaza De Espana now looks more wonderful after being repaired in 1929
C. there is only one cathedral that is larger than the Seville Cathedral in the world
D. both bullfights and flamenco guitars are traditional things in Seville
65. What does the passage mainly talk about? ???? A. People’s life in Seville.
B. A great adventure to Seville.
C. The history of Seville’s architecture.
D. Seville’s great sights, sounds and tastes. ???? ????C ???? ????难度:★★★
Boys who do sports or join after-school clubs are more likely to do well in exams, according to a new study. The study suggests that a healthy body does lead to a healthy mind. ???? Researchers compared the number of activities at 508 member schools of the International School Connection (ISC,国际学校联盟) with their performances on the General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE,普通中等教育证书考试). Those offering more clubs and sporting opportunities had better results. ???? Tim Hands, headmaster of Magdalen College School, Oxford, said, "There is a pretty impressive connection between students taking part in major activities and getting into first-choice universities after A Level, or doing very well on the GCSE." At such schools, 91 percent of boys achieved As or above on the GCSE in 2007. ???? Schools offering 30 different activities outside class had 100 percent of students getting Bs or more on the GCSE, the study showed, while schools offering fewer than 20 had only 10 percent. ???? Clarissa Farr, headmaster of St Paul’s School for Girls, says that girls benefit (受益) no less than boys from after-class activities. "A broad range of activities is necessary for success in exams," she says. ???? Earlier studies have also suggested a strong positive connection between students taking part in sports and achievements on exams, and have not found a gender (性别) difference. ???? Jacquelynne Eccles, a professor at the University of Michigan, said that her study into the connection between sporting activity and exam achievement found no gender divide. "If there is a difference, it would be because boys are more likely to take up sports," she says.
66. What is this passage mainly about? ???? A. How to perform well on the GCSE.
B. Why after-class activities are good for students.
C. The reason boys often do better than girls on the GCSE.
D. Students who do more after-school activities do better in exams.
67. The underlined word "divide" in the last paragraph probably means "_____".
A. similarity
B. evidence ???? C. difference
D. association
68. From the passage we learn that ________. ???? A. the study looked into 508 member schools of the ISC
B. Tim Hands is headmaster of the University of Michigan
C. students who do better in sports do better in exams
D. Clarissa Farr thinks girls have less talent for sports than boys
69. It can be concluded from the passage that ______. ???? A. the study shows that a healthy mind can help build a healthy body
B. Jacquelynne Eccles agrees with the result of the earlier studies
C. the earlier studies involved high-school boys ???? D. after-class activities affect boys more than girls
70. Which part of a website is the passage probably taken from?
A. Politics.
B. Entertainment.
C. Education.
D. Sport. ???? ????D ???? ????难度:★★★
Cholla’s artworks have been shown in dozens of galleries around the world, from San Francisco to Venice. He was awarded an honorable mention (鼓励奖) at the 3rd International Art Prize Arte Laguna, and has even made a special appearance on the Martha Stewart Show. ???? While his works may be beautiful, there’s something even more impressive about the painter: he just happens to be a horse. "Cholla began painting about four years ago. He used his teeth to hold a watercolor brush and painted on a sheet of paper," Cholla’s owner, Renee Chambers, told the Associated Press. "I’d follow him around when he painted the corral(畜栏)each year, and one day my husband joked, 'You should get that horse to paint the fence(栅栏).’He’s been painting ever since. It’s the ability he has. He wants to paint." ???? Art critics around the world have been shocked by the horse’s strange talent. "Cholla caught my attention as I watched him paint," said critic John Yimin, who runs an art website. ???? And Rosalba Giorcelli, a gallery curator(馆长)in Venice, was so interested in the horse’s paintings that she decided to give him his very own exhibition next spring. "The more we learnt about Cholla, the more we were amazed and excited about offering a solo exhibit," she said. ???? While some question the horse’s true talents, Chambers believes that her horse’s painting abilities show evidence of Cholla’s great intelligence. "I totally believe in nature’s creative energy," she said. "If we can have it, why not an animal? Art is an expression of intelligence and Cholla is highly intelligent."
71. Cholla, described in this passage, is the name of a(n) ________.
A. animal
B. exhibition ???? C. painting
D. reporter
72. It can be inferred from this passage that ________. ???? A. Cholla is creating art with his legs
B. Cholla’s painting sells well around the world
C. Cholla’s painting career began by accident
D. Cholla’s artistic talents are evidence of nature’s power
73. This passage may be taken from ________. ???? A. a government notice
B. an entertainment magazine
C. an exhibition handbook ???? D. a science report
74. Rosalba Giorcelli’s attitude towards the Cholla’s painting abilities is ________.
A. suspicious (怀疑的)
B. negative ???? C. appreciative
D. curious (好奇的)
75. The best headline for this passage should be ________. ???? A. Pet Horse Is An Award-Winning Painter
B. Pet and Animal Portrait Gallery
C. Animal Artists and Pet Portrait Painters
D. Horse Gifts for Horse Lovers ???? ????第四部分:书面表达(共两节, 满分45分) ???? ????◆第一节阅读表达(共5小题;每小题3分,满分15分) ???? 阅读下面短文,并根据短文后的要求答题(请注意问题后的字数要求)。 ???? ????[1] Artists have used many styles in their paintings and drawings. Here are some of the most common styles of art. Learn about each style and how to enjoy them. ???? [2] Abstract (抽象派): Abstract artists feel that paintings do not have to show only things that are recognizable. In their paintings they do not try to show people, animals or places exactly as they appear in the real world. They mainly use color and shape in their paintings to show feelings. Some Abstract art is also called Non-objective art. In non-objective art, you do not see specific(特定的)things. It is not painted to look like something specific. ???? [3] Cubism: Cubism is modern art made up mostly of paintings. The paintings are not supposed to look real. The artist uses geometric(几何的)shapes to show what he is trying to paint. Early Cubists used mainly dark colours such as gray, brown and green. After 1914, Cubists started to use ___________. Cubism is the beginning of the Abstract or Non-objective art style. ???? [4] Expressionism(表现主义): In Expressionist Art, the artist tries to express certain feelings about one thing. The artists that paint in this style are more concerned with having their paintings express a feeling than making the paintings look exactly like what they are painting. ???? [5] Pop art: Pop art can be any everyday thing that is drawn in a quick and colorful way. Pop art is short for popular art. It comes from advertising and popular entertainment.
76. List three art styles. (within 8 words) ???? ①__________ ②____________ ③__________
77. What is the best title for this passage? (within 6 words) ???? ____________________________________________
78. Fill in the blank in the third paragraph with proper words. (within 5 words) ???? ____________________________________________
79. Which sentence in the passage is the closest in meaning to the following one? Those artists prefer to think more about how to express a feeling to let people know what the yare painting rather than paint the real thing.
____________________________________________
80. Translate the underlined sentence in the second paragraph into Chinese. ???? ____________________________________________ ???? ????◆第二节写作(满分30分) ???? 为了丰富同学们的业余生活,学校将举办一次学生艺术作品展。假如你是学生会的一员,你的外教Susan给你发e-mail询问艺术展的情况,请根据以下提示给她写一封回信(开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数)。提示:
1. 参展作品都出自美术系学生之手,内容包括风景画、人物画、雕塑等;
2. 展会将于12月10日到20日在校艺术大厅举行;
3. 全校师生免费入场,所有作品均可出售。
要求:
1. 词数100左右;
2. 可适当增加细节。 ???? ????Dear Susan,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours,
Li Hua
听力原文
Text1
M: Here are many different kinds of CDs. Which ones would you like to look at, folk, classical or something else?
W: Well, I like jazz actually.
Text2
W: These glasses cost eight dollars and twenty cents each.
M: I’ll take five of them.
Text3
W: Did you return the novel to the library?
M: Well, it had closed before I got there. I never realized it closed so early on weekends.
Text4
M: Susan, why are you back so late?
W: Oh, Dad. Trust me. I didn’t play on my way. When I got to the bank, there was a long queue, so I had to wait for nearly two hours.
Text5
W: Is it OK if I call you at 4:30 this afternoon? I’d like to talk with you about something important.
M: Let me see. Well, I’m afraid that’s a little too early for me. I’ll be having an important meeting in the office then and I won’t be free until half an hour later. You can call me then.
Text6
M: Betty, you look so happy today. Did you get a raise?
W: No. My boss just gave me another job to do. He never gives us rises or praises us.
M: Then, why are you so excited?
W: I’ve just bought a new house in the country. It’s right by the sea.
M: Great. These days many people like to live in the country-side. What’s your new house like?
W: It is a three-storey house with a large garden behind it. On each floor there are four rooms.
Text7
W: Hello! Jack. I’m feeling down now.
M: What’s the matter, Helen?
W: You know, it’s the first time I’ve left my home.
M: So you miss your family?
W: Yes. I miss my parents and my brother as well. You know, I dreamed of my mother last night and saw her in poor health. I want to go home but I have to work here to earn money for my schooling fees.
M: Helen, don’t worry. It was just a dream. I’m sure your mother is fine.
W: I hope so, but I’m still worried about my parents.
M: Let’s go out for a walk and get some fresh air. I’m sure then you’ll feel better.
W: All right.
Text8
M: Hey, Sandy. Why are you in such a hurry with your heavy luggage?
W: I need to catch the ten o’clock flight this morning. I’m going to Sydney.
M: Sydney? On business?
W: No, just for a holiday. You know, here in my city, it is too cold at the moment. I want to enjoy the beautiful beaches in Sydney.
M: Maybe you can try Australian food while you are there.
W: Of course.
M: How long will you stay there?
W: About a month.
M: But you’re always busy working. How can you go on such a long holiday?
W: My brother has just graduated from Harvard. He is taking over my job during my stay in Sydney. I’d better go now. My car is waiting for me.
M: OK. Have a nice holiday.
W: Thanks a lot.
Text9
W: I’ve finally arrived. Nice to see you. Have you been waiting long?
M: Not very long. How was your trip? When did you leave?
W: Just before noon. I had lunch on the plane.
M: What did you have?
W: They gave me salad, some sandwiches and a cake. To tell the truth, there was not that much food, but I still enjoyed it. I never eat too much. Many girls like me are afraid of becoming overweight.
M: I guess so. Have you got your bag yet?
W: No. I hope they put it on the plane!
M: I hope so, too. What does your bag look like?
W: It’s a big and brown one. Here’s the truck now.
M: They all look like black bags. Which one is yours?
W: None of them are. Mine is bigger than any of these. It also has a red doll on the belt.
M: Oh, here it is. It is really much bigger than the others. I can see the doll, too. Let’s check the bag number, 583-6965.
W: It’s mine. I’m sorry it’s so heavy.
M: Don’t worry. My car is in the parking lot. Let’s go. We can have dinner in your hotel.
Text10
Have you heard of online movie rentals? Some people are getting tired of going to the video rental store to rent movies, so now more and more companies are offering movie rentals online. Here’s how it works for most of these companies: 1. Select and sign up for a payment program. 2. Choose the movies you want to watch. 3. Movies are sent to you within 1-3 days. 4. Watch the movies. 5. Return the movies in a prepaid return envelope. Once you receive the movies, how can you improve your language skills with them? Well, just sitting in front of the TV with a drink in one hand and popcorn in the other isn’t a bad way to relax and enjoy movies, but you won’t learn much doing so. One idea to improve your language skills while watching movies is to stop the movie when you see and hear new expressions. Write down these expressions and look them up in a dictionary to understand their meanings. Then, make some sentences using these new expressions. Learning new vocabulary has little meaning if you don’t know how to use them. ????
参考答案
1-5 CCCAB
6-10 CCABC
11-15 AACBA
16-20 CAABC
21-25 DACBB
26-30 ADACA
31-35 ADACD
36-40 BACCA
41-45 BBAAC
46-50 BADCB
51-55 ADCCA
56-60 DBBDB
61-65 CCBDD
66-70 DCABC
71-75 ACBCA
76. ①Abstract ②Cubism ③Expressionism
77. Styles of Art
78. brighter colors
79. The artists that paint in this style are more concerned with having their paintings express a feeling than making the paintings look exactly like what they are painting. 80. 在他们的画作中他们不按人、动物或某个地方在现实世界中的真实样子来展示他们。
写作(One possible version)
Dear Susan,
I am glad that you are interested in the art show and I am very glad to share some information about it with you. All the works to be shown in the exhibition are painted by the students of the art department, including paintings of natural scenery, portraits, sculptures and so on. The exhibition will be held at the school art gallery from December the 10th to the 20th. All the teachers and students can enter the exhibition for free and all the works can be bought. I hope to see you there.
Yours,
Li Hua ????
附件1:律师事务所反盗版维权声明
附件2:独家资源交换签约学校名录(放大查看)
学校名录参见:http://21世纪教育网/wxt/list.aspx?ClassID=3060
版权所有:21世纪教育网
课件29张PPT。英语:Module 4《Fine Arts-Introduction & Cultural corner》课件(外研版必修2)Module 4 Fine ArtsIntroduction & Cultural cornerTraditional Chinese paintingblack and whitecolourfulOther Famous Chinese paintingsOther World famous paintingsMona LisaportraitaliveLast Supper达.芬奇 Leonardo da Vincioil paintingwatercolorlandscapeart galleryHow many kinds of arts are there?paintingsculpturedrawingcartoonlandscape绘画漫画、卡通雕刻山水画素描oil painting油画watercolor水彩画mural壁画design设计advertisementclothesbuildingwoodcutStone carvingFill in the blanks with the definitions.
a person who paints is called ______
2. an object used for painting _______
3. a public building where you can look at artist paintings __________.
a liquid used for writing or drawing ___
a picture of a person _______
a painting of a country scene _________
belonging to the present time ___________painterbrushart galleryinkportraitcontemporarylandscape1.Which one do you prefer? 2.Give a title for each one. a quiet girla thoughtful girla sad girla girl hugging kneesUse phrases to write one or two sentences to describe it , please:
a good place for relaxing the beautiful countryside the peaceful countryside the quiet countryside a cold winterwithered willow treeswater oxena wild scene我是依我想来画的,而
不是依我所见来画的。
——毕加索1881----1973I paint what I think , not what I see!cubism Cubism, one of the most important modern art movements.Cubist artsts painted objects and people , with different aspects of objects or person showing at the same time.Guernica , the name of a town in Spain, is painted by Picasso. It showed his feelings about what happened to the town during 1930s war.Cultural CornerFill in the form according to the passage PicassoSpainblue
period
showed poor, unhappy
people
pink
periodpainted much happier picturesIn 1937Guernica, showed his feelings
about what had happened to
the town
Homework
Read the text again and write a short passage about Picasso and his painting .
Get ready for the new words for reading.Loving art can make life more delightfulModule 4 Fine Arts --- Western, Chinese and Pop Arts
SectionⅠ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary
使用范围:必修二M4
一、教学目标
1. 总结运用新词汇、短语和句型
2. 学会谈论各种艺术形式以及描述艺术家
二、教学重难点
过去分词(短语)作定语;with复合结构
三、预习导学
(一)语篇理解
Step 1 Fast-reading
Skim the first four paragraphs of the text carefully and match the following items.
Step 2 Careful reading
Ⅰ. Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1.The characteristic of the paintings by Cubist artists is that________.
A.different people and objects were shown at the same time
B.people or objects were shown from different sides at the same time
C.different people and objects could be seen in the same painting
D.the paintings were painted by different people at the same time
2.Qi Baishi's paintings are special because ________.
A.they were painted in black inks and natural colors
B.they were painted in the traditional Chinese style
C.they were painted very carefully
D.they show the natural world carefully
3.Sarah Hardwick has become interested in art because________.
A.she began to study art from an early age
B.her parents want her to be an artist
C.she often goes to art galleries with her parents
D.she likes Xu Beihong very much
4.From Paragraph B, we see that________.
A.Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of Cubism
B.Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of pop art
C.Roy Lichtenstein is good at showing twentieth-century life
D.Roy Lichtenstein is good at drawing soup cans and advertisements
Ⅱ. Fill in the blanks with proper words.
Name
Nationality
Style
Characteristics
Pablo Picasso
Spanish
1._______
different 2._________ of the object or person showing at the same time
Roy Lichtenstein
3.__________
Pop art
showing ordinary 20th-century 4.______ life
Qi Baishi
Chinese
Traditional Chinese style
painting 5._________ drawings in black inks and natural colors
Xu Beihong
Chinese
Traditional Chinese style
showing 6._________ and trying to show the “life” of its subjects
Step 3 Summary
People generally agree that Picasso is the twentieth-century's greatest western artist. He was born in Spain and at 10 was already an excellent 1_______.He had his first 2_________ at 16.Picasso studied art in Spain, but moved to France, in his early twenties. From 1902 to 1904 he painted a series of 3_________ where the main colour was blue. These pictures showed poor, unhappy people and are 4_________ as Picasso's “blue period”.From 1904 to 1906 Picasso painted much 5_________ pictures in the colour pink. This 6__________ was known as his “pink period”.
With another Spanish artist 7________ George Braque, he started an important new artistic 8 _________ called Cubism. His first Cubist paintings were all painted 9________ brown and grey. In his greatest Cubist painting he showed his 10__________ about what had happened to the town during the 1930s war in Spain.
(二)Key words and phrases
A.重点单词
1. ___________ vt.观察;注意到
2. adj.彩色的→colour n.颜色
3. __________adj.令人愉快的;可爱的→delight n.& vt.高兴;愉快;使高兴→_________adj.感到高兴的
4. __________vt.绘画;(用颜料)画→__________n.绘画;油画→painter n.画家
5. ___________adj.传统的;习俗的→tradition n.传统
6. __________vt.临摹;仿造;模仿;仿效→imitation n.模仿;仿制品
7. __________n.真实;现实;逼真→real adj.真实的
8. ___________adj.不寻常的;非凡的→usual adj.通常的;平常的
B.重点短语
1.be interested ______ 对……感兴趣
2.be/get tired ______ 对……厌烦
3. __________ 像,诸如 4.be fond _____ 喜欢;喜爱
5.tell _____ 从……中辨别出来 6. ______ the same time 同时
7. _______ the time 总是,一直 8. __________________ 对……产生兴趣
C.重点句型
1.这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。
This is a painting by the Spanish artist, Pablo Picasso, ___________________ the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
2.在描绘物体或人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现物体或人的多个不同侧面。
Cubist artists painted objects and people, _______different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time.
四、Language Points
1.delightful adj. 令人愉快的;可爱的
(鲜活例句)It was a really delightful holiday and a meaningful experience.
这的确是一个愉快的假期和有意义的经历。
【拓展】delight n.[U]高兴,喜悦;[C]使人高兴的事 vt.&vi.(使)高兴 with delight 高兴地;乐意地
take delight in ... 以……为乐,喜欢(做)…… to one's delight 使某人高兴的是
①To my delight, my son passed the exam.令我高兴的是,儿子通过了考试。
②He takes great delight in proving others wrong.他以证实别人的错误为乐。
③Her heart beats fast ___________.她高兴得心跳加速。
2.adopt vt.采纳;采用;收养
(教材原句)a style of painting adopted by a group of artists.一种被一群艺术家所采用的绘画风格
(鲜活例句)He adopted my suggestion.他采纳了我的建议。
My mother was adopted by a kind-hearted couple when she was four.我母亲4岁时被一对好心夫妇收养了。
【拓展】adoption n. 采用,采纳;收养,领养 adopted adj. 收养的,被采用的 adoptive adj. 有收养关系的
①There are many adopted words in the English language.在英语中有很多外来词。
[点津] adopt与adapt只是一个字母之差,但意义差别很大。adapt意为“使适应;改编,改写”。
②Anna _________ herself quickly to the new climate.安娜很快适应了新气候。
③I will _________ my play for television.我要把我的剧本改编成电视剧。
3.aim vi.以……为目标;打算;意欲n.[C]目标,目的;[U]瞄准,对准
(教材原句)Pop art was an important modern art movement that aimed to show ordinary twentieth-century city life.波普艺术是一个重要的现代艺术流派,着眼于展现20世纪普通的城市生活。
(鲜活例句)We aim at quality rather than quantity.我们的目的是重质不重量。
【拓展】aim to do/be sth.= aim at (doing) sth. 意欲,旨在 aim (sth.) at sth. (把……)瞄准
be aimed at sth. 以……为目标;瞄准……
①The book is aimed at very young children.这本书的对象是幼童。
②What are you aiming to do that?= What's your doing that?你那样做的目的何在?
4.observe vt.观察,注意到;遵守,奉行(法律、习俗等);庆祝(节日)
(教材原句)Qi Baishi observed the world of nature very carefully, and his paintings are special because of this.
齐白石观察自然界很细心,他的画也因此而很特别。
(鲜活例句)Can you say something about how the Chinese observe the Mid-Autumn Festival?
你能说说中国人怎样过中秋节吗?
【拓展】observe sb.do sth./.doing sth. 注意到某人做了/在做某事 observe a rule/the law 遵守规则/法律
observe Christmas/May Day 庆祝圣诞节/五一劳动节
①I observed the thief stop at the gate.=The thief was observed to stop at the gate.
我看到那个小偷在门口停下来了。
②She observed a man _________ on the opposite side of the road.她注意到一个人在路的对面走着。
5.stand vt.忍受vi.站立
(教材原句)But I can't stand that picture of a golden-haired girl.但我受不了那幅金发女郎的画。
(鲜活例句)I can't stand being kept waiting any longer.再等下去我可受不了。
[点津] stand作“忍受;容忍”解时通常用于否定句和疑问句中,一般与can或could连用,后面通常接名词或动名词。
【拓展】stand by 袖手旁观;支持;遵守 stand for 代表;象征;支持,拥护  stand up 站起;耐用 stand out 突出;坚持抵抗;醒目;明显
①To make the notice stand out, better write in a bright colour.为使通知引人注目,最好用鲜艳的颜色写。
②What does the mark __________?这个标记代表什么?
6.alive adj.有活力的;有生气的;活着的
(教材原句)They look so alive.它们看起来如此鲜活。
(鲜活例句)Although he is eighty, he is still very much alive.他虽然已经八十岁了,但仍然充满了活力。
(鲜活例句)No man alive will believe you.没有一个活人会相信你的。
【比较】alive, living, live, lively
alive
是表语形容词,既可修饰人,也可修饰物,可用来作表语、后置定语或宾补
living
“活着的”,侧重说明“尚在人间的,健在的”,可用来指人或物,作定语或表语
live
“活的,活生生的”,通常指物,不指人,常用来作定语,放在名词的前面;还指“实况转播的”
lively
“活泼的,活跃的,充满生气的”,可作定语、表语或宾补,既可指人,又可指物
用alive, living, live和lively填空
①They caught a snake alive.
②The living always remember the dead.
③Did you watch the live football match on TV?
④His class is lively and interesting.
⑤He bought a live fish.
7.be/get tired of对……厌烦
(教材原句)I'm studying art at school, and I enjoy it a lot, although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.
我在学校学习美术,尽管总是看画我会厌烦,但我还是很喜欢。
(鲜活例句)They have got tired of the same food every day. 他们已厌倦了天天吃同样的饭。
【拓展】be tired from/with 因……而疲倦 be tired out 精疲力竭;十分疲劳tiring adj. 令人厌烦的;无聊的
①Being tired from a whole day's journey, she slept like a log.由于整天旅行的疲劳,她睡得很沉。
②I must sit down and rest, I am _________.我一定得坐下歇一歇,我累极了。
8.such as 像,诸如
(教材原句)For example, it shows things such as soup cans and advertisements.
例如,它展现像盛汤的罐子和广告这类的事物。
(鲜活例句)These days, there's no thing such as a job for life.现如今已经没有终身制工作这样的事了。
【拓展】such as的用法指南:(1)such as结构既可表现为“名词+such as+例子”,也可表现为“such+名词+as+例子”。(2)其后不可列出前面所提过的所有东西。
①I enjoy songs such as this one.= I enjoy such songs as this one.我喜欢像这首歌一样的歌。
②They planted many flowers, such as roses, sunflowers, etc.他们种了许多花,如玫瑰花、向日葵等。
9.tell by从……中辨别出来
(教材原句)I can tell by the style.我能根据风格辨别出来。
(鲜活例句)You can tell by the way it walks that the dog has been injured.
从这只狗走路的样子你可以判断出它受伤了。
【拓展】tell A from B 把A和B区分开来tell ... apart区分,辨别
tell the difference between ...and ...区分……与……不同之处
①Can you tell the difference between the two pictures?你能辨别这两幅画的不同吗?
②You must learn to tell right from wrong.你必须学会明辨是非。
③I can't tell the twin sisters apart.我分不清这对双胞胎姐妹。
10.This is a painting by the Spanish artist, Pablo Picasso, considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。
【句式分析】considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century是过去分词短语作后置定语,修饰Pablo Picasso。过去分词(短语)作定语,与所修饰词语之间通常存在被动关系,少数过去分词也可表示完成,不表被动。
①Who were the so-called guests ________(=who had been invited) to your party last night?
昨晚被邀请参加你的晚会的那些所谓的客人是谁呀?
②He is an old man loved and respected by all.他是一位受到大家爱戴和尊敬的老人。
③She is sweeping up the fallen leaves on the ground.她正在打扫地上的落叶。(fallen表完成,不表被动)
[点津] 单个过去分词作定语往往前置, 过去分词短语须后置。
11.Cubist artists painted objects and people, with different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time.在描绘物体或人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现物体或人的多个不同侧面。
【句式分析】with different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time 是with复合结构在句中作伴随状语。with复合结构在句中通常充当状语或定语,其常见形式如下:
with+宾语+
①With her son away from home, she was worried.她的儿子离家出走,她很着急。
②With the old man ____________, they started towards the mountain.由老人带路,他们动身往山里走去。
③With the problem _________, he was very happy.问题解决了,他很高兴。
五、Exercises
Ⅰ.用所学单词填空(基础题)
1.The old man chasing the dog made a very amusing ________ (情景).
2.On the course she received a thorough training in every ________ (方面) of the job.
3.The plot of the novel relies too much on coincidence to be ________ (真实).
4.If you behave like that, you'll get yourself __________ (不喜欢).
5.The police have been ________ (观察) his movements.
Ⅱ.选词填空(基础题)
1.We _________________ having the same kind of lessons these days.
2.I __________________ local history.
3.Although he ______________ the novel, he has to stop reading it to prepare for the coming exam.
4.Boys are often _______________ football and basketball games.
5.You can't ________ the real personality of a person only ________ what he said.
Ⅲ.用所给动词适当形式填空
1.I can't understand the language ___________ (speak) in that area.
2.The artist arrived, with many people ___________ (follow) him.
3.I had to go to bed with nothing ___________ (do).
Ⅳ.单项填空(中档题)
1.We take delight ________ the existence of creatures.
A.at B.with C.by D.in
2.The bear is ________ by the local people and now it has ________ the environment.
A.adopted; adapted B.adopted; adapted to
C.adapted; adopted to D.adopted; adopted
3.The meeting ________ promoting world peace.
A.is aimed at B.aims to
C.is aimed to D.is aiming to
4.I can't stand people ________ in the office where no one is allowed ________ during work time.
A.to smoke; smoking B.smoking; smoking
C.smoking; to smoke D.smoke; smoking
5.Though caught ________, the soldier escaped and was still ________.
A.living; lively B.live; lovely C.alive; living D.lively; living
6.When he passed by, he ________ a strange man _______ at the door.
A.observed; knocking B.observes; knock
C.observed; to knock D.observes; to be knocking
7.As we all know, many Chinese words have come into English, ________ typhoon, tofu, and kongfu.
A.for example B.that is C.such as D.namely
8.There seems to be some difficulty ________ “hurt” from “injure” in meaning.
A.judging B.telling C.divide D.separate
9.— Are you fond ________ practising the violin?
— No. Instead, I'm getting tired ________ it.
A.of; from B.of; of C.on; from D.on; of
Ⅴ.阅读理解(高档题)
Picasso was born in 1881. At the time he died in 1973, he was ninety-two years old. When he was over ninety, this great Spanish painter still lived his life like a young man. He was still looking for new ideas and for new ways to use his artistic materials.
Most painters discover a style of painting that suits them and always paint like that. As the artist grows older his pictures may become a little bit different, but not very much. Picasso, however, was not the same as others. He had not yet found his own particular style of painting. He was still struggling to find the perfect way to express his feeling.
The first thing one noticed about him was the look of his large, wide open eyes. A famous American writer mentioned this hungry look, and one can still see it in pictures of him today. Picasso painted a picture of a woman in 1906. He painted her face from memory, not when he saw it with his eyes. When people said to him that the picture didn't look like her. Picasso would reply, “Too bad. She'll look like that picture.” Thirty years later she said that Picasso's painting of her was the only picture she knew that showed her real look. Picasso painted not only with his eyes but also with his mind.
Some of Picasso's paintings are rich, soft coloured and beautiful. Others are ugly and cruel and strange with sharp, black lines. But such paintings allow us to imagine things and make our own view of the world sharper. They force us to say to ourselves, “What does he see that makes him paint like that?”And we begin to look at things in a deeper way.
Picasso painted thousands of pictures in many different styles. He wanted to show us what the eye sees as well as what the mind knows. If you like looking at pictures, try to find some books of Picasso's paintings, and see what they mean to you.
1.Picasso was ________ years old when he died.
A.eighty-one B.seventy-two C.ninety-two D.ninety
2.He was ________ painter.
A.an American B.a Spanish C.a French D.a British
3.When an artist becomes older, his paintings are likely to be________his paintings when he was young.
A.completely different from B.the same as
C.a little bit different from D.with no change like
4.When Picasso was over ninety, he still lived his life like a young man, because________.
A.he didn't look old
B.he liked the life of young men. Young men are always looking for new ways and new ideas
C.he wanted to live longer
D.he often stayed with some young people

Module 4 Fine Arts --- Western, Chinese and Pop Arts
SectionⅠ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary
Step 1 1-C-D 2-E-B 3-A-G 4-A-F
Step 2Ⅰ:1.B 2.D 3.C 4.B
Ⅱ:Cubism;aspects;American;city;brush;reality
Step 3 artist;exhibition;pictures;known;happier;period;called;movement;in;feelings
(二)A.重点单词observe colourful delightful delighted paint painting traditional imitate reality unusual
B.重点短语in ; of ;such as;of;by;at;all;develop an interest in
C.重点句型considered to be;with
四.1. with delight 2. adapted adapt 3. aim at 4. walking 5. stand for 7.tired out 10. invited 11. leading the way settled
五、Exercises Ⅰ. scene aspect realistic disliked observing
Ⅱ. get tired of am interested in is fond of crazy about tell; by
Ⅲ. spoken following to do
Ⅳ.单项填空(中档题)1.解析:句意:我们取乐于这些生物的存在。take/find delight in ...“以……为乐”,固定搭配。答案:D
2.解析:考查动词辨析。句意:这只熊被当地人收养了,现在它已经适应了当地的环境。adopt“收养”, adapt to“适应”,故选B。答案:B
3.解析:“以……为目标”的表达为:aim at (doing) sth./be aimed at (doing) sth./aim to do sth.,因为其后有promoting,故A项正确。答案:A
4.解析:can't stand sb. doing sth.“不能忍受某人做某事”; sb.be allowed to do sth.“某人被允许做某事”。根据句意和结构可知答案为C项。答案:C
5.解析:catch sb. alive,只能用alive作宾补;第二个空作表语,表示“活着的”,可用alive或living,故选C。答案:C
6.解析:句意:当他路过的时候,他看到一个陌生人在敲门。observe“观察;注意到”;observe sb. doing sth.“看到某人正在做某事”。由时间状语从句可知,主句应用一般过去时。答案:A
7.解析:句意:众所周知,许多汉语词汇已经进入英语语言,比如台风、豆腐和功夫。for example一般只列举一项事物或事实;such as可列举多项事实;namely和that is意为“也就是说”。故选C。答案:C
8.解析:tell ...from“区分”;judge from“从……判断”;separate ...from ...“把……与……分开”选B。
9.解析:be fond of意为“喜欢,喜爱”;be/get tired of意为“对……厌烦”。答案:B
Ⅴ.阅读理解(高档题)
1.解析:细节理解题。根据第一段第二句话可知。答案:C
2.解析:细节理解题。根据第一段第三句话中的“...this great Spanish painter...”可判断出。答案:B
3.解析:细节理解题。根据第二段第二句话可知。答案:C
4.解析:细节理解题。根据第一段第三、四两句话可判断出。答案:B
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Section Ⅱ Cultural Corner
使用范围:必修二M4
一、语篇理解
Read the text in “Cultural Corner” and finish the following tasks.
Ⅰ. True (T) or False (F).
1.It is generally agreed that Picasso is the greatest artist in the world. ( )
2.Picasso became well-known as an excellent artist at an early age. ( )
3.Picasso's first Cubist paintings were all painted in blue and pink. ( )
Ⅱ. Choose the best answers according to the text.
1.When did Picasso become an artist?
A.In his twenties. B.When he was 16.
C.In the 1890s. D.From 1902.
2.Guernica is________.
A.his birthplace B.his friend
C.his famous painting D.another Cubist painter
3.Which of the following is NOT right?
A.Picasso showed his great painting talent at an early age.
B.Picasso was born in Spain but left his country in his twenties.
C.In Picasso's Blue period, he painted happier things.
D.Picasso expressed his own feelings in his paintings.
4.The author writes this passage mainly to ________.
A.express his admiration for Picasso
B.tell of Picasso's paintings
C.introduce Picasso's popularity in painting
D.tell of Picasso's life changes
二、Key Phrases
1.in one's _____ 在某人20多岁时 2.a _____of 一系列的 3.in/during _____1930s 在20世纪30年代
三. Language Points
1.destroy vt.破坏;毁坏
(教材原句)Guernica is the name of a town that was destroyed during the 1930s war in Spain.
格尔尼卡是一座城镇的名字,该城镇在20世纪30年代的西班牙战争中毁坏殆尽。
(鲜活例句)Failure was slowly destroying him.失败渐渐地把他毁了。
【比较】destroy, damage, ruin
destroy
“破坏;摧毁;毁灭”,指完全彻底的破坏,常指不能修复了
damage
部分“损坏,破坏;损毁(使失去价值)”
ruin
不像destroy那样毁灭某物,而是强调致使该物的使用价值发生了问题;还可表示“使破产;糟蹋掉”的意思;同时还有借喻的用法
用destroy, damage和ruin填空
①He knocked over a bottle of milk and __________ the table cloth.他打翻了一瓶牛奶,把桌布弄脏了。
②The school was completely __________ by fire.学校被大火彻底烧毁了。
③The bridge was __________ by the flood.桥梁因洪水而受损。
2.in one's twenties在某人二十多岁时
(教材原句)Picasso studied art in Spain, but moved to France, in his early twenties.
毕加索是在西班牙学习的艺术,但20岁刚出头他就去了法国。
(鲜活例句)In his fifties he began to study Russian.他在50多岁时开始学习俄语。
【拓展】(1)“in one's+逢十的基数词的复数形式”表示“在某人几十多岁时”。
(2)表达“在……世纪……年代”时,用“in the+年份(尾数为0)+s/'s”。
①In my thirties, I became interested in music.在我三十多岁的时候,我开始对音乐产生兴趣。
②He began to teach English in the 1950's.他在20世纪50年代开始教英语。
3.An oil painting is a painting in which you use thick paints that have oil in them.
油画就是你用浓浓的油画颜料作的画。
(1)句中in which为“介词+关系代词”结构,在此引导定语从句,修饰先行词painting,相当于in this painting。
①Is this the bike on which you often ride?这就是你常骑的那辆自行车吗?
②This book has opened a window through which we can see a wonderful world.
这本书打开了一扇窗,通过这扇窗我们能够看到一个精彩的世界。
(2)关系代词前介词的确定
●依据定语从句中动词的某种习惯搭配来确定。
③I bought a great many books, on_which I spent all my money that I saved.
我买了很多书,这些书花了我所有的积蓄。
●依据先行词的某种习惯搭配来确定。
④I'll never forget the time during_which I spent my childhood in the country.
我永远不会忘记孩童时期我在乡村度过的时光。
●根据句子所表达的意思来确定。
⑤The colorless gas without_which we cannot live is called oxygen.
离开它我们不能活的这种无色气体称为氧气。
[点津] 定语从句中关系代词作介词的宾语时,通常可将从句中的介词提到关系代词前。而有些“动词+介词”短语,如果介词提前,将会失去动词短语原来的意义,这种情况下一般不把短语拆开。
This is the right tape for which I'm looking.(×) This is the right tape which I'm looking for.(√)
这就是我正找的那盘磁带。
4.In this painting, Picasso showed his feelings about what_had_happened_to_the_town.
在这幅画中,对于这座城镇所遭遇的一切,毕加索表达了自己的情感。
句中what引导的是宾语从句,作介词about的宾语。疑问代词what常用来引导名词性从句,在句中可作主语、宾语或表语。
①They are talking about what they will do next.他们正在商讨下一步干什么。
②Thank you for your gift! It was what I have been longing for.谢谢你的礼物!这正是我一直想要的。
③What I want to drink is coffee.我想喝的是咖啡。
完成句子
1.在黑暗的街道上,她没有一个可以求助的人。
In the dark street, there wasn't a single person ____________ she could turn for help.
2.在会议中我与之谈话的那个人是从北京大学来的。
The man ____________ I talked at the meeting is from Beijing University.
3.这就是你找的那个人。This is the person ________________________.
4.请告诉我当我不在的时候她出了什么事?Please tell me ____________________ when I was away.
5.众所周知的是2016年奥运会将在巴西举行。
____________________ is that the 2016 Olympic Games will take place in Brazil.
完形填空
Have you ever seen a movie in which a building was burned or a bridge was destroyed? Have you seen films in which a train crashed or a ship__1__into the ocean? If__2__, you may have wondered__3__these things could happen without harming the people in film?
The man who knows the__4__is the“special effects”man. He has one of the most important jobs in the film__5__. He may be ordered to create flood or to make a battlefield explode. But he may be asked to make a special effect which is much__6__exciting, though just as important to the__7__of the film.
In a scene for one__8__there was a big glass filled with water in which small fish were swimming. The director of the movie__9__the fish to stop swimming suddenly while they seem to stare at__10__performing. Then the director wanted the fish to stop staring__11__swimming away. But the fish can't be ordered to do anything. It was__12__a problem.
The “special effects”man__13__about this problem for a long time. The result was an__14__of controlling the fish with a__15__use of electricity. First he__16__electricity to the fish bowl so as to cause the fish to be__17__. Then he rapidly__18__the amount of electricity, __19__the fish to swim away. Thus he got the best effect that the director had__20__.
1.A.dived B.drowned C.sank D.broke
2.A.that B.so C.possible D.necessary
3.A.where B.when C.why D.how
4.A.reason B.way C.fact D.answer
5.A.industry B.market C.show D.school
6.A.less B.more C.too D.really
7.A.purpose B.production C.director D.success
8.A.stage B.play C.reason D.movie
9.A.demanded B.requested C.wanted D.asked
10.A.the director B.each other C.an actor D.the photographer
11.A.and B.but C.then D.or
12.A.not B.such C.quite D.just
13.A. asked B.knew C.quarrelled D.thought
14.A.order B.idea C.effort D.opinion
15.A.frequent B.full C.harmless D.general
16.A.connected B.followed C.tied D.offered
17.A.quiet B.silent C.calm D.still
18.A.got B.increased C.reduced D.saved
19.A.forbidding B.promising C.allowing D.avoiding
20.A.asked B.received C.expected D.had
请以“The Role of Art in My Life”为题写一篇短文,介绍艺术在你生活中的地位和作用。120词左右。
①If you ask me the role of art in my life, I will tell you that it is one of the most important things in my life.
②At the age of six, I started learning to paint from my art teacher.③My art teacher often showed me famous paintings by great painters such as Picasso and Xu Beihong.④I think paintings can make my life interesting and colorful, and I learn a lot from them.⑤Many artists expressed their ideas and thoughts by painting.⑥Looking at these paintings, I can understand the reality of our life more.⑦Besides, whenever I take up the painting brush, I feel energetic.⑧I love life, and I love art!
第一段:开门见山列出文章主题句:艺术在我生活中的作用。
第二段:用翔实的材料进一步解释主题。
第三段:进行简短的总结,响应主题。
亮点一:④句用make的复合结构简洁地描述了艺术在我们生活中的作用。
亮点二:⑥句用动词的-ing形式作状语,⑦句中whenever引导状语从句,利于进一步解释主题。
一篇文章通常包括开头、主体和结尾三个部分。主题句通常位于文章的开头,它既要概括整篇文章的内容又要引人注目。从某种程度上讲,主题句决定着读者对整篇文章的第一印象。所以我们要使主题句语言简练、概括性强,既能表达完整的意义,同时又能强化思想,甚至给读者留下回味的余地。
我们可以采用开门见山型、交代目的型、交代要素型或概括要点型来组织主题句。
常用的写作句式有:
1.开门见山型
Should students make friends online? Some people say yes, while others think students shouldn't ...这里可用疑问句式或者陈述句式作为主题句,直接引出所谈话题,记叙文或是议论文都可以采用这种类型的主题句。
2.交代目的型
In order to make full use of learning materials, the students' union of our school is arranging an activity ... 此处主题句直接交代文章的写作目的是什么,让读者有个清晰的认识。
3.交代要素型
At about 9 o'clock last night, I was doing my homework when I heard my neighbor shouting and laughing loudly.主题句直接交代时间、地点、人物或周围环境,这种主题句常用在记叙文的写作中。
4.概括要点型
In the society full of materials, some people often say money is the most valuable thing in the world. But in my opinion, knowledge is more valuable than anything else, because knowledge gives us power and knowledge is power ...先对文章中的人或事件进行了概括,给出了一个观点,之后再提出自己的观点,但通常与之前所提出的观点有一定联系,或深入或对应等。
根据下面的提示,以“Air Around Us”为题,写一篇短文。词数:120左右。
提示:
1.空气是我们生存条件中最重要的一部分;
2.空气无色、无味,但我们可以感觉到它的存在,因为风就是流动的空气;
3.如果没有空气,人和生物不能生存,声音不能传播,飞机不能飞行;
4.空气中除水蒸气外主要含有氮气(nitrogen)和氧气,其中氮气约占78%,氧气约占21%。几乎所有生物都需要氧气。
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
[参考范文]
Air Around Us
Air is the most important part of our life.
Air is around us. We can not see it, or smell it. But we can feel the wind blow. We can see the wind move waves on the water, clouds in the sky, and tree branches. Wind is moving air.
Without air we could not breathe. There could be no living plants or animals. Because sound travels through air, without air there would be silence. The movement of air can support a large, heavy plane.
Air is a mixture of gases and water vapor. The most important gases in the air are nitrogen and oxygen. 78 percent of the air is made up of nitrogen, and about 21 percent of oxygen. Almost all living things use the oxygen in air.
Section Ⅱ Cultural Corner
一.Ⅰ.F T F Ⅱ.1.C 2.C 3.C 4.D 二. twenties series the 三. ruined destroyed damaged
完成句子
to whom; about whom;(who/whom/that) you are looking for;what happened to her;What is known to us all
完形填空
1.答案:C解析:sank into the ocean意为“沉没到大海中”。
2.答案:B解析:so是代词,代替上文的内容。if so是比较常见的说法,意为“如果是这样的话”。
3.答案:D解析:你对特技师“如何”工作感到疑惑。
4.答案:D解析:上面是一系列问题,这儿自然是“答案”了。
5.答案:A解析:industry“工业;行业”;这里指电影制造业。
6.答案:A解析:特技师也有可能被要求制作不那么令人激动的场景。
7.答案:D解析:但是这场种场景也是影片成功的一个方面。
8.答案:D解析:从上下文看,这里应指电影。
9.答案:C解析:这里表示电影导演的主观想法。
10. 答案:C解析:让鱼儿看似在盯着演员表演。
11.答案:A 解析:and连接两个并列的动名词的短语,表顺承。
12.答案:C解析:quite放在a或an之前,修饰中心名词。
13. 答案:D解析:think about sth.“考虑某事”。
14.答案:B解析:思考的结果是想出一个“主意”,即用电流电击鱼,从而达到控制鱼的目的。
15. 答案:C解析:用一种无害的电击方式控制鱼。
16.答案:A解析:connect...to...意为“把……和……连接起来”。
17.答案:D解析:still在此为形容词作表语,表示鱼受电击后静止不动。quiet“寂静的;安静的”;silent强调“默不作声的”;calm指海面的平静。
18.答案:C解析:特技师很快减弱电流。
19.答案:C解析:allow sb./sth. to do sth.意为“允许某人或某物做某事”。此处是现在分词短语作结果状语。
20.答案:C解析:句意:用这种方法就达到了导演所期待的最佳效果。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Section Ⅲ Other Parts of Module 4
使用范围:必修二M4
一、Key Words and Phrases
A.根据所给词性及汉语释义写出单词
1 _________n.实际情况;现实→realistic adj.现实主义的;写实主义的→realism n.现实主义→___________vt.领悟;了解;实现;实行→real adj.真的
2.exhibition n.展览→__________v.展出 3. __________n.表现;表达→express v.表达;表情
B.短语互译
1.put 推迟,延期 2. __________ to do 试图干
3.take _______ 轮流 4.at one's best 处于最佳状态
5.look forward to 期待,盼望 6.make ______ 领会,理解,懂得
二. Language Points
1.attempt vt.& n.努力;尝试;企图
(教材原句)Instead, a picture should attempt to show the “life” of its subject.
相反,一幅图画应该努力表现其主题的“生命”。
(鲜活例句)My first attempt at driving test was poor.我的第一次驾照考试很惨。
【拓展】attempt to do sth.(= try to do sth./seek to do sth.)试图/企图做某事
make an (one's) attempt to do/at doing sth. 试图/企图做某事
at one's first/second ... attempt 在某人第一/二……次尝试时
①The prisoner attempted to escape, but failed.= The prisoner attempted an escape, but failed.
囚犯企图逃跑,但没有成功。
②He made an attempt to win/at winning the first prize.他试图获头奖。
2.realise vt.领悟;了解;实现;实行
(教材原句)When you realise something, you notice something that you didn't notice or understand before.
当你意识到某件事情,也就是你注意到了你以前没有注意或没有理解的某件事情。
(鲜活例句)He finally realised his dream of becoming an actor.他当演员的梦想终于实现了。
【拓展】realise an ambition/hope/goal 实现抱负/愿望/目标 realistic adj. 现实主义的;写实主义的
reality n. 真实;现实;逼真 in reality 实际上
①Be realistic — you can't expect a big salary at eighteen.实际一点吧——你别指望十八岁就能挣高薪。
②The house looks very old, but in reality it's quite new.这所房子看起来很旧,实际上很新。
用realise和recognise填空
③He had changed so much that one could hardly __________ him.他变化很大,几乎使人不能认出他来。
④When he __________what had happened, he was very sorry.当他意识到发生了什么事时,他很难过。
3.happen vi.发生;出现
(鲜活例句)Do you think what will happen in the world in 2016?你认为在2016年世界上将发生什么事?
【拓展】sb.happen(s)/happened to do sth. 某人碰巧做某事
It happens/happened that+从句 碰巧……
sth.happens/happened to sb./sth. 某人/某物发生了某种情况
①I don't know whether you happen to have heard that I'm considering going abroad.
我不知道你是否碰巧已经听说了我正考虑出国这件事。
②It happened that I came across him in the street.= I happened to come across him in the street.
我碰巧在街上遇见他了。
【比较】happen, occur, take place, break out
happen
为常用词语,指 “客观事物或情况的偶然或未能预见地发生”
occur
属正式用语,常指意想不到的事情的“发生”,也可指在指定的时间“发生,出现”。在以具体事物、事件作主语时,可与happen互换,也可指“想起”某个主意
take place
常指“发生了事先计划或预想到的事情”,也有“举行”之意
break out
指(战争、火灾、疾病等)突然发生
用happen, occur, take place和break out填空
③The festival ___________ in July every year.这个节日在每年7月举行。
④Police reported that the accident ____________ at about 9:30 p.m.
警方报告说事故发生在晚上9:30左右。
⑤Everybody was alarmed at the news that war might __________.听到战争可能爆发的消息人人感到担心。
4.put off推迟,延期
(教材原句)She put off completing the picture, because she didn't like it.
她推迟了画的完成时间,因为她不喜欢这幅画了。
(鲜活例句)Don't put off until tomorrow what can be done today.今日可做的事不要拖到明天。
【拓展】put up 举起;张贴;建造 put away 把……收好放起来;储存
put forward 提出,提前;把……向前拨 put aside 把……放在一边
put down 记下,写下;放下 put on 上演;穿上
①Summer is over and the fans have been put away.夏天过去了,扇子都收起来了。
②He put aside his work to spend more time with his son.他把工作暂时搁下以便有更多时间陪儿子。
③We put on a song and dance performance to welcome the guests.我们表演歌舞,欢迎来宾。
5.make of领会,理解,懂得
(教材原句)What do you make of (it)?你是怎么理解的?
(鲜活例句)I don't know what to make of the new manager.这位新经理,我不知道怎么说他才好。
【拓展】make for 朝……方向前进;促进 make out 辨认出
make up 编造;化妆;构成;和好 make up for 弥补 make it 成功
①The audience made for the exits when the alarm sounded.警铃响的时候,观众奔向出口。
②I can't make out his writing.他所写的字,我无法辨认。
③He drove faster to make up for the lost time.他加速驾驶以补回损失的时间。
6.take turns轮流
(教材原句)Take turns to ask your questions.轮流提问。
(鲜活例句)Look at the picture and take turns to tell the story.看图,轮流讲故事。
【拓展】in turn 依次,轮流 by turns 轮流地 It's one's turn to do sth. 轮到某人做某事
①The girls called out their names in turn.那些女孩依次报出自己的名字。
②Tom, it's your turn to do the dishes today.汤姆,今天该你洗餐具了。
③We did the work by turns.我们轮流做这项工作。
三.知识巩固
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.In order to r________ his dream of becoming a doctor, Daniel often studies hard late into the night.
2.Most buildings in Yushu County were d________ by the sudden earthquake.
3.The p________ of her mother was her most valuable possession (财产).
4.We'll never forget the sad e________ of Chinese people when disasters such as drought, earthquakes and flood occured.
5.At the top of the hill you can look down on the peaceful and beautiful l________.
6.There will be an e________ of the development of automobile industry in our country next week.
7.It's just not r________ to expect to make so much money so soon.
Ⅱ.单项填空
1.Tony had prepared carefully for his English examination so that he could be sure of passing it on his first ______.
A.intention B.attempt C.purpose D.desire
2.It will take two months to repair the ship which was ________ by the hurricane.
A.destroyed B.damaged C.ruined D.hurt
3.They ________ to be out when we paid a visit to them.
A.broke out B.took place C.occurred D.happened
4.My hometown has changed so much that I can't ______ it.
A.know B.understand C.recognise D.realise
5.You can't ________ any excuse for the mistakes you have made.
A.make up B.look up C.put up D.get up
6.It is not rare in ________ that people in ________ fifties are going to university for further education.
A.90s; the B.the 90s; / C.90s; their D.the 90s; their
7.— Have you heard the sports meeting might be ________?
— Yes, it all depends on the weather.
A.put on B.put off C.put up D.put down
8.It is impossible for John to finish such a task in a short time, so let's ________ to give him a hand.
A.in turn B.take turn C.take turns D.by turns
Section Ⅲ Other Parts of Module 4
一、A.reality realize exhibit expression B. off attempt turns of
二. 2. recognise realized 3. takes place occurred/happened break out
三.知识巩固Ⅰ. realize destroyed portrait expression landscape exhibition realistic
Ⅱ.1.解析:句意:托尼认真准备了他的英语考试,以确保第一次尝试就能通过。intention“打算”;attempt“尝试;企图”;purpose“目的”;desire“要求”。根据句意可知B项正确。答案:B
解析:句意:修理这艘在飓风中受损的船将需要2个月的时间。destroy指完全破坏,不可修复;damage局部破坏,可以修复;ruin完全毁掉,强调该物的使用价值发生变化;hurt指身心的伤害。答案:B
3.解析:考查动词(短语)辨析。句意:我们拜访他们时,他们碰巧不在家。四个选项只有happen作“碰巧”解时,可以用人作主语。故选D。
4.解析:考查动词辨析。句意:我的家乡变化太大了以至于我都认不出它了。know“认识”;understand“理解”;recognise“认出,听出,承认”;realise“实现,意识到”。故选C。
5.解析:考查动词短语辨析。句意:你不能为你犯下的错误而编造任何借口。make up an excuse“编造借口”。故选A。
6.解析:句意:在90年代,人们在50多岁时上大学深造并不稀奇。“在……世纪……年代”用“in the+年份(尾数为0)+s/'s”表示,“在某人几十多岁时”用“in one's+逢十的基数词的复数形式”表示。故答案为D。
7.解析:句意:“运动会可能会延期,你听说了吗?”“是的,这完全取决于天气。”put off“推迟;延期”,符合题意。put on“上演;穿上”;put up“建造;张贴”;put down“记下;写下”。答案:B
8解析:句意:约翰不可能在短时间内完成那么一项任务,所以让我们轮流帮帮他吧。take turns“轮流”,与by turns意思相同,但是前者是动词短语,后者是介词短语作状语用;in turn“依次”。选:C
版权所有:21世纪教育网
复习板块四 必修二
Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts
?语音知识(陕西专用)
1.scene
A./sIn/          B./seIn/
C./si?n/ D./sen/
2.destroy
3.celebrity
4.congratulation
5.female
答案:1~5 CDDDA
?情景对话(陕西专用)
—Hi,Frank.How long have you lived in Hawaii?
—I've lived here since I was born.
—__1__
—Yes,very much.The weather here is nice and the beaches are very beautiful.The waves here are especially great.I like swimming and surfing.
— __2__
—I've been surfing for over five years.My uncle,Ben taught me.__3__Can you surf?
—No,I have never surfed before.But I can dive.
—So can I.__4__By the way,how long can you stay down in the sea?
—For two hours.How about you?
—__5__
—Maybe we can go diving together sometime.
—OK.And I can teach you to surf.
答案:1~5 EDCFA
Ⅰ.单项填空
1.There are many techniques that you can ________ to help you in managing your time better.
A.adopt          B.adjust
C.adapt D.addict
解析:adopt“采纳,采用”;adjust“调整”;adapt“使……适应,改编”;addict“使……上瘾”。句意:你可以采用很多技巧来帮助你更好地利用时间。
答案:A
2.—Are you fond ________ practicing the violin?
—No.On the contrary,I'm getting tired ________ it.
A.of;from B.of;of
C.on;from D.on;of
解析:be fond of意为“喜欢,喜爱”;be/get tired of意为“对……厌烦”。
答案:B
3.To her delight,her wish ________ at last.
A.realised B.came true
C.carried out D.put into practice
解析:realise one's wish“实现某人的愿望”,her wish 在此句中作主语,故A项应用被动语态;C、D两项都是及物动词词组,且与语境不符;come true(实现)是不及物动词词组,故答案为B。
答案:B
4.________ to that piece of music always makes her feel happy.
A.Listening B.To listen
C.Listen D.Listened
解析:本题考查v.-ing短语作主语。动词不定式也可以作主语,但表示偶然的动作,本题阐述的是一般情况,故用listening。
答案:A
5.I can't stand ________ with Jane in the same office.She just refuses ________ talking while she works.
A.working;stopping B.to work;stopping
C.working;to stop D.to work;to stop
解析:句意:我无法忍受和简在同一个办公室工作。她工作时不停地说话。can't stand doing sth.“忍受不了做某事”;refuse to do sth.“拒绝做某事”。She refuses to stop talking.“她拒绝停止说话”。
答案:C
6.The setting sun above the horizon and the rosy clouds make a beautiful ________.
A.glance B.sighting
C.scenery D.scene
解析:scene和scenery都有“景色;风景”的意思,但用法有所区别:scene是可数名词,通常指局部的、一眼可见全貌的风景、景色或场景。scenery是不可数名词,指某一国家或某一地区的整体自然风景。glance意为“匆匆一看”;sighting意为“看见;目睹”。根据句意“地平线上的落日和彩霞构成美丽的景色”,可知答案为D。
答案:D
7.Mr. Smith almost broke down by a ________ of unfortunate events that happened to him.
A.range B.variety
C.series D.list
解析:句意:史密斯先生被一连串不幸的事情险些击垮。a series of“一连串,一系列”。a range of“一列(山脉)”;a variety of“各种各样的”;a list of“名单,名册”。
答案:C
8.One of the best ways for people to keep fit is to ________ healthy eating habits.
A.grow B.develop
C.increase D.raise
解析:develop此处是“养成”的意思,相当于form。短语develop/form a habit of...指“养成……的习惯”。
答案:B
9.Old as he is,he is more ________ than many young people,saying he is the happiest man________.
A.living;alive B.living;live
C.alive;alive D.alive;live
解析:live可作前置定语或表语,意为“活的;现场的”,大多用于物,很少用于人。living意为“活着的”,可作表语、前置定语或后置定语,既可用于人,又可用于物。alive意为“活着的;有活力的”,主要作表语或后置定语,强调状态,大多用于人,不用于物。句意:尽管上了年纪,他仍然比许多年轻人充满活力,说他是世界上最幸福的人。
答案:C
10.________ the production up by 20%,the price has gone down.
A.For B.Because of
C.With D.As
解析:考查with复合结构“with+宾语+宾补”。句意:由于产量提高了20%,价格已降下来了。
答案:C
11.My grandfather always forgets ________ the keys but he always says that he remembers ________it.
A.to take;to take B.to take;taking
C.taking;taking D.taking;to take
解析:句意:我爷爷总是忘记带钥匙,但他总是说他记得带了。动词forget和remember后均可接动词不定式和v.-ing形式作宾语,但意义不同:接动词不定式是指要去做的事;接v.-ing形式是指做过的事。根据题意应选B。
答案:B
12.People who believe in God ________ Christmas on Dec.25.
A.observe B.congratulate
C.hold D.pass
解析:observe有“庆祝,过(节日)”的意思。congratulate为“祝贺”,后面常常接人作宾语;hold“握住”;pass“传递”,均不符合语意。
答案:A
13.________ medical science has achieved control over several dangerous diseases,what worries us is that some of them are returning.
A.Since B.Unless
C.However D.Although
解析:句意:尽管医学已经成功地控制了好几种危险的疾病,但我们担心的是它们中有些还会复发。根据句意可知,前后句子应表达“虽然……但是……”的转折语气,故选D。
答案:D
14.The sports meeting will be ________ till next week because of the bad weather.
A.put off B.put away
C.put up D.put down
解析:本题考查短语辨析。句意:由于天气不好,运动会将被推迟到下周。put off在此意为“推迟”;put away“储蓄,把……收起来”;put up“举起,建造,张贴”;put down“放下,镇压”。
答案:A
15.My family considers ________ a computer,which is considered ________ a great help in our work and study.
A.to buy;to be B.buying;being
C.buying;to be D.to buy;being
解析:consider doing sth.意为“考虑做某事”;be considered to be...意为“被认为是……”,故选C。
答案:C
Ⅱ.阅读理解(供山东、天津以外的省份使用)
A
Beijing,April 19—Shanghai has been referred to as the Paris of the East ever since the early 1930s. “The artists and audience here show a kinship to operas,dramas,films and novels,”says Wu Xiaolu,a young Shanghai art critic who is enjoying French flourish this week.
The Sino-French Artistic Festival began on Wednesday and aimed to link Shanghai closer to French culture.This year's festival includes 22 different programmes in music,theater,literature,painting,sculpture and film.Shanghai was one of the first Chinese cities influenced by Western culture,and Paris was a leading light for China's city by the sea.
Zhang Hong,a professor in the Institute of Cultural Criticism at Tongji University said Paris is a great city and Shanghai,in its current stage,is a big city. “Shanghai has a lot to learn from Paris, ”he said.Wu,an art critic,said the artistic relationship between China and France had deepened thanks to more than 200 cultural exchanges since the start of the Sino-French Year.Many such events had come to Shanghai.Claude Hudelot,the cultural consul of French consulate-general(总领事馆) in Shanghai,said the festival was an opportunity for new artistic works to be born.
Wu noted the Chinese premiere of the one-act opera La Voix Humaine(The Human Voice),an operatic version of Jean Cocteau's famed drama,was the most appealing event on the programme.“The work not only reflects the mentality of a French woman in the 1930s when it was first staged in Paris in 1959,but reveals the inner world of many Chinese women especially those living in Shanghai today.”
Li Wei,the opera's director,said Cocteau wrote La Voix Humaine in 1930;however,the operatic version wasn't staged until 1959 after Cocteau collaborated with his good friend and renowned composer Francis Poulenc.“It is a 50-minute opera performed merely by one actress accompanied only by a piano,but it is very intriguing,”Li said.
1.Why is Shanghai called the Paris of the East?
A.Because both of them are big cities.
B.Because both of them are famous for art.
C.Because both of them lie along the coast.
D.Because both of them are strong in economy.
解析:推理判断题。由文章内容推断可知只有B项切题。
答案:B
2.Which will NOT be the influence of the Sino-French Year?
A.Shanghai can learn a lot from French culture.
B.More than 200 cultural exchanges come.
C.New artistic works are to be born.
D.It may promote both countries' economy.
解析:细节理解题。综观全文可知,只有D项不是the Sino-French Year产生的影响。
答案:D
3.Which is NOT the fact of La Voix Humaine?
A.It is a 50-minute one-act opera.
B.It was originally created by Zhang Hong.
C.The whole opera is played by only one actor.
D.The audience can only hear one instrument played.
解析:细节理解题。由文章倒数第二段可知,La Voix Humaine这部歌剧是由Jean Cocteau的著名戏剧改编而来的。故B项说法错误,符合题干要求。
答案:B
4.The work La Voix Humaine reflects________.
A.the spiritual world of women
B.the social status of women
C.differences between Chinese women and French women
D.the living of women
解析:细节理解题。由文章第四段可知这部歌剧不仅反映了20世纪30年代法国女士的心理,还反映了今天很多上海女士的内心世界。
答案:A
B
There are many famous museums throughout the world where people can enjoy art.Washington,D.C. has the National Gallery of Art;Paris has the Louvre;London,the British Museum.Florida International University(FIU) in Miami also shows art for people to see.And it does so without a building,or even a wall for its drawings and paintings.
FIU has opened what it says is the first computer art museum in the United States.You don't have to visit the University to see the art.You just need a computer linked to a telephone.
You can call the telephone number of a University computer and connect your own computer to it.All of the art is stored in the school computer.It is computer art,produced electronically(电子地) by artists in their own computers.In only a few minutes,your computer can receive and copy all the pictures and drawings.
Robert Shostak is director of the new computer museum.He says he started the museum because computer artists had no place to show their works.
A computer artist could only record his pictures electronically and send the records,or floppy discs(软盘),to others to see on their computers.He could also put his pictures on paper.But to print good pictures in paper,the computer artist needed an expensive laser(激光) printer.
Robert Shostak says the electronic museum is mostly for art or computer students at schools and universities.Many of the pictures in the museum are made by students.Mr. Shostak says the FIU museum will make computer art more fun for computer artists because more people can see it.He says artists enjoy their works much more if they have an audience.And the great number of home computers in America could mean a huge audience for the electronic museum.
5.The main purpose of this passage is to give information about ________.
A.famous museums through the world
B.a computer art museum in Miami,USA
C.art exhibitions in Florida International University
D.the latest development in computer art
解析:主旨大意题。作者首先在文章开头介绍世界著名博物馆,接着引出迈阿密州的Florida International University,接下来文章详细地介绍了FIU,因此B为最佳答案。
答案:B
6.To see the art in the FIU museum,your special needs include ________.
A.floppy discs
B.a computer and a printer
C.pictures and drawings on paper
D.a computer connected to the museum by a telephone line
解析:细节理解题。“You can call the telephone number of a University computer and connect your own computer to it.”可告诉我们此答案。
答案:D
7.What are stored in this museum?
A.Paintings drawn by means of computer.
B.Different styles of paintings.
C.Old paintings.
D.Drawings done by art students of FIU.
解析:细节理解题。从“It is computer art,produced electronically...”得此答案。
答案:A
8.The museum was started when ________.
A.Robert Shostak wanted to do something for computer scientists
B.Robert Shostak wanted to help computer artists
C.art students needed a place to show their works
D.computer scientists wanted to do something about art
解析:推理判断题。从“He says he started the museum because computer artists had no place to show their works”看,Robert Shostak开办这家电子美术馆的目的是为给艺术家们一个展示艺术的空间,因此B为最佳答案。在此C有较大干扰性,从文章最后一段看似乎这一答案正确,然而从第三段看,这家电子美术馆是面对所有的艺术家,而并非只对艺术学生。
答案:B
Ⅲ.任务型阅读(海南、宁夏模式)
(2010·海口市高三检测) __1__ The average American moves every five years.People drive straight into their garages, hire lawn services, hang out in their backyards instead of their front porches (前走廊).These days, neighbors don't even know each other's names.
Good neighbors and good friends are a lot like electricity or running water. __2__
The surprising thing is that all it takes to strengthen your relationship with friends and neighbors is respect for their feelings, concern for their property, and a helping hand when it's needed. __3__
First, be a true friend to people around you. __4__ That is to say, a true friend is one who stays true through it all—marriage, parenthood, new jobs, new homes, or even losses.That situations change doesn't mean the person has to.
Besides, friendships fade away if there isn't a balance between the give and the take. __5__Be sensitive to how much your friend can and can't offer you —time, energy, or help—and don't step over the line.Remember: friendships that tire each other will not last.If a friendship is out of balance in this way, you'll need to consider the situation.
A.Modern life is a lot less to the advantage of friendships and neighborliness than it used to be.
B.A friend in need is a friend indeed.
C.We don't know how much we depend on them until we lose them.
D.Here're two important ways to deepen your friendship with people around in your life.
E.A true friend doesn't flee when changes come about.
F.Take your time, please.
G.So make sure you aren't being a burden to your friends.
答案:1~5 ACDEG
以下两个题型供山东、天津使用
Ⅱ.阅读理解
Name:Julia B.
Age: 13
Where I work: At a dance studio (工作室) in my hometown in Minnesota
How I got started: I've been dancing at a studio since I was three years old. This past summer while I was at a dance camp, a counselor (管理员) noticed that I liked the younger kids. She asked if I'd like to be an assistant teacher. I didn't know what to expect, but it turned out to be so much fun.
Typical day: I teach ballet (芭蕾舞), tap (踢踏舞), and jazz every Tuesday after school. The preschoolers come at 4∶15 p.m., and I work with three other teachers, who all are older than I am. I also help teach a high-school class. Sometimes I even give private lessons.
Earnings: I teach about three hours a week and make $7 per hour. It is amazing that I get paid! I give most of the money to my parents for safekeeping. Earning my own spending money makes me feel responsible(有责任的).
I love my job because: I get to work with little kids and great teachers. It also was exciting when the studio gave me a key so that I could give private lessons. They really believe in me.
My job is hard because: Teaching girls older than I am was hard at first. But after another teacher reminded me that I have ten years of experience, which is a lot more than the other students, I felt much more confident.
Biggest lesson learned: I have learned to trust myself. I used to worry a lot and avoid taking risks. Taking this job — and doing it well — has given me the confidence to trust myself.
My future plans: I want to keep dancing and teaching as much as possible.
1.Julia came to work at a dance studio because ________.
A.she dances very well
B.she liked the dance camp very much
C.a counselor advised her to do so
D.it is fun to be an assistant teacher
解析:细节理解题。根据 How I got started 一部分可知,是夏令营的一位管理员发现了Julia 的优点,建议她当助理老师,故选 C 项。
答案:C
2.What do we know about Julia from the passage?
A.She teaches one kind of dance.
B.She teaches preschoolers alone.
C.She keeps her earnings by herself.
D.She learns to be responsible by earning money.
解析:细节理解题。根据 Earnings 一部分的最后一句可知,Julia 通过自己打工赚钱有了责任感,故选 D 项。
答案:D
3.What does it mean when the studio gave Julia a key?
A.They trust her.
B.They wanted her to be excited.
C.She was allowed to give private lessons.
D.She can practice dancing with great teachers.
解析:细节理解题。根据 I love my job because 一部分可知, Julia 拿到一把钥匙,得到了工作室的信任,故选 A 项。
答案:A
4.What made Julia more confident when she taught girls older than her?
A.Her teaching experience.
B.Her dancing experience.
C.Other teachers' help.
D.Other students' encouragement.
解析:细节理解题。 根据 My job is hard because 一部分可知, Julia 刚开始觉得教比她年龄大的女孩比较困难,但另一位老师告诉她,她有十年的跳舞经验,是这一点让 Julia 找回了自信,故选 B 项。
答案:B
5.The job has taught Julia to ________.
A.work hard B.trust people
C.make plans D.be confident
解析:细节理解题。根据 Biggest lesson learned 一部分可知, Julia 通过打工学会了自信,不再畏惧困难,故选 D 项。
答案:D
Ⅲ.阅读表达
(2010·聊城三中高三检测)[1]It's 2026.You lost your cashier job five years ago,when Wal-Mart Stores were switched to automatic checkouts.A job at the post office lasted only a few years,since no one sends mail anymore.Then came the bird flu,killing most population around the world.Your new office job shut down because everyone was afraid of getting sick.What's next?
[2]In two decades,your job probably won't exist,at least not in the same form.There's going to be an enormous shift of occupations.Most jobs are going to change.They'll survive,but they'll change.Meanwhile,computers continue to take over the world.Machines will learn to perform most translation services,eventually making language experts unnecessary.Robotic aircraft will put fighter pilots out of business.
[3]But there's good news:Technology will create __________.Out-of-work“top gun”pilots may find jobs piloting spaceships.They will revolutionize travel in the developing world.They don't require expensive facilities like runways,and they can stop in midair to drop off passengers or deliver goods.
[4]Hollywood's difficulties may be solved by holography(全息摄影术).Since consumers are perfectly happy watching DVDs at home on big flat-screen televisions,box-office receipts have decreased.But eventually,film companies will start producing three-dimensional holographic movies that require equipment too expensive and complicated to set up at home.
[5]It's too early to declare the end of oil,but alternative energy will create dozens of new careers in the next two decades.Hydrogen fuel could be cost-competitive with gasoline if refueling stations were mass-produced.The hydrogen at these stations would be produced on-site,so managers would need an entirely different set of skills than those required in today's gas stations.
[6]Eventually,of course,cars will be out of use and teleport repairmen could replace auto mechanics.
[7] Believe_it_or_not,these_things_are_not_outside_the_field_of_possibility.
1.Which sentence in this passage is the closest in meaning to the following one?
It is more likely that your job will disappear or change its form in twenty years' time.
________________________________________________________________________
答案:In two decades,your job probably won't exist,at least not in the same form.
2.Please fill in the blank with proper words or phrases to complete the sentence.(Please answer within 10 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
答案:new jobs as well
3.What does the passage mainly talk about?(Please answer within 10 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
答案:Future jobs.
4.What difficulties will film companies meet in the future?What will they do?(Please answer within 30 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案:Consumers would like to watch DVDs at home on big flat-screen televisions and film companies should produce three-dimensional holographic movies.
5.Translate the underlined sentence into Chinese.
________________________________________________________________________
答案:信不信由你,所有这些事情都有可能。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Module 4 第1课时
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.After several a________, I gave up trying to do his portrait.
2.At first he i________ Picasso's style and then he developed his own personal style.
3.My parents have p________ to take me to see a pop at exhibition.
4.I don't know the names of any western contemporary p________.
5.Painting is good way for young children to e________ their feelings.
答案:1.attempts 2.imitated 3.promised 4.painting 5.express
Ⅱ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
1.It is not polite to sit with your feet________at another person.
A.pointing        
B.point
C.to point
D.pointed
答案:A
解析:考查with的复合结构,your feet与point是逻辑上的主谓关系,所以用-ing形式表示主动关系。
2.The murderer was brought in with his hands________behind his back.
A.being tied 21世纪教育网
B.having tied
C.to be tied 21世纪教育网
D.tied
答案:D
解析:考查with的复合结构,his hands与tie是逻辑上的动宾关系,所以用-ed形式表被动关系。
3.The boy________a great interest in natural science.
A.developed
B.invented
C.made
D.discovered
答案:A
解析:develop an interest in “在……方面发展兴趣”。
4.You can't________him to be a selfish man. He is willing to help those in trouble.
A.regard
B.consider
C.think of
D.look on
答案:B
解析:consider sb. to be/as...意为“认为某人是……”;而A、C、D要与as搭配。
5.The pop group, ________for________other singers, are going to visit China to give concerts next month.
A.knowing; studying
B.known; copying
C.knowing; following
D.known; imitating
答案:D
解析:known for是过去分词短语,在句中作定语,相当于定语从句who are known for,根据句意应选imitating,意为“模仿”。
6.Both my parents are________Song Zuying's songs, which are in the classical Chinese________.
A.crazy about; style
B.fond of; expression
C.agree with; way
D.good at; group
答案:A
解析:be crazy about“对……着迷”;in...style“属于……风格”。
7.The architect was very proud because his design for the art museum was________.
A.adopted
B.discussed
C.allowed
D.agreed
答案:A
Ⅲ.选择适当的词填空
liked, wanted, tell, lived, is playing, holds, has been discovered, jumps, kept
If you________to learn more about children who________in ancient Greece more than 2,000 years ago, where would you look?
Some pictures________us that Greek children had pets, such as birds, dogs and rabbits. Older boys________horses and hunting dogs. The pictures also tell us that a few children________more strange animals as pets, including monkeys even insects.
On a picture which________, a little girl________with a toy and her pet. In her left hand she________a toy, and in her right hand a bird. At her feet a dog________to her.
答案:wanted, lived, tell, liked, kept, has been discovered, is playing, holds, jumps
Ⅳ.完形填空
阅读下面短文,理解大意,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
Dorothy Brown was very happy as she sat in the theatre listening to the music. “Lauren's __1__concert”, she thought. “I've__2__this moment for years and years and now it is here__3__. How pretty she is! __4__beautiful__5__she has!” As she listened to her young daughter__6__, she remembered when she was Lauren's__7__.
__8__a young girl, Dorothy wanted to be a concert singer, too. She studied in France, Italy, and in the United States. “You can be a fine singer__9__,” her teacher told her, “but you must__10__to study hard and work for many years. There will be__11__time for anything__12__music in your life.”
Dorothy was eighteen at that time and she was sure that music was__13__she wanted or needed to fill her life.
For almost a year Dorothy thought of nothing__14__. Then she met David, a young engineer__15__in Europe. They met in Italy where Dorothy was studying with Givoanni Bernini, one of__16__voice teachers in the world. Dorothy and David saw__17__nearly every day and__18__a few months David asked her to be his wife. Dorothy wanted to__19__David, but she wanted to be a concert singer, too. She didn't know__20__to do.
1.A.the first
B.second
C.first
D.last
答案:C[来源:21世纪教育网]
解析:根据下文“我已等待这一时刻数年了”可知,这是Lauren的第一场音乐会;又因first前面有名词所有格,故first前不能再用定冠词the。
2.A.sang for
B.waited for
C.stood for
D.stayed for
答案:B
解析:wait for意为“等待”;sing for“为……歌唱”;stand for“代表”;stay for“呆……一段时间”。
3.A.at all
B.at the end
C.at first
D.at last
答案:D
解析:前文已说等这一时刻数年,此处意为“这一时刻终于到来了”。
4.A.What a
B.How a
C.What
D.How
答案:A
解析:此题应与下题一起选择。下题用voice指“人的嗓音”,voice为可数名词,故用A。
5.A.noise 21世纪教育网
B.voice
C.sound
D.noises
答案:B
解析:此处指她唱歌时的声音,故用voice。noise“嗓音”;sound“声音”;指自然界的一切声音,不用于指人的嗓音。
6.A.sung
B.to sing[来源:21世纪教育网]
C.singing
D.to singing
答案:C
解析:现在分词作宾补,表示动作正在发生。listen to sb.可接省略to的不定式或现在分词作宾补。
7.A.years old
B.old
C.ages
D.age
答案:D
解析:Dorothy Brown记起了自己处在Lauren这个年龄时的情形。
8.A.Like
B.As
C.For
D.With
答案:B
解析:As在此是连词,等于As she was(a young girl),作状语。
9.A.some day
B.some days
C.some time
D.sometimes
答案:A
解析:some day是不定时间,表示“将来某一天”;some days“一些天;几天”;some time “一段时间”;sometime“有时”。
10.A.to prepare
B.prepared
C.be prepared
D.preparing
答案:C
解析:must是情态动词,后接动词原形。be prepared to do sth.“准备做某事”。
11.A.not
B.some
C.not a
D.no
答案:D
解析:time是名词,前面否定词用no。用not是对整个句子或动词进行否定。no相当于not any。
12.A.but
B.and
C.but that
D.besides
答案:A
解析:but在此处是介词,相当于except,意为“除……之外”;在你的生活中除音乐之外,你没有时间做其他事。21世纪教育网
13.A.that
B.all
C.which
D.whom
答案:B
解析:all是不定代词在句中作表语。music就是她需要的一切。
14.A.other
B.others
C.else
D.too
答案:C
解析:else常用在疑问代词、疑问副词和不定代词后面。意为“其余的;别的”。
15.A.travelling
B.travelled
C.travel
D.to travel
答案:A
解析:travelling和后面介词短语in Europe构成v.-ing短语,在句中作后置定语,修饰engineer。
16.A.most fine
B.the finest
C.finer
D.the finer
答案:B
解析:形容词最高级前面需要用定冠词the。[来源:21世纪教育网]
17.A.one another
B.each one
C.others
D.each other
答案:D
解析:each other用来表示两者之间的关系,one another表示三者或三者以上之间的关系。
18.A.after
B.in
C.before
D.on
答案:A
解析:表示过去一段时间之后时用after,表示到将来一段时间之后时用in。
19.A.marry with [来源:21世纪教育网]
B.marrying to
C.marry
D.get married
答案:C
解析:marry一词是及物动词,意为“嫁”或“娶”,后面直接跟表示人的名词。get married中的married是形容词作表语,表示主语所处的状态。
20.A.how
B.what
C.where
D.when
答案:B
解析:do是及物动词,须接宾语,故用疑问代词what。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
A
Most painters discover a style of painting that suits them and stick to that, especially if people enjoy their pictures. But Picasso, the great Spanish painter, was like a man who had not yet found his own particular style of painting. He kept on struggling to find the perfect expression till his death in 1973.
Some of Picasso's paintings are rich, soft colored and beautiful. Others are ugly and cruel and strange. But such paintings allow us to imagine things for ourselves. They force us to say to ourselves, “What does he see that makes him paint like that?” And we begin to look beneath the surface of the things we see.
Picasso painted thousands of pictures in different styles. Sometimes he painted the natural look of things. Sometimes he seemed to break them apart and throw the pieces in our faces. He showed us what the mind knows as well as what the eye sees. At the age of 90 he remained as curious about the world as he had been when he was young. That is why people have called him “the youngest painter in the world”.
1.The ugly, cruel and strange paintings by Picasso ______.
A.allow us to ask questions about them
B.force us to question anything we see
C.make us try to notice something latent (潜在的) in the things
D.cause us to think what Picasso saw was different from what we see
答案:C
解析:综合归纳题。根据第二段,毕加索的画使得我们产生探索的欲望。
2.The sentence “sometimes he seemed to break them apart and throw the pieces in our faces” means ________.
A.sometimes he showed some broken pictures to others
B.sometimes he tore his pictures into pieces
C.he broke something he was painting and threw them away
D.things in some of his pictures seemed to be in disorder
答案:D
解析:推理判断题。这是一道深层理解题。根据前面一句话“Sometimes he painted the natural look of things.”的提示可以理解得出。A、B、C三项的描述不符合常理。
3.Why have people called Picasso “the youngest painter in the world”?
A.Because he looked young when he was old.
B.Because he never gave up looking for something new.
C.Because he observed things with the eye and the mind.
D.Because he never stopped painting even when he was old.
答案:B
解析:细节理解题。根据最后一句“That is why people have called him ‘the youngest painter in the world’.”的暗示可知其前一句话为本题的正确答案。
4.What do you suppose the writer thinks of Picasso's paintings?
A.He doesn't understand some of them.
B.He admires them, including the ugly ones.
C.He thinks some of them are valuable, some are not.[来源:21世纪教育网]
D.He doesn't like some of them, but he admires the painter.
答案:B
解析:综合归纳题。作者对毕加索画的评价是有些内容丰富、柔和而又漂亮;有些虽然丑陋,但是这些丑陋的画迫使我们去思索一些画外的东西,可见作者是欣赏毕加索的绘画的。所以B为正确答案。
B
Americans have contributed to many art forms, but jazz, a type of music, is one of the art forms that was started in the United States. Black Americans, who sang and played the songs of their homeland, created jazz. Jazz is a mixture of the music of Africa, the work songs, the slaves' songs and the religious music. Improvisation is an important part of jazz. This means that the musicians make the music up as they go along, or create the music on the spot. This is why a jazz song might sound a little different each time it is played. Jazz bands formed in the late 1800s. They played in bars and clubs in many towns and cities of the south.21世纪教育网
Jazz became more and more popular. By the 1920s, jazz was popular all over the United States. By the 1940s, you could hear jazz not only in clubs and bars, but in concert halls as well. Today, people from all over the world play jazz. Jazz musicians from America, Asia, Africa, and Europe meet and share their music at festivals on every continent. In this way jazz continues to grow and change.
5.From the passage it can be inferred that________.
A.New Orleans is the place where jazz was first produced
B.the American people are all jazz lovers
C.jazz is merely sung by the black when working
D.jazz may become more popular as time goes on
答案:D
解析:从最后一段最后两句“爵士乐遍布全世界,全世界都在分享爵士乐,且它还在扩大变化着”可推断它将越来越受人喜爱。
6.It took about________years to make jazz popular in the US.
A.200   
B.120   
C.80   
D.40
答案:B
解析:从十九世纪末爵士乐的产生,到二十世纪二十年代在美国广为流行可推断它共用了大约120年。
7.The underlined word“created”in the first paragraph can be replaced by________.
A.loved
B.continued
C.made
D.started
答案:C
解析:create“创造”,与make同义。
8.Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A.American Art Forms
B.The Development of Jazz
C.The Music of Black Americans
D.The Birthplace of Jazz
答案:B
解析:全文主要讲述了从爵士乐的产生到发展,一直到现在非常流行,故B项最佳。
Ⅵ.书面表达
请你就中国的传统绘画写一篇120字词左右的短文,允许自由发挥。文章的开头已给出,不计入总词数。
Everyone agrees that traditional Chinese painting is very beautiful.______________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文:
Everyone agrees that traditional Chinese painting is very beautiful. It is completely different from Western painting and highly regarded throughout the world for its theory, expression and techniques. According to the means of expression, Chinese painting can be divided into two categories:the xieyi school and the gongbi school. Xieyi is the basic approach to Chinese painting. Even in ancient times, Chinese artists were unwilling to be controlled by reality. Take Qi Baishi, the modern painter, for example, he does not paint shrimps, insects, birds, and flowers as they are in nature but only shows their general character after he observed them carefully for a long time and had a deep understanding of them.
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Module 4 第2课时
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.He likes cats but d________dogs.
2.________(绘画) is my favorite lesson.
3.This play is divided into three acts, and each act has three s________.
4.Some foreigners become interested in t________Chinese medicine.
5.We visited a c________display to flowers last week.
6.We have no ________(同时期的) account of the battle.
7.She felt she had looked at the problem from every ______(方面).
8.My criticism wasn't a________at you.
9.All three teams ________(采用) different approaches to the problem.
10.I felt he was o________everything I did.
11.Her style of painting has been i________by other artists.
12.Will time travel become a________(现实)in the future?
13.It is ________(不正常的) for Dave to be late.21世纪教育网
答案:1.dislikes 2.Drawing 3.scenes 4.traditional 5.colourful 6.contemporary 7.aspect 8.aimed 9.adopted 10.observing 11.imitated 12.reality 13.unusual
Ⅱ.短语翻译
1.按照传统风俗    ____________________
2.三三两两 ____________________
3.从……可以看出 ____________________
4.认为……是 ____________________
5.考虑;看待 ____________________
6.瞄准 ____________________
7.喜欢 ____________________
8.对……厌倦 ____________________
答案:1.by tradition 2.in twos and threes 3.tell by 4.consider...to be/as 5.think about 6.aim at 7.be fond of 8.be/get tired of
Ⅲ.词语辨析
A.用tradition, habit或custom填空。
1.It is the ________in the family for the eldest sons to take over the company.
2.You need to change your eating ________.
3.It is the ________in that coutry for women to marry young.
B.用ordinary, common, usual或normal填空。
4.In the ________way, she is not a nervous person.
5.Breast cancer is the most ________form of cancer among women in this country.
6.Her temperature is ________.
7.He came home later than ________.
C.用alive, live, living或lively填空。
8.All ________things need sunshine and air.
9.It was a ________broadcast, not a recording.
10.She has a strange way to make her classes ________and interesting.
11.Doctors kept the baby ________for six weeks.
用special, especial或particular填空。
12.These teachers need ________training.
13.There is one ________patient I'd like you to see.
14.You must handle this with ________care.
15.She is very ________about clothes.
答案:1.tradition 2.habits 3.custom 4.ordinary 5.common 6.normal 7.usual 8.living 9.live 10.lively 11.alive 12.special 13.particular 14.especial 15.particular
Ⅳ.句型转换
1.Can you name a great nineteenth century Chinese artist?
Can you ________________________of a great nineteenth century Chinese artist?
2.It is delightful for the little boy's parents that he has won the first prize.
________________________________the little boy's parents that he has won the first prize.
3.My parents are fond of going to art galleries and often take me with them, so I've developed an interest in art.
My parents ________________going to art galleries and often take me with them, so I ________________________art.
4.I can tell by the style.
I can tell ________________the style.[21世纪教育网]
答案:1.say the name 2.To the delight of
3.feel like; become, interested in 4.according to
Ⅴ.单句改错
1.They went abroad for a change of scenery.
________________________________________________________________________
2.At the sight for the policemen, the thief ran away.
________________________________________________________________________
3.It is probable for him to solve the problem.
________________________________________________________________________
4.It was a pity that he left with his work unfinishing.
________________________________________________________________________
5.It is a/an ordinary sense to run away in case of fire.
________________________________________________________________________
答案:1.scenery改为scene
2.for改为of
3.probable改为possible
4.unfinishing改为unfinished
5.ordinary改为common
Ⅵ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
1.The children are finding it hard to________to the new school.
A.agree         
B.adopt
C.admit
D.adapt[来源:21世纪教育网]
答案:D
解析:agree“同意”;adopt“采用;收养”;admit“容许;承认;接纳”;adapt“使适应;改编”。句意为:孩子们发现适应新学校很难。
2.I love their music, but I've never seen them perform________.
A.alive
B.living
C.live
D.lively
答案:C
解析:live在本句中意为“现场直播的”;living与alive都有“活着的”之意,分别作前置定语和后置定语;lively“活泼的;有生气的”。句意为:我喜欢他们的音乐,但从未看过他们的现场表演。
3.He likes to be different from others, but I really can't________his hairdo(发型).
A.understand 21世纪教育网
B. stand
C.stand for
D.put up for
答案:B
解析:stand意为“容忍;忍受”;符合题意。stand for意为“代表;象征”;而D项应改为put up with...“容忍;忍受”。
4.I'm not really tired________being a teacher, but I am actually tired________it.
A.of; of
B.of; from
C.from; from
D.from; of
答案:B
解析:句意为:我不厌烦当老师,但我确实因此很劳累。be tired of“对……厌烦”;be tired from“因……而劳累”。
5.________two buildings to build, the workers have to work really hard this year.
A.With
B.Besides
C.As for
D.Because of
答案:A
解析:with表示原因或理由,意为“因;由于”;后接复合宾语。B项意为“除……之外,还……”;C项意为“关于;至于”;D项意为“因为;由于”;但后面不能接复合宾语。故选A。21世纪教育网
6.—Do you believe in________Chinese medicine?
—Of course I do. It has been playing an important part in medical field.
A.traditional 21世纪教育网
B.original
C.ancient
D.normal
答案:A
解析:考查短语辨析。traditional“传统的”;original“原来的;起初的”;ancient“古代的;古老的”;normal“正常的;一般的”。traditional Chinese medicine“传统中医学”。
7.He is considering________a new bike and________away his old one to his younger brother.
A.to buy; gave
B.buying; giving
C.buying; to give
D.to buy; give
答案:B
解析:本句中consider意为“考虑”,其后应加动名词,且两空是并列关系,所以形式相同。
8.He studied hard, ________the exam.
A.aim at
B.aiming at passing
C.aiming passing
D.aim to passing21世纪教育网
答案:B
解析:aiming at passing the exam在句子中作状语,可排除A、D两项。aim常用于aim at sth./doing sth.或aim to do sth.,所以应选B。
9.My husband and I are________Song Zuying's songs, which are in the classical Chinese________.
A.crazy about; style
B.fond of; expression
C.satisfied to; type
D.good at; group
答案:A
解析:be crazy about意为“疯狂迷上……”;第二空style意为“风格”,符合题意,故是正确的。be fond of意为“喜欢……”,而第二空用expression不合适。C项应为be satisfied with,第二空type意为“类型”。D项group也不合适。
10.Dalian is________most beautiful city and I hope I'll have a chance to come here________second time.
A.the; a
B.a; a
C.a; the
D.the; the
答案:B
解析:此题第一空不是“最高级”,不能用定冠词the,而是表示“一座很美的城市”。第二空用a second time表示“再一次;又一次”;而非“第二次”,所以选B。
Ⅶ.短文填空
Pablo Picasso is a Spanish artist. He is considered to be the greatest western__1__of the twentieth century. It was he and another artist who started Cubism in__2__which means showing all of the objects and people at the same time. And Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of the pop art. This kind of art__3__to show the ordinary city life. Chinese artists Qi Baishi and Xu Beihong, who__4__the traditional Chinese style of painting, made an everlasting contribution to the world arts. And we can see the excellence of the Chinese traditional painting style from their paintings, the__5__famous for the pictures of little shrimps, the latter known for his lively paintings of horses. [21世纪教育网]
1.________   2.________   3.________
4.________   5.________
答案:1.artist 2.painting 3.aims 4.followed 5.former
Ⅷ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
Sports shoes that work out whether their owner has done enough exercise to warrant time in front of the television have been devised in the UK.
The shoes—named Square Eyes—contain an electronic pressure sensor and a tiny computer chip to record how many steps the wearer has taken in a day. A wireless transmitter passes the information to a receiver connected to a television, and this decides how much evening viewing time the wearer deserves, based on the day's efforts.
The design was inspired by a desire to fight against the rapidly ballooning waistlines among British teenagers, says Gillian Swan, who developed Square Eyes as a final year design project at Brunel University to London, UK. “We looked at current issues and childhood overweight really stood out,”she says. “And I wanted to tackle that with my design.”
Once a child has used up their daily allowance gained through exercise, the television automatically switches off. And further time in front of the TV can only be earned through more steps.
Swan calculated how exercise should translate to television time using the recommended daily amounts of both. Health experts suggest that a child take 12,000 steps each day and watch no more than two hours of television. So, every 100 steps recorded by the Square Eyes shoes equals precisely one minute of TV time.
Existing pedometers(计步器)normally clip onto a belt or slip into a pocket and keep count of steps by measuring sudden movement. Swan says these can be easily tricked into recording steps through shaking. But her shoe has been built to be harder for lazy teenagers to cheat. “It is possible, but it would be a lot of effort,”she says. “That was one of my main design considerations.”
1.According to Swan, the purpose of her design project is to________.
A.keep a record of the steps of the wearer
B.deal with overweight among teenagers
C.enable children to resist the temptation of TV
D.prevent children from being tricked by TV programs21世纪教育网
答案: B[来源:21世纪教育网]
解析:由第三段的最后两句话可以得知,Swan的计划就是想解决青少年的肥胖问题。
2.Which of the following is true of Square Eyes shoes?
A.They regulate a child's evening TV viewing time.
B.They determine a child's daily pocket money.
C.They have raised the hot issue of overweight.
D.They contain information of the receiver.
答案:A
解析:B项内容与本文无关;C项文中没涉及;D项的错误在于Square Eyes shoes并不包含receiver的信息。由第二段的最后一句话可得知A项正确。
3.What is stressed by health experts in their suggestion?
A.The exact number of steps to be taken.
B.The precise number of hours spent on TV.
C.The proper amount of daily exercise and TV time.
D.The way of changing steps into TV watching time.
答案:C
解析:由第五段的第二句可以得知。
4.Compared with other similar products, the new design________.
A.makes it difficult for lazy teenagers to cheat
B.counts the wearer's steps through shaking
C.records the sudden movement of the wearer
D.sends teenagers' health data to the re
答案:A
解析:由最后一段的第三句话可以看出,这种新型鞋可以让那些懒惰的孩子难以作弊。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Module4 第3课时
Ⅰ.用所给词语的正确形式填空
1.He didn't mind ________(work) over time.
2.We all enjoyed ________(learn) to skate.
3.You need to practise ________(speak) in English to make progress.
4.He always avoids ________(make) mistakes in learning English.
5.There are a few students who keep ________(come) to class late.
6.Have you finished ________(write)your homework?
7.Can you imagine ________(live) on an island without any modern equipment?
8.He'll never forget ________(visit) London for the first time.
9.The book is worth ________(read).
10.I'm look forward to your ________(come).
答案:1.working 2.learning 3.speaking 4.making 5.coming 6.writing 7.living 8.visiting 9.reading 10.coming
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.__________________(如果给予更多的关心),the trees could have grown better.
2.Passing the hospital, I saw a boy __________________(正在被动手术).
3.Most of the people __________________(被邀请) were scientists.
4.He hurried back home __________________(却发现钱被偷了).
5.__________________(昨天所有参加聚会的人)wore evening dresses.
6.__________________(他进入房间),and a letter was found lying on the ground.
7.He was punished ________________(因为犯了法).
8.__________________(被告诉了多次), he still couldn't understand it.
9.It's better to lose one's life than __________________(失去精神).
10.To see is __________________(眼见为实).
答案:1.If given more attention 2.being operated on 3.invited 4.only to find money stolen 5.All those having come to the party yesterday 6.He entered the room 7.for having broken the law 8.Having been told many times 9.to lose one's spirit 10.to believe
Ⅲ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。[来源:21世纪教育网]
1.The thief stole into the house, ________by the owner.
A.only to be caught    
B.only being caught
C.having been caught
D.caught
答案:A
解析:only to do sth.作结果状语,表示出乎意料的结果,是主语意想不到的。
2.What is the way you thought of ________it well?
A.doing
B.to do
C.in doing
D.to be doing
答案:B
解析:you thought of作定语修饰the way;the way to do sth.意为“做某事的方法”。
3.—What made you so angry?
—________.
A.Because my key was lost
B.My key was lost
C.Losing my key
D.Having lost my key
答案:C
解析:losing my key作主语,后面省略了made me so angry。
4.Mr.Read made up his mind to devote all he had to ________some schools for poor areas.21世纪教育网
A.set up
B.setting up
C.have set up
D.having set up
答案:B
解析:devote...to... 中的“to”是介词。
5.I am considering ________your offer.
A.to have accepted
B.being accepted
C.accepting
D.to accept
答案:C
解析:consider doing“考虑做某事”。21世纪教育网
6.________is a good form of exercise for both young and old.
A.The walk
B.Walking
C.To walk
D.Walk
答案:B
解析:v.-ing形式作主语表示一般性的爱好;不定式作主语表示具体的动作。
7.________the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
A.The president will attend
B.The president to attend
C.The president attend
D.The president's attending
答案:D
解析:v.-ing的复合结构作主语。
8.—What made you so angry this morning, John?
—________. So I have to stay here now.
A.I missing the early train
B.Missed the early train
C.Missing the early train
D.Because I missed the early train
答案:C
解析:v-ing形式作主语。
9.Because of Paul's being late for class, he had to be made ________the classroom after school according to their class practices.
A.clean
B.cleaning
C.to clean
D.cleaned
答案:C
解析:be made to do sth.“被强制做某事”。
10.________for several times, but he still doesn't know how to do it properly.
A.Having been shown
B.Being shown
C.Having shown
D.He's been shown
答案:D21世纪教育网
解析:后面有but连接句子,前面需要一个句子,而不是状语。
Ⅳ.完形填空
阅读下面短文,理解大意,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
Mother managed to buy me some more paint and brushes, along with one or two drawing books and a pencil. This, of course, broadened my range of expression and__1__me to have a greater__2__of subjects. After the first few weeks of uncertainty and awkwardness(笨拙), I__3__contentedly with my new pastime(消遣). I__4__every day upstairs in the back bedroom, completely__5__. I was__6__. I didn't know it then, but I had found a way to be happy again and to__7__some of the things that had made me unhappy. __8__I learnt to forget myself. I didn't miss__9__with my brothers now, for I had something to keep my mind__10__, something to make each day a thing to__11__. I would sit on the floor for hours, holding the__12__between my toes, my right leg curled up(蜷缩的)under my left, my arms held tightly at my sides, hands cleched(紧握). All my paint and brushes were__13__me, and I__14__get mother or father to pin(钉在)the drawing paper to the floor with tacks(大头钉)to keep it__15__. It looked like a very awkward position, with my head almost__16__my knees and my back as crooked as a corkscrew(瓶塞钻), but I painted all my best pictures__17__, with the wooden floor as my only easel(画架). Slowly I began to recover from my__18__depression(消沉). I had a feeling of pure joy while I painted, a(n)__19__I had never experienced before and__20__seemed almost to lift me above myself.
1.A.persuaded
B.advised
C.let
D.allowed
答案:D
解析:allow sb. to do sth.意为“允许/让某人做某事”,let后常接省略to的不定式作宾补;A、B两项与句意不符。
2.A.progress
B.choice
C.chance
D.imagination
答案:B
解析:根据文章开头的叙述得知:妈妈为我买了一些画笔、颜料、绘画书和铅笔,扩大了“我”表达感情的方式,从而使“我”有了更多的“选择”。
3.A.got down
B.accepted
C.set out
D.settled down
答案:D
解析:settled down意为“定下心来”;get down后接to doing形式;accept“接受”;不合句意;set out后应接to do。
4.A.painted
B.wrote
C.drew
D.read
答案:A
解析:从上下文判断,应该是每天在“画画”。
5.A.by myself
B.with my parents
C.in silence
D.beyond touch
答案:A
解析:从句中completely一词,可猜出“我”是整天一个人在楼上画画的。从上下文还可看出,“我”现在的心情好了许多,因而不会“in silence”。
6.A.forgotten
B.improving
C.growing
D.changing
答案:D
解析:从文章的后半部分可看出,“我”自从开始画画后,心情变好了,人有了很大地变化。growing“长大”和improving“改进”与文章的语境没有必然联系。
7.A.remember
B.forget
C.put down
D.deal with
答案:B
解析:从上一句“I had found a way to be happy again”可判断是要忘记原来不开心的事情。
8.A.Above all
B.In all
C.After all
D.At all
答案:A
解析:更为重要的是“我”忘记了那些使我不开心的事情。above all意为“最重要的是”;in all“总之”;after all“毕竟;终究”;at all“根本”;均不符合上下文的逻辑。
9.A.going out
B.to play football
C.to play with
D.to go shopping
答案:A
解析:miss此处意为“怀念,想念”,后接动名词作宾语。由下文介绍可知作者是残疾,但现在已从意外打击中逐步恢复过来。
10.A.quick
B.active
C.calm
D.slow
答案:B
解析:因为重新有了生活的勇气,总有新的事物使得“我”能够保持大脑思维活跃。
11.A.look into
B.wait for
C.expecting
D.look forward to
答案:D
解析:从上下文可知,“我”每天都“盼着”新的一天的到来。不定式短语作定语,a thing充当look forward to的宾语。
12.A.paper
B.paint
C.brush
D.picture
答案:C
解析:通读全文可知,“我”是个残疾的孩子,没有手,只好用脚趾夹住笔来画画。
13.A.around
B.before
C.behind
D.close
答案:A
解析:因为行动不便,所以颜料、画笔等应当是放在“我”的周围。close要与to连用;B、C两项所表达颜料所在的范围不广。
14.A.should
B.might
C.could
D.would
答案:D
解析:would意为“过去常常;总是会”;相当于used to,其余三项不能表达“经常或习惯性”的动作。
15.A.straight
B.steady
C.high
D.still
答案:B
解析:keep it steady指用大头钉把画纸或画布钉在地板上使其固定住。21世纪教育网
16.A.above
B.among
C.between
D.within
答案:C
解析:因为是用脚在作画,所以头几乎是在两膝之间了,用between。
17.A.in this way
B.the same way
C.halfway
D.in the way
答案:A
解析:in his way“用这种方式”;即“我”就是用这种画法完成了最好的作品。the same way“用一种方法”;half way“半路”;in the way“碍事;挡道”。
18.A.later
B.earlier
C.old
D.present21世纪教育网
答案:B
解析:根据整个故事的情节来看,“我”已经逐步从“早先的”消沉中走了出来。21世纪教育网
19.A.picture
B.idea
C.experience
D.feeling
答案:D
解析:从对整个句子的理解可以看出此处的feeling作同位语,对上一句话中的feeling进行进一步的解释和说明,使读者对作者的这种情感更加清楚和明了。21世纪教育网
20.A.whatever
B.with which
C.what
D.which
答案:D
解析:考查定语从句。which引导的定语从句修饰feeling并在句中充当主语。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
Picasso, the famous Spanish painter, was born in 1881. His father was an art teacher. Picasso began to paint very early. He was admitted to the Royal Academy at the age of of 15. After 1900, he spent much time in Paris, living there from 1940 to 1947, when he moved to the south of France.
Throughout his career, Picasso moved from style to style with ease. He practiced sculpture(雕塑), illustrated(插图)books and also showed great interest in pottery design and other fields of art.
Picasso produced a great number of drawings during his lifetime. No later artist of the School of Paris has replaced him in international influence.
Picasso is generally considered to be the most important figure in 20th century French art. His paintings are now displayed in leading European and American galleries.
1.The main idea of the passage is________.
A.Picasso's life and art
B.Picasso is a famous Spanish painter
C.Picasso spent much time in Paris, living there from 1904 to 1907
D.Picasso is considered to be the foremost figure in the 20th century French art
答案:A21世纪教育网
解析:本文主要讲述了毕加索的一生及其艺术风格。
2.How long did he stay in Spain and France?
A.15 years in Spain and 43 years in Paris.
B.15 years in Spain and the rest life in Paris.
C.He did not stay so long in Paris than in Spain.
D.Over 19 years in Spain and the rest life in France.
答案:D
解析:见原文第一段的描述。毕加索出生于1881年,1900年后到了法国,具体时间没提,那么应该是至少在西班牙呆了19年,到法国之后再没搬迁。所以选D项。
3.Picasso moved from style to style with ease. It means______.
A.he did not like only one style
B.he changed his style without difficulty
C.he showed great interest in other fields of art
D.he not only liked sculpture, but also pottery design
答案:B
解析:毕加索一生从事过雕塑、书的插图、陶艺设计及其他艺术领域的创作,由此可判断出他是“毫无困难地转换艺术风格”。
4.According to the writer, Picasso was________.
A. the most important figure in Spain
B.the most important figure in France
C.more important than any other French artist in international influence
D.more important than any other Spanish artist in international influence
答案:C
解析:由原文第三段中“No later artist of the School of Paris has replaced him in international influence”。可知正确答案为C。
Ⅵ.阅读下面短文,用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空。
The manager came into the office__1__(speak)to me. “I'm sorry, I can't afford__2__(pay)you more money,”she said to me. “It's really difficult__3__(try)__4__(run)a business just now.”
“But it's hard__5__(try)__6__(make)ends meet with the money I get paid,”I replied. “And I don't want__7__(take)a second job.”
“I don't know what__8__(suggest),”she said. “If you had done business studies at college, we could have offered__9__(pay)you more.”
That evening I spoke to my friend. She asked me a few questions. “Do you like__10__(work)at the company where you are? What would you prefer__11__(do)?”I told her that I enjoyed__12__(work)there but I needed__13__(get)a better job that paid more. “Have you considered__14__(take)up business studies at night school?”She asked. “I know__15__(study)after a long day's work is hard, and I wouldn't care__16__(do)it myself, but once you passed your exams you'd be free__17__(try)for better jobs.”
I spoke to my manager and she gave me some advice. I will start__18__(study)next September.
1.________   2.________   3.________
4.________   5.________   6.________[来源:21世纪教育网]
7.________   8.________   9.________
10.________  11.________   12.________
13.________  14.________   15.________
16.________  17.________   18.________
答案:1.to speak 2.to pay 3.trying 4.to run 5.trying
6.to make 7.to take 8.to suggest 9.to pay 10.working
11.to do 12.working 13.to get 14.taking 15.studying
16.to do 17.to try 18.studying
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Module 4 第4课时
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.You have d________my hopes of happiness.
2.Considering the failure of the first plan, this turned out to be a r________success.
3.Chinese sentences ________(趋向于)to be shorter.
4.The Mexican team will be playing a s________ of games this year.
5.G________speaking,boys are more likely to be fond of football.
答案:1.destroyed 2.relative 3.tend 4.series 5.Generally
Ⅱ.短语翻译
1.一系列的         ______________
2.在某人二十几岁的时候 ______________
3.展示某人的感情 ______________
4.实现某人的目标 ______________
5.在十岁时 ______________
6.在……时候 ______________
7.某人发生某事 ______________
8.处于最佳状态 ______________
答案:1.a series of 2.in one's twenties 3.show one's feelings 4.achieve one's aim 5.at the age of ten 6.in the time of 7.happen to sb. 8.at one's best
Ⅲ.词语辨析
用destroy, damage或ruin的正确形式填空。
1.Several vehicles were ________in the crash.
2.The bad weather ________our trip.
3.The whole forest was completely ________by the fire.
4.Failure was slowly ________her.
答案:1.damaged 2.ruined 3.destroyed 4.destroying/ruining
Ⅳ.句型转换
1.What became of the student who used to live with you?
What ________________the student who used to live with you?
2.It happened that he had some friends in that town.
________________________________some friends in that town.
3.In general, Japanese cars are very reliable and breakdowns are rare.
________________,Japanese cars are very reliable and breakdowns are rare.
4.He began to learn painting when he was ten years old.
He began to learn painting ________________________________________.
5.The town looks most attractive in the spring.
The town looks ________________ ________in the spring.
答案:1.happened, to 2.He, happened, to, have 3.Generally, speaking 4.at, the, age, of, ten 5.at, its, best
Ⅴ.完成句子
1.He began to learn English ________(在他五十多岁时).
2.The clock always ________(走得很准).
3.The students decided to ________(创办一份自己的报纸).
4.People ________(往往认为)that this kind of problems will never affect them.
5.The incident caused ________(一连串的事件) that nobody had foreseen.
答案:1.in his fifties 2.keeps perfect time 3.start a newspaper of their own 4.tend to think 5.a series of events
Ⅵ.单项填空
从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
1.—What terrible weather! I simply can't get my car ____.
—Why not ________the engine with some hot water?21世纪教育网
A.starting; try to fill    
B.started; try filling
C.to start; trying filling
D.started; trying to fill
答案:B
解析:get a car started“开动/发动车”,car与start之间为动宾关系,故用过去分词作宾补。Why not do...?“为什么不……?”为固定句型。try doing“尝试着做某事”。
2.He got married ________.
A.in thirties
B.in his thirty
C.in the thirty
D.in his thirties
答案:D
解析:“在某人几十几岁时”用“in one's+基数词的复数”形式。
3.Because of the heavy snow, a serious accident ________to the family.
A.occured
B.happened
C.was happened
D.took place
答案:B
解析:happen多指事件偶然、突然发生;occur to sb.表示“某人想起……”;take place指计划、安排的事件的发生。这三个单词或短语都无被动语态。
4.A bomb destroyed two buildings and ________several others.
A.damaged
B.harmed
C.hurt
D.injured
答案:A
解析:damage指对价值、外观、使用性或完好性的破坏。符合题意。21世纪教育网
5.________, it's much too expensive; secondly, it is not very useful.
A.Starting with
B.Started with
C.To start with
D.Start with
答案:C
解析:to start with意为“首先;第一”;是固定短语。
6.In my opinion, the ________feeling is that you have made a serious mistake.
A.general  
B.common  
C.ordinary  
D.universal
答案:A
解析:general指大多数人或事物,是“普遍的;大体的”;common指为许多人或事物所共同具备因而“常见”;ordinary指由于与一般事物的性质或标准相同,因而 “平常”;universal指世界范围内的“普遍”。
7.My uncle is my nearest living ________.
A.relationship
B.relativity
C.relative
D.relations[来源:21世纪教育网]
答案:C
解析:relative“亲戚;亲属”;relationship“关系;关联”;relativity“相对性;相关性”;relation“家属;亲属关系”。
8.There is a growing ________for people to work at home.
A.temptation
B.tendency
C.tradition
D.fashion
答案:B
解析:tendency“倾向;趋势”是tend的名词形式。temptation“诱惑”;tradition“传统”;fashion“时髦”。
Ⅶ.阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项。
A
She is widely seen as proof that good looks can last forever. But, at nearly 500 years of age, time is catching up with the Mona Lisa.
The health of the famous picture, painted by Leonardo daVinci in 1505, is getting worse by the year, according to the Louvre Museum(卢浮宫)where it is housed.
“The thin, wooden panel on which the Mona Lisa is painted in oil has changed shape since experts checked it two years ago,”the museum said. Visitors have noticed changes but repairing the world's most famous painting is not easy. Experts are not sure about the materials the Italian artist used and their current chemical state.
Nearly 6 million people go to see the Mona Lisa every year, many attracted by the mystery of her smile. “It is very interesting that when you're not looking at her, she seems to be smiling, and then you look at her and she stops.”said Professor Margaret Livingstone of Harvard University. “It's because direct vision(视觉)is excellent at picking up detail, but less suited to looking at shadows. Da Vinci painted the smile in shadows.”
However, the actual history of the Mona Lisa is just as mysterious as the smile. Da Vinci himself loved it so much that he always carried it with him, until it was eventually sold to France's King Francis I in 1519.
In 1911, the painting was stolen from the Louvre by a former employee, who took it out of the museum, hidden under his coat. He said he planned to return it to Italy. The painting was sent back to France two years later. During World War Ⅱ, French hid the painting in small towns to keep it out of the hands of German forces.
1.We can infer from the text that________.
A.the Mona Lisa is proved to be able to last another 500 years
B.Mona Lisa's beauty is fading gradually with 500 years passing by
C.the Mona Lisa has been catching people's wide attention in the past 500 years
D.Mona Lisa does not look out of date though painted 500 years ago
答案:B
解析:推理判断题。由第一段及第三段第一句话可知:随着500年时间的过去,蒙娜丽莎的美丽也在褪色。[来源:21世纪教育网]
2.Which of the following is TRUE about the Mona Lisa?
A.It was once taken away and hidden up by German forces.
B.Its painter himself loved it greatly and always kept it in a shade.
C.Mona Lisa stops smiling when you look at her, wanting to see her smiles.
D.King Francis I bought it and then returned it to Italy.
答案:C
解析:细节理解题。根据第四段第二句可知。根据文章最后一句可知:由于法国把这幅画藏在小镇上而未落入德军之手,所以A项是错误的。根据第五段第二句可知:达·芬奇本人也非常喜欢这幅画,他总是随身携带,所以B项是错误的。根据文章第五段最后一句话以及最后一段第一、二两句判断出D项也是错误的。
3.Choose the right order about the happenings to the Mona Lisa.
a.It was stolen from the Louvre.
b.Its painter sold it to King Francis I.
c.Its state of health was checked.
d.It was returned to France and housed in the Louvre Museum.21世纪教育网
e.It was hidden and protected against Germans.
A.b, a, d, e, c
B.b, d, c, a, e
C.a, b, c, d, e
D.c, a, d, b, e
答案:A
解析:细节理解题。仔细阅读文章最后两段可判断出A是正确的顺序。
4.It may add to the difficulty in repairing the painting that________.
A.experts haven't noticed changes in its shape as visitors do
B.it is likely to be stolen again when it's under repair
C.it is uncertain which country, Italy or France, should take charge
D.experts aren't sure about the materials and the chemical state of its oil paint
答案:D
解析:细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句话可知。
B
“We are more than halfway now; it's only two miles farther to the inn(small hotel),”said the driver.
“I'm glad of that!”answered the stranger. He wanted to say more but an east wind blew right down his throat whenever he tried to speak.
“You don't feel the cold so much at twenty below zero out in the western country. There's none of this coldness,”he said, adding, “and wetness”.
“You'll have a cold drive going back,”he said anxiously, and put up his hands for the twentieth time to see if his coat collar(衣领)was as close to the back of his neck as possible. He had wished a dozen times that he were in his warm old hunter's clothes which he had often worn in the worst of weather in the northwest.
“I shall not have to go back.”said the girl in a loud voice, with eager pleasantess. “I'm on my way home now. I drive very early just to meet you at the train station. We had word that someone was coming to the inn.”
5.The driver was________.
A.an old man
B.a stranger
C.a girl
D.from a western country
答案:C
解析:细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句话可知这个司机是个小姑娘。
6.From the passage we know that the two speakers were facing________.
A.west  
B.east  
C.northwest  
D.south
答案:B
解析:推理判断题。根据文章第二段:东风吹着他的喉咙,他都说不出话来了,说话他们正在向东行驶。
7.After leaving the stranger at the inn, the driver________.
A.had to return to the western country
B.was going home21世纪教育网
C.was going to see the inn waiter
D.had to leave by train
答案:B
解析:细节理解题。根据文章最后一段第三句“I'm on my way home now.”可知,此题应选B。
8.People at the inn were told that________.
A.a driver was coming to stay at the inn
B.no one was coming to the inn
C.a guest was coming to stay at the inn
D.someone was coming to the inn to have a drink
答案:C
解析:细节理解题。根据短文最后一句话可得出答案C。
9.From the passage, we can know that________.
A.the stranger probably came from the northwest of the country
B.the girl was asked to see the guest off by the owner of the inn
C.the stranger came here by plane
D.the girl was a taxi driver of the inn
答案:A
解析:细节理解题。由文中第四段“..., and put up his hands for the twentieth time to see if...in the northwest.”可知这个陌生人很可能来自这个国家的西北部,故A项正确;由最后一段的最后两句话“I drive very early just to meet you at the train station...”可知这个陌生人是坐火车来的,而这个女孩是去火车站接待这位客人而不是送这位客人,故B、C两项错误;由最后一段中女孩说的话可知她只是去接这位客人,并没有表明她是旅馆的出租车司机,故D项错误。
Ⅷ.用所给词的适当形式填空
adopt, realize, destroy, observe, dislike, aim, stand, imitate, paint, delight
1.She________the window sills a bright colour herself last Sunday.
2.The scientists________the behavior of the mice after they were given the drug.
3.The factory must________at developing new models of machines.
4.Chinese Women's Volleyball Team________their dream at the 28th Athens Olympic Games.
5.The heavy rain________all hope of a picnic.
6.The Chinese athletes must________new techniques to make greater achievements at the 29th Olympic Games.
7.We cannot________waiting in the sun any longer.
8.James can________his teacher's speech perfectly.
9.She strongly________being spoken to like that in the past.
10.I felt________to have been invited to her party.
答案:1.painted 2.observed 3.aim 4.realized 5.destroyed 6.adopt 7.stand 8.imitate 9.disliked 10.delighted

Module 4 选做题
Ⅰ.短文填空
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
We are all called upon to make a speech at some point in life, but most of us don't do a very good job. __1__
So, you have to give a speech-and you are terrified. You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, you stumble(结结巴巴) over words, you talk too long, and you bore your audience. Later you think, “Thank Goodness, it's over. I'm just not good at public speaking. I hope I never have to do that again.”
Cheer up! __2__. Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. Ask yourself the purpose of your speech. What is the occasion? Why are you speaking? Then, gather as many facts as you can on your subject. Spend plenty of your time doing your research. Then spend plenty of your time organizing your material so that your speech is clear and easy to follow. Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts, and graphs if they help you make your points more clearly. __3__. Don't talk over their heads, and don't talk down to them. Treat your audience with respect. They will appreciate your thoughtfulness.
Just remember: Be prepared. Know your subject, your audience, and the occasion. Be brief. __4__. And be yourself. Let your personality come through so that you make person-to-person contact with your audience.
If you follow these simple steps, you will see that you don't have to be afraid of public speaking. In fact, you may find the experience so enjoyable that you volunteer to make more speeches! You're not convinced yet? __5__.
A.It doesn't have to be that bad.
B.Take several deep breaths before your speech.
C.This article gives some advice on how to give a good speech.
D.Say what you have to say and then stop.
E.Don't say what you aren't familiar with.
F.Never forget your audience.
G.Give it a try and see what happens.
答案:1.C 2.A 3.F 4.D 5.G
Ⅱ.短文改错
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断:如无错误,在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√);如有错误(每行只有一个错误),则按下列情况改正:
此行多一个词:把多余的词用斜线(╲)划掉,在该行右边横线上写出该词,并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词:在错的词下划一横线,在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意:原行没有错的不要改。
When I found out that my train would three hours1.________
late, I changed my idea and would get a bus instead.2.________
I was about to rush out of the train station while a3.________
well-dressed old man took me by my arm, “Young4.________
man,”said the gentleman, “Shouldn't you find out5.________
the bus schedule before you rush out catch the6.________
bus?”I stared at him with my mouth opened. How did7.________
he read my mind? Before I can say a word, he added,8.________
“You see, my train is also running late. A same idea9.________
came to me, but I think a good conversation that can10.________
help pass the time. Before you know it, your train will be there.”
答案:
1.would后加be three hours late作表语,would后需要加系动词be。
2.get改为take “乘车”用take;get on表示“上车”。
3.while改为when be about to do...when...“正要做……这时……”,是固定句式。while作“当……时”讲时,强调一段时间。
4.my改为the “抓/打/碰某人的某个部位”用“take/catch/hit sb.+介词+the+部位”。
5.正确
6.catch前加to rush out to do sth.“冲出去做某事”。
7.opened改为open 表示状态用形容词open; opened侧重动作。
8.can改为could 本文讲述的是过去发生的事,需用一般过去时。
9.A改为The same通常与定冠词the连用。
10.去掉that a good conversation作主语,can help pass是谓语部分,故that多余。
Ⅲ.阅读表达
阅读下面的短文,并根据短文后的要求答题(请注意问题后的字数要求)。[21世纪教育网]
Making friends can be difficult, especially these days with so many peer pressures. If you want to develop a more pleasing personality and make friends, become genuinely(真正地) interested in other people. Show kindness...you may be wearing the latest designer label clothes, the hottest brand shoes and the coolest jewelry but if you display sourness and selfishness you'll have a battle ahead of you to make good friends.
Smile...smile and continue to smile. It_costs_nothing,_enriches_those_who_receive_it,_happens_in_a_flash(闪烁)but_the_memory_lasts_forever,_it creates happiness in the home and classroom. A smile can not be bought, begged or borrowed, it comes from the heart. If you want other people to like you, make the other person feel important—and do it sincerely!
Choose your friends carefully. If others try to persuade you to smoke, take drugs, steal, gamble, fight etc...dare to say NO. Doing the wrong thing is the quickest way to lose friends, especially honest, good and upright friends.
Being mentally strong is not always easy but let me assure you that the more you practise it________. Soon those who thought they were trendy will want to dress like you, talk like you and be with you because you have a personality which is different. People like being different! By being an individual with your own personality you can achieve the very best experiences in your life. You may not ever have many friends but let me tell you that it is better to have one good friend than ten dishonest friends who will stab you in the back at the very first opportunity that arises.
1.What's the best title of this passage?
________________________________________________________________________
2.Translate the underlined sentence in the second paragraph into Chinese.
________________________________________________________________________
3.If you want other people to be friends of you, what should you do?
________________________________________________________________________
4.Complete the sentence in the fourth paragraph using proper words.(Please answer within 10 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
5.Which sentence in the passage can be replaced by the following one?
If you are a person with your own personality, you can obtain best experiences at succeeding getting friends.21世纪教育网
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案:
1.How to Make Friends/Making Friends/Ways of Making Friends通读全文可知。
2.它(微笑)不花什么本钱,却使那些看见它的人感到充实,发生在一瞬间,却记忆到永远。
3.You should become genuinely interested in other people and show kindness./You should make the other person feel important, and do it sincerely!由第一段第二、三句话可知。
4.the easier it becomes
5.By being an individual with your own personality you can achieve the very best experiences in your life.
Ⅳ.新短文改错
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(/),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线()划掉。
修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:1.每处错误仅限1词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
It is important to know that a parent can do to help reduce children's stress. If you notice that your child is becoming nerve, he may have problems at the school. He may has trouble sleep. He may be depressing and begin to suffer from headaches. You should talk him to try to discover the cause of her stress. You can spend extra time help him. In short, you need to be complete supportive and encouraging all the time.
答案:
It is important to know  a parent can do to help reduce children's stress. If you notice that your child is becoming , he may have problems at the school. He may has trouble slee. He may be depressin and begin to suffer from headaches. You should talk  him to try to discover the cause of he stress. You ca spend extra time hel him. In short, you need to be complet supportive and encouraging all the time.
Ⅴ.补全对话21世纪教育网
根据对话内容,从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
—What do you think I ought to see first in London? I'm told one ought to see the British Museum. Do you think I shall have time for that?
—__1__But if I were you, I should leave that for some other day. You could spend a whole day there. It's much too big to be seen in an hour or so.
—I suppose it is. __2__
—That's not a bad idea. You could spend a couple of hours there comfortably, or even a whole afternoon, watching the wild animals and all those birds. You could have tea there too.
—I'll do that, then. How do I get there?
—__3__Where are we now? Oh, there's that big building. I think your best way from here is to take Baker Street.
—__4__
—Oh, no, a quarter of an hour or so, but, if you're in a hurry, why not take a taxi?
—I think I will. __5__Taxi!
A.Let me see.21世纪教育网
B.Well, you might.
C.What time is it now?
D.Is it much of a walk?
E.Ah, here's one coming.
F.What about going to the Zoo?
G.Must I stay in London for long?
答案:
1.B 此处给出肯定回答。
2.F 此处是征求对方的意见。
3.A Let me see意为“让我想想”。
4.D 根据下文,问的是步行多远。
5.E 根据后面的Taxi!可知,此处指来了一辆出租车。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
课件24张PPT。Fine arts-western ,Chinese and pop arts-beijing opera课件 外研版版模块2 Module 4 Beijing Operathe
National
Treasure
Beijing Opera dates back to the 18th century.
It is a combination of acting, talking, singing, music, dancing and acrobatics.
The costumes are always in bright colour.
costumedate back
combination
a national treasure
a piercing voice
acrobatics
costume
a mixture of two or more things
the clothes worn in plays or films
to have a history of
a group of valuable things,very special or important for the country
movement of one’s body using the skills of an acrobat
a very high and loud voiceTask 1:
Listen to an interview about Beijing Opera and answer the following questions.
When did Beijing Opera start?
What skills do Beijing Opera actors need to have?
3. How many main roles are there in Beijing Opera?
4. Match the main roles with their names.
sheng male roles with brightly painted faces
dan female roles
jing clown roles
chou male rolesWhen did Beijing Opera start?
It dates back to the late 18th century.
What skills do Beijing Opera actors need to have?
It is a combination of acting, talking, singing, music, dancing and acrobatics.
How many main roles are there in Beijing Opera?
There are four.
4. Match the main roles with their names.
sheng male roles
dan female roles
jing male roles with brightly painted faces
chou clown rolesshengdanjingchouBeijing Operahistorymain rolesskills neededTask 2:
Listen and use the Strategies to answer the questions.
Where was Beijing Opera performed at the beginning?
2. Why does it have very loud music and a piercing singing style?
3. Why do performers wear brightly coloured costumes?
Where was Beijing Opera performed at the beginning?
It was performed mostly on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or temple courtyards.
2. Why does it have very loud music and a piercing singing style?
In order to be heard over the crowds.
3. Why do performers wear brightly coloured costumes?
In order to be seen by the crowds clearly.Beijing Operahistorymain rolesskills neededcostumesingingQionghua Cantonese Opera FestivalRead the passage about Cantonese Opera carefully and find out information according to the diagram.
2. Discuss with your group members to find out the similarities and differences between Beijing Opera and Cantonese Opera.Cantonese Operahistorymain rolesskills neededcostumesingingBesides Beijing Opera, there are still other National Treasures in China. They serve as a window of China. And through this window, foreigners are able to understand Chinese culture better.
Besides Beijing Opera, there are still other National Treasures in China. They serve as a window of China. And through this window, foreigners are able to understand Chinese culture better.
Beijing Operahistorymain rolesskills neededcostumesingingVarious body movements can
represent actionsriding in a carriage
riding a horseholding a tassel in his handan army of
thousandsfour generals
and four soldierswalking with
a flag on
each side
课时作业(十) 
必修2 Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,
Chinese and Pop Arts
Ⅰ.单项填空
1.The expert advised the boy,who always fails to remember the new words,to________an effective way of learning vocabulary.
A.admire           B.design
C.adopt D.invent
2.It is usually warm in my hometown in March,but it________be rather cold sometimes.
A.must B.can
C.should D.would
3.If you’re free at two o’clock on Friday,I shall be________to show you around the city.
A.delightful B.delighted
C.stressful D.stressed
4.The student didn’t observe the teacher________the experiment carefully,so he didn’t give the right answer.
A.to perform B.perform
C.to be performing D.having performed
5.She threatened to take the magazine to________court if they didn’t publish________ immediate apology.
A./;the B.the;/
C./;an D.the;an
6.—You’re an excellent teacher.
—________I’m glad you like the class.
A.Thanks for the compliment! B.You’ve got it right.
C.I’m not half as good as you. D.What do you make of it?
7.What made me happy was that the suggestion I put forward at the meeting was________ immediately.
A.adopted B.abandoned
C.agreed D.applied
8.I recognised her at the first sight,although we________each other for about twenty years.
A.didn’t see B.haven’ t seen
C.hadn’t seen D.don’t see
9.________the key,the boy couldn’t enter his house.He could do nothing but wait.
A.Lost B.Losing
C.To lose D.Having lost
10.Mothers were sitting on a bench chatting,with their children________beside them.
A.playing B.to play
C.played D.having played
11.—Are you fond________painting?
—No,I’m tired________it,but my mother forces me to do it.
A.of;from B.of;of
C.at;from D.at;of
12.The energy Jenny Bowen has devoted in the past ten years________the orphans has been considered________of great value.
A.to help;being B.to helping;to be
C.to help;to be D.helping;being
13.I could________by the way she walked that her knee was still bothering her.
A.tell B.separate
C.divide D.find
14.—Most of the apples in the bag have gone bad.
—Yes,only three are good.The rest________gone rotten.Just now I ate part of a big one,and the rest________thrown away.
A.has;was B.have;were
C.have;was D.has;were
15.The organization’s aims________food for homeless people and help them find somewhere to live.
A.are to provide B.to provide
C.of providing D.are providing
Ⅱ.完形填空
(2011·皖南八校第二次联考)
When someone has deeply hurt you,it can be extremely difficult to let go of your anger.But forgiveness is possible and it can be surprisingly__1__to your physical and__2__health.
“People who forgive__3__less depression,anger and stress and more hopefulness,” says Frederic Luskin,Ph.D.,__4__of Forgive for Good.“So it can help __5__on the wear and tear on our organs,reduce the wearing out of the immune system and__6__people to feel more vital.”
So how do you start the forgiveness?Try__7__these steps:
  Calm yourself.To defuse (缓和) your __8__and try a simple stress-management technique.
“Take a couple of breaths and think of __9__that gives you pleasure:a__10__scene in nature,someone you love,” Luskin says.Don’t __11__an apology.“Many times the person who hurt you has no__12__of apologizing,” Luskin says.“They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don’t see things the same__13__.So if you wait for people to apologize,you could be waiting a(n)__14__long time.” Keep in mind that forgiveness does not necessarily mean__15__ to the person who upsets you.
Take the control away from your offender.Mentally replaying your__16__gives power to the person who caused you pain.“__17__of focusing on your hurt feelings,learn to look for the love,beauty and kindness__18__you,” Luskin says.
Try to see things from the other person’s perspective (视角).If you empathize (有同感) with that person,you may__19__that he or she was acting out ignorance,fear even love.
Recognize the benefits of forgiveness.Research has shown that people who forgive are reported more energy,better__20__and better sleep patterns.Don’t forget to forgive yourself.“For some people,forgiving themselves is the biggest challenge,” Luskin says.
“But it can rob you of your self-confidence if you don’t do it.”
1.A.beneficial B.harmful
C.helpless D.suitable
2.A.chemical  B.wealthy
C.technical D.mental
3.A.own B.show
C.direct D.prove
4.A.author B.owner
C.professor D.publisher
5.A.insist B.save
C.wait D.depend
6.A.require B.wish
C.invite D.allow
7.A.forgiving B.turning
C.following D.counting
8.A.sadness   B.anger
C.hunger D.energy
9.A.something B.anything
C.nothing D.everything
10.A.thoughtful B.dull
C.beautiful D.still
11.A.call for B.hunt for
C.bid for D.wait for
12.A.invention B.invitation
C.intention D.attention
13.A.way B.means
C.method D.approach
14.A.helpfully B.carefully
C.patiently D.awfully
15.A.giving in B.giving away
C.giving up D.giving out
16.A.wound B.hurt
C.cut D.damage
17.A.Because B.In honour
C.Instead D.In search
18.A.around B.above
C.beneath D.below
19.A.forget B.realize
C.announce D.doubt
20.A.housing B.salary
C.safety
Ⅲ.阅读理解
(2011·南昌调研)
Jamie Oliver has been invited by Gordon Brown to prepare a banquet at No.10 Daming Street for President Barack Obama and other leaders of the G20,offering a cut-price menu to reflect times when trade and industry are far from prosperous and the rate of employment is decreasing.
Downing Street sources say Oliver,the well-known chef,will cook using “honest high-street products” and avoid expensive or “fancy” ingredients.
The prime minister is trying to avoid a repeat of the embarrassment last year when he sat down to an 18-course banquet at a Japanese summit to discuss world food shortages.
Obama,President Nicolas Sarkozy of France,Chancellor Angela Merkel of Germany and other leaders will be served by apprentices (学徒) from Fifteen,the London restaurant Oliver founded to help train young people in poverty in order to make a living by mastering a skill.
Brown wants the dinner to reflect the emphasis of the London summit,which he hopes will lead to an agreement to lift the world out of recession.“To be invited to cook for such an important group of people,who are trying to solve some of the world’s major problems,is really a privilege,” said Oliver.
“I’m hoping the menu I’m working on will show British food and produce is some of the best in the world,but also show we have pioneered a high-quality apprentice scheme at Fifteen London that is giving young people a skill to be proud of.”
The chef has not yet finalized the menu,but is expected to draw inspiration from his latest book,Jamie’s Ministry of Food,which has budget recipes for beef and ale stew (啤酒炖菜) and “impressive” chocolate fudge cake.
1.The underlined word “recession” in Paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to “________”.
A.business B.opposition
C.discussion D.depression
2.What can we learn about Oliver from the text?
A.He is a well-known American cook.
B.He is invited to attend the G20 summit.
C.He has founded Fifteen London.
D.He is one of the apprentices serving the leaders of the G20.
3.Which of the following is TRUE according to the text?
A.Oliver is honored to be invited to cook for the G20 leaders.
B.Altogether three presidents are mentioned in the text.
C.President Barack Obama offers the cut-price menu.
D.The menu for the G20 dinner banquet has been decided.
4.What is Fifteen London?
A.An apartment in London.
B.A luxurious restaurant in London.
C.A restaurant as well as a training center.
D.A famous avenue.
答案
课时作业(十)
Ⅰ.单项填空
1.解析: adopt采用,采取,采纳,符合题意。admire羡慕,赞赏;design设计;invent发明,创造。
答案: C
2.解析: 句意为:我的家乡在三月份通常很暖和,但有时候也会很冷。情态动词can可以有多种意思,如能力,推测。但是can还可以有另外一种意思,即“有时候也会,有时候可能会”。如:He is a nice person in general,but he can be difficult sometimes.他总的来说是一个很不错的人,但有时也很难相处。而must,should,would没有这层意思,故选B。
答案: B
3.解析: 考查形容词辨析。delighted高兴的,愉快的;delightful令人愉快的,可爱的。句意为:如果你星期五两点有空的话,我很乐意带你去逛逛这个城市。stressful压力重的,紧张的;stressed感到有压力的,焦虑不安。
答案: B
4.解析: 考查observe的用法。observe意为“观察”,observe sb.do/doing sth.意为“观察某人做了/在做某事”。句意为:那个学生没有仔细地观察老师做实验,所以他没有给出正确答案。
答案: B
5.解析: 考查冠词。take...to court为固定搭配,意为“把……告上法庭”;apology为可数名词,an immediate apology意为“立即道歉”。
答案: C
6.解析: 考查交际用语。You’re an excellent teacher是表达赞扬的交际用语,因此答语应该是表达致谢的,故空白处填Thanks for the compliment!(谢谢你的赞美!)You’ve got it right意为“你是对的”;I’m not half as good as you意为“我没你一半好”;What do you make of it?意为“这事你怎么看?”
答案: A
7.解析: 考查动词辨析。adopt采纳,采用。句意为:使我高兴的是,我在会上提出的建议立刻就被采纳了。abandon放弃,遗弃;agree意为“同意”,后常与on连用;apply意为“应用”,常与to连用。
答案: A
8.解析: 考查时态。表示在过去某一时间之前已经开始并一直持续到那时的动作要用过去完成时。句意为:虽然大约二十年没见面了,我还是一眼就认出了她。
答案: C
9.解析: 考查非谓语动词。主语the boy与动词lose之间是逻辑上的主谓关系,且这一动作发生在谓语动作之前,因此用动词-ing形式的完成式。句意为:钥匙丢了,那男孩进不了屋,只好等。
答案: D
10.解析: 考查with复合结构。their children与play之间是逻辑上的主谓关系,因此用动词-ing形式短语作宾补。句意为:妈妈们坐在长凳上闲聊,孩子们在旁边玩耍。
答案: A
11.解析: 考查固定短语。be fond of喜欢,喜爱;be/get tired of对……厌烦。句意为:“你喜欢画画吗?”“不,我讨厌画画,但是我妈妈强迫我画。”
答案: B
12.解析: 考查devote和consider的用法。前一部分考查devote...to doing sth.句式。后一部分中的consider后面接了主语补足语,所以用不定式作补语。整个句子的意思为:Jenny Bowen在过去的十年中用在帮助孤儿身上的精力一直被认为是很有价值的。
答案: B
13.解析: tell by...从……可以看出。
答案: A
14.解析: “the rest of+名词”结构要求何种动词形式应由名词的数形而定。若名词是单数形式,则一般用单数动词;若名词是复数形式,则一般用复数动词。
答案: C
15.解析: aim此处用做名词。to provide...作表语。由于and连接两个并列的动词,可排除C、D两项。
答案: A
Ⅱ.完形填空
[语篇解读] 作者在文中阐述了宽容的艺术。不仅要宽恕别人,还要学会宽恕自己。
1.解析: 宽容对人的身心健康有好处。beneficial对……有益处的。
答案: A
2.解析: physical和mental相对应。
答案: D
3.解析: show在此是“表现”的意思。宽容的人较少表现出抑郁、生气……
答案: B
4.解析: Forgive for Good是书名,只有用author才符合语境。
答案: A
5.解析: save在此是“节省”的意思。因此它能帮助减少我们器官的损耗。
答案: B
6.解析: 可以让人更加充满活力。allow使……可能。
答案: D
7.解析: follow在此是“遵循”的意思。试着按照这些步骤(做)。
答案: C
8.解析: 缓和你的愤怒情绪(anger)。
答案: B
9.解析: 想一些让你感到愉悦的事。
答案: A
10.解析: 自然界的美景(a beautiful scene)会使人愉悦。
答案: C
11.解析: 不要等待别人的道歉。根据下文“you wait for people to apologize”可知答案。
答案: D
12.解析: have no intention of apologizing无意道歉。
答案: C
13.解析: 或者他们只是看问题的“方式”和你不一样。
答案: A
14.解析: awfully非常,极其。你可能会等非常长的时间。
答案: D
15.解析: give in to sb.向某人屈服。记住宽容不一定意味着你向让你难过的人屈服了。
答案: A
16.解析: hurt在此强调精神上、心灵上的创伤。
答案: B
17.解析: instead of而不是,代替。不要把注意力放在你受伤害的感情上。
答案: C
18.解析: 学会发现你周围的爱、美和善。around是介词,表示“在……周围”。
答案: A
19.解析: 站在别人的立场上,你能充分了解到别人表现出的无知、恐惧甚至是爱。realize在句中表示“充分了解”。
答案: B
20.解析: 宽容的人总是拥有更充沛的精力,更好的胃口,以及更好的睡眠方式。appetite食欲,胃口,符合语境。
答案: D
Ⅲ.阅读理解
[语篇解读] 能被选拔为G20峰会的厨师实属荣幸,也是挑战。食谱既要反映当前不景气的经济现象,又要体现本国的饮食文化,难以周全。不过,伦敦饭店Fifteen London的创始人Jamie Oliver信心百倍,全力以赴地施展自己的才华。
1.解析: 猜测词义题。第一段后半部分提到菜单应该能够反映出贸易和工业很不繁荣而且就业率下降的现实,由此可推测Brown希望伦敦峰会能达成让世界走出“萧条”的协议。
答案: D
2.解析: 细节理解题。根据第四段后半部分中的“...Fifteen,the London restaurant Oliver founded”可知这家饭店是由Oliver 创办的。
答案: C
3.解析: 正误判断题。根据第五段最后一句Oliver所说的话可推测他为能给参加G20峰会的领导人担任厨师感到非常荣幸。
答案: A
4.解析: 推理判断题。根据第四段后半部分中的内容可推测它既是一家饭店又是一个培训中心。
答案: C
版权所有:21世纪教育网
课件65张PPT。Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts? 艺术——西方、中国和波普艺术 Ⅰ.重点单词聚焦
1.Judging from the surprised e________on his face,he knew nothing about it.
答案: expression
2.Having no children of their own,they decided to a________an orphan.
答案: adopt
3.In order to solve the problem,we should consider every a ________ of the affair.
答案: aspect4.The r________ is that there is not enough money to pay for this project.
答案: reality
5.Last Sunday I caught two rabbits.One is dead and the other is a________.
答案: alive
6.He had many________(不寻常的) experiences while travelling in Africa.
答案: unusual
7.We still________(遵守) the custom of giving money to carol singers.
答案: observe8.To their great sorrow,the new school was________(毁坏) in the flood.
答案: destroyed
9.Some of the children’s paintings are on________(展览) at the school.
答案: exhibition
10.They finally________(领悟) how important it was to protect nature.
答案: realisedⅡ.重点短语扫描
1.      从……可以看出
2. . 在(做)……成功了
3. 推迟;延期
4. 轮流
5. 在……最佳/鼎盛期
6. . 目的/力争去做某事
7. 对……厌烦
8. 喜欢;喜爱
9. . 尝试/试图做某事
10. 一系列的tell bysucceed in (doing) sthput offtake turnsat one’s bestaim to do sthbe/get tired ofbe fond ofattempt to do stha series ofⅢ.课文原句突破
1.Do you like traditional Chinese art ________ brush and ink?
你喜欢用画笔和墨水的中国传统艺术作品吗?
答案: using
2.This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,________ ________ ________ the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。
答案: considered to be3.Cubist artists painted objects and people,________different aspects of the object or person________at the same time.
在描绘物体和人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现对象的多个不同侧面。
答案: with;showing
4.I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,although I can ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________all the time.我在学校学习艺术,我很开心,虽然老看图可能会看腻。
答案: get tired of looking at picturesscene n.(戏剧)一场;现场;场面;景色;(电影,电视的)一个镜头;(事件发生的)地点on the scene在现场;当场
appear/come on the scene出场;登场
behind the scenes在幕后;暗中
the scene of the accident事故现场①Reporters were soon on the scene after the accident.
那事故发生后不久记者们就赶到了现场。
②The happy scene of children playing in the garden disappeared,and it was quiet again.
孩子们在花园里高兴地玩得场面消失后,花园又安静下来。
③The students were able to go behind the scenes to see how programmes are made.
学生们可以到后台去看看节目是怎么制作出来的。
④They rushed to the scene of the traffic accident.
他们火速赶到车祸的现场。
辨析:scene,scenery与view
(1)scene指都市景观或室内陈设,还可指舞台场面或部分布景,是可数名词。
(2)scenery指山河湖海等自然景观,也可指舞台全部,是不可数名词。
(3)view指从远处或高处看到的风景。1.用scene,scenery与view填空:
①When I was a little boy,I lived in a small fishing village.The visit to the village reminded me of the________of my childhood.
②On the top of Mount Tai,you can get a wonderful________of the sunrise.
③We passed through some beautiful________on our journey through this district
答案: ①scene ②view ③sceneryalive adj.活着的,充满活力的,仍然存在的
(教材原句P34)The horses look wonderfully alive.
这些马看起来就像活的一样。
①—Is your grandmother alive?你的祖母还活着吗?
—Yes.Besides,she still looks very alive at 80.
是的。并且,八十岁了她看起来仍然很有活力。
②We’d better keep the old customs alive.
我们应该保持这个古老的风俗。
③The discussion came alive when it came to an interesting topic.
当引入有趣的话题后,讨论变得热烈了。辨析:alive,living,live与lively
(1)alive有生命的;活着的;有生气的,可作表语和补足语,不能用做前置定语。
They caught a snake alive.他们活捉了一条蛇。
He was alive when he was taken to hospital.
他被送到医院时还活着。
(2)living活着的;健在的;现行的,可作定语和表语。living和定冠词the连用时相当于the living people,具有复数含义,作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。all living things一切生命
The dead are always remembered by the living.
死去的人永远被活着的人们所铭记。
His grandmother is still living at the age of 98.
他奶奶已98岁,仍然健在。
(3)live活的;有生命的,可作定语。还有“直播的”意思。
Did you watch the live football match on TV?
你看电视直播的足球比赛了吗?(4)lively生动的;活泼的;有生气的,用做定语或表语,既可指人,又可指物。
The teacher has a gift for making his lessons lively and interesting.
那位老师有一种使他的课生动有趣的天赋。
2.(2011·兰州模拟)A woman was dug out________after being buried deep in the ruins for more than 200 hours.
A.living        B.lively
C.alive D.live
解析: 考查词义辨析。此处alive作主语补足语,修饰a woman。本句就相当于:A woman was dug out and she was alive after being buried deep in the ruins for more than 200 hours.句意为:在废墟中被埋了200多小时后一位妇女被挖出来后仍活着。类似的表达有:The enemy was caught alive.这个敌人被活捉了。Man is born equal.人生来是平等的。
答案: Cobserve vt.& vi.看到,观察,注意;遵守(法律、习俗等);庆祝(节日等);评论;评述
(教材原句P33)Qi Baishi observed the world of nature very carefully,and his paintings are special because of this.
齐白石观察自然界很细心,他的画也因此而很特别。observe sth.观察某物
observe sb.do sth.观察某人做某事(全过程)
observe sb.doing sth.观察某人正在做某事
observe that...观察……①The woman was observed to follow him closely.
有人看到那个女子紧跟着他。
②When I was a child,I would observe the night sky.
当我小时,我常常观察夜空。
③The police observed that the driver did not observe the traffic rules.警察注意到那位司机没有遵守交通规则。
④The police observed the man entering the bank.
警方监视到那个人正走进银行。
3.(湖北高考)Though having lived abroad for years,many Chinese still________the traditional customs.
A.perform B.possess
C.observe D.support
解析: 句意为:许多中国人尽管在国外居住了许多年,仍奉行传统的习俗。perform执行,表演;possess拥有;observe遵守,奉行 (习俗等);support支持。由句意可知C项正确。
答案: Cadopt vt.采纳;采用;收养
(教材原句P32)...a style of painting adopted by a group of artists.一种被一群艺术家所采用的绘画风格
①They adopted a little girl whose parents had been killed in the earthquake.他们收养了一个在地震中失去双亲的小姑娘。
②After much consideration,I decided to adopt his suggestion.
我再三考虑之后,决定采纳他的建议。
③His adopted son went abroad for further education last week.
上周他的养子出国继续深造。
④The young couple had no children of their own and adopted an orphan.After a few months,the child came to adapt to his new life.
这对年轻夫妇没有亲生孩子,领养了一名孤儿。几个月过后这个孩子渐渐适应了他的新生活。
4.完成句子
①Our school____________________________(采用新的教学方法) to meet the requirement of the students.
②那个养子采纳了我的建议,那就是继续和养父母生活在一起。
The________________________________________that he should live on with his foster parents.
答案: ①has adopted a new teaching method
②adopted son adopted my advicestand v.站立,直立;忍受;经受,承担;n.看台,摊子;立场
(教材原句P33)But I can’t stand that picture of a golden-haired girl.但我受不了那幅金发女郎的画。
①I can’t stand my little brother because he is too noisy.
我不能忍受我的小弟因为他太吵了。
②A teacher can’t stand being cheated by his students.
老师不能忍受被学生欺骗。
③I can’t bear people smoking while he’s eating.
我无法忍受人们吃饭时吸烟。
④I don’t know how you put up with their constant quarreling.
我不知道你是如何忍受他们无休止的争吵的。巧学助记
5.—Why did Bob cry?
—He couldn’t bear________like that before the whole class.
A.making fun of B.being made fun of
C.to be laughed at D.being made fun
解析: 动词bear后跟v.-ing形式作宾语,且此处应该使用被动形式,表“被取笑(嘲笑)”。
答案: Bput off推迟,延期
(教材原句P35)She put off visiting the art gallery next week.
她推迟到下周参观美术馆。put aside撇开,置之不理;节省,储蓄,储存
put away放好(某物),储存
put forward提出,把……向前拨
put up举起;张贴,公布;接待,提供膳宿
put up with忍受,忍耐①Don’t put off until tomorrow what can be done today.
今日事,今日毕。
②We’ll have to put off going on vacation until you’re better.
我们得把休假日期推迟,直到你好些为止。
③I just don’t have the money now—I’ll have to put him off for another week.我现在就是没钱——我得再拖一星期还他。
④The plan put forward by the old professor was well worth considering.那位老教授提出的计划很值得考虑。
⑤It’s wise to have some money put away for old age.
存些钱养老是明智的做法。6.完成句子
①The manager was very satisfied with the suggestion that Mr Smith________________________(昨天在会议上提出的).
②The football match__________________________(推迟) until tomorrow because of bad weather.
③I was hoping Tom could________________________(留宿我) for a few days.
答案: ①put forward at the meeting yesterday
②has been put off ③put me upget/be tired of厌倦
(教材原句P33)...although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.……,尽管一直看图画我可能会厌倦。
①We are tired of the same food for breakfast every morning.
每天早餐吃同样的食物,我们感到厌倦了。
②He is tired of reading the text again and again.
他厌倦一遍遍地读课文。
③Many students are getting tired of the school life because of so much stress.由于那么多的压力,许多学生对学校生活变得厌倦。
辨析:be tired of与be tired from
(1)be tired of表示“厌烦”。
Don’t you feel tired of sitting there all day long doing nothing?
整天坐在那里无所事事你不烦吗?
I’m tired of watching television.Let’s go for a walk.
我看烦了电视,我们去散散步吧!
(2)be tired from表示“因……而疲倦”。
I’m very tired from running as fast as I can.
奋力奔跑后,我感到很疲倦。
All of us got tired from climbing the mountain.
我们所有的人爬山都爬累了。
7.Mr Smith,________of the________speech,started to read a novel.
A.tired;boring B.tiring;bored
C.tired;bored D.tiring;boring
解析: 过去分词tired of作状语,“感到厌倦”,常用于形容人。boring令人厌烦的,常用于形容物。
答案: Atake turns轮流
(教材原句P37)Take turns to ask your questions.轮流提问题。
①They took turns at driving/to drive the car.他们轮流开车。
②If friends can take turns to listen to each other well,life will be better!
如果朋友们之间能轮流做好听众,生活就会更美好!
③The students filled in the form in turn.
学生们依次填表。
④It’s your turn to do the cleaning.轮到你扫除了。
8.In winter people burn a lot of coal to warm themselves,and this ________causes pollution and global warming.
A.in turn B.in all
C.take turns D.by turn
解析: 句意为:在冬天人们烧煤取暖,这反过来造成了污染和全球变暖。
答案: A9.(山东高考)A clean environment can help the city bid for the Olympics,which________will promote it’s economic development.
A.in nature B.in return
C.in turn D.in fact
解析: 考查副词短语辨析。句意为“清洁的环境有助于城市申办奥运会,(成功申办之后)奥运会会促进城市经济发展”。in turn意为“相应,转而”;in nature意为“本质上,事实上”;in return意为“作为回报”;in fact意为“事实上”。
答案: C
(教材原句P33)This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。consider构成的常用句型:
(1)译作“认为”时,有下列句型:
consider sb./sth.(to be/as)...认为某人/某物是……
sb./sth.be considered (to be/as)...
某人/某物被认为是……
consider it+adj.+to do sth.认为干……是……
consider it+adj.+that...认为……是……
It is considered that sb.has done sth.?Sb.+is considered+to have done sth.认为某人做过某事①Lincoln is considered as/to be one of the greatest presidents of the USA.林肯被认为是美国最伟大的总统之一。
②He is considered to have finished the work.
他被认为已经完成这项工作了。(2)译作“考虑”时,有下列句型:
consider+疑问词+to do sth.考虑……
consider doing sth.考虑做某事
(3)considering为介词。意思是“考虑到;就……而言”,后可接that从句。③We consider it necessary to tell him about it.
我们认为告诉他那件事是必要的。
④It is considered that China is developing her economy very rapidly.人们认为中国的经济正在迅速发展。
⑤I am considering changing a job.
我正考虑着换一份工作。
⑥Considering he’s only just started,he knows quite a lot about it.
鉴于他才刚刚开始,他懂得已经不少了。
10.All the staff in our company are considering________to the city centre for the fashion show.
A.to go B.going
C.to have gone D.having gone
解析: consider作“考虑;打算”讲,后接动词-ing形式,故排除A、C项;由are considering 可知打算做的事情还没发生,故选B。
答案: B11.Charles Babbage is generally considered________the first computer.
A.to invent B.inventing
C.having invented D.to have invented
解析: sb.be considered to have done sth.某人被认为已经做过某事。
答案: D12.—Mary is considering________her summer vacation in Guangzhou.
—I can’t imagine________the holidays in such a hot place.
A.to spend;her to spend B.spending;her spending
C.to spend;her spending D.spending;her to spending
解析: consider doing sth.意为“考虑做某事”,imagine doing sth.意为“想像做某事”,her为spending的逻辑主语。
答案: B(教材原句P33)I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.
我在学校学习艺术,我很开心,虽然老看图可能会看腻。
(1)句中的although引导的是状语从句,亦可以换成though,不可以与另外的一个表示转折的连词but连用。但是,可以和表示转折的副词yet,still连用。
Although they set off earlier than us,yet/still they arrived later than us.尽管他们出发比我们早,但是他们到得比我们晚。(2)句中的can表示可能,表达这种含义时,can只用于肯定句中,而且表示一种“一时的可能性”。
It can be quite windy there,especially in spring.
那里有时容易刮风,特别是在春季。
He can be quite annoying sometimes.
他有时会是相当讨厌的。
(3)enjoy意为“喜欢;享受;欣赏”等,后常接名词、代词或动词-ing形式作宾语。
I enjoyed good health until the traffic accident.
我在发生车祸之前,身体一直很健康。
People in this country enjoy a high standard of living.
这个国家的人民享有很高的生活水平。
13.(2010·辽宁卷)The old man asked Lucy to move to another chair ________he wanted to sit next to his wife.
A.although B.unless
C.because D.if
解析: 句意为:那位老人请Lucy换坐另一个椅子,因为他想挨着他妻子坐。本题考查状语从句引导词。由句意分析前后为因果关系,所以选because。A.尽管;B.除非;C.因为;D.如果。
答案: C14.(上海春招)________this is only a small town,it’s crowded with tourists who come here all year round.
A.Since B.Unless
C.Once D.Although
解析: 本题考查连词。句意为:虽然这只是一个小城镇,可全年都有大批游客到来。although引导让步状语从句表示“尽管/虽然……但是……”符合句意。since引导原因状语从句表示“既然”。unless引导条件状语从句表示“除非,如果不……”;once引导条件状语从句,表示“一旦……”都不符合语意。
答案: D15.(山东高考)In this seaside resort,you can________all the comfort and convenience of modern tourism.
A.enjoy B.apply
C.receive D.achieve
解析: enjoy享受;apply应用;receive 收到;achieve实现。由句意“在这个海边度假地,你可以享受到现代旅游业带来的所有的舒适和便利”可知A项正确。
答案: AⅠ.用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空
1.His dream of becoming an________(art) has come true.
答案: artist
2.A master________(paint) will not draw more lines or use more colours than necessary.
答案: painter
3.The reform and open policy has brought us Chinese people a rich and________(colour) life.
答案: colourful4.We had a________(delight) time by the seashore last Sunday.
答案: delightful
5.The old man passed on his knowledge of________(tradition) Chinese medicine to the younger generation.
答案: traditional
6.He thought her perfect,but in________(real) she was selfish and vain.
答案: realityⅡ.易错模块
1.—Did you watch the football game on TV last night?
—Yes,I did.It was________,and I enjoyed every minute of it.
A.alive         B.live
C.living D.lively
解析: 本题考查易混词义辨析。大意为“球赛是现场直播的,很有趣”。live意为“实况的,直播的”。
答案: B2.People found him still________after the road accident,so they sent him to hospital at once.
A.live B.lively
C.living D.alive
解析: “发现某人还活着”应用alive作宾语补足语。
答案: D
3.Many people watched the________TV broadcast of the football match.
A.live B.alive
C.living D.lively
解析: live可用做形容词,意为“现场的,直播的”。
答案: A
4.The news that the worker trapped in the coal mine for 3 days was still________was broadcast________on TV.
A.alive;alive B.living;alive
C.alive;live D.lively;live
解析: 主句意为:这消息正被直播。从句意为:被困在矿井里三天的那位工人还活着。
答案: CⅢ.语法专练
本单元语法——v.-ing形式与不定式
1.(2011·杭州教学检测)________the goal of “Education for All”,the Chinese government is making every effort.
A.To achieve      B.Achieving
C.Achieve D.Having achieved
解析: 动词不定式to achieve作目的状语。
答案: A2.If there’s a lot of work________,I’m happy to just keep on until it is finished.
A.to do B.to be doing
C.done D.doing
解析: 句意为:如果有很多事要做的话,我会很高兴留下来直到工作结束。A项to do可用来作a lot of work的定语,表示将来。
答案: A3.(2011·西城区抽样)Walter offered us a lift when he was leaving the office,but________our work,we declined the offer.
A.not finished B.not having finished
C.finished D.having finished
解析: 考查非谓语动词。动词finish的逻辑主语是we,它是动作的执行者,所以应用v.-ing形式,排除选项A和C;再依据句中的declined the offer可知,该处应指工作没有完成,所以答案为B。分词短语在此作状语,相当于状语从句because we hadn’t finished our work。
答案: B4.(2011·陕西教学检测)It looks like my cousin,but I don’t remember him________a pair of glasses.
A.to wear B.wore
C.wear D.wearing
解析: 考查非谓语动词。wear和其逻辑主语之间是主动关系,故这里用现在分词作宾语补足语。
答案: D5.(2011·潍坊检测)________in a famous university is what most students wish for.
A.To educate B.Educated
C.Being educated D.Educating
解析: 非谓语动词的用法。该结构的逻辑主语是下文中的“most students”,所以应用被动形式,故排除A、D;由句子结构分析,空格部分在句子中作主语,故只能选C。
答案: C练规范、练技能、练速度 必修二 Module 4 Fine Arts--- Western, Chinese and Pop Arts导学案1
【学习目标】
知识目标:认识体会本模块的重点单词及短语,了解本模块的语法。
能力目标:能恰当的理解所给句子的正确含义并灵活运用所学语法。
情感态度与价值观:培养自主学习意识及合作精神。
【重 点】本模块的重点单词、短语及语法。
【难 点】句子的恰当含义。语法的灵活运用。
【学习指导】自主学习,小组内合作学习与探究。
【知识链接】
It’s the artist’s job to create sunshine when there isn’t any.—Roman Rolland
The artist finds a greater pleasure in painting than in having a completed picture.—Seneca
【学习过程】
like prep similar to something else, or happening in the same way
? Her hair is dark brown like mine.
look/sound/feel/taste/seem like
The garden looked like a jungle.
what is sb/sth like?
What's their house like inside?
nothing like
Twenty years ago travel was nothing like as easy as it is now.
there's nothing like
There's nothing like a nice cup of tea!
v
like doing sth
I don't like talking in public.
like to do sth
I like to see people enjoying themselves.
would like
I'd like a cheeseburger, please.
would like to do sth
I'd like to see that film.
whatever/wherever/anything etc you like
You can sit wherever you like.
as long as you like/as much as you like etc
You know you're welcome to stay with us as long as you like.
Take as many as you like.
n
sb's likes and dislikes
We all have our own likes and dislikes when it comes to food.
colourful adj having bright colours or a lot of different colours
a colourful display of flowers
interesting, exciting, and full of variety
colourful history/past/career/life
Charlie Chaplin had a long and colorful career.
colourful character/figure(=someone who is interesting and unusual)
delightful adj very pleasant
a delightful little girl
delighted adj very pleased and happy
delighted to do sth
Sandy will be delighted to see you.
delighted (that)
I'm delighted that we have settled the matter.
delighted with/by/at
She was delighted with her new home.
traditional adj being part of the traditions of a country or group of people
a traditional method of brewing beer
it is traditional (for sb) to do sth
It is traditional not to eat meat on Good Friday.
aspect n [C] one part of a situation, idea, plan etc that has many parts
aspect of
Dealing with people is the most important aspect of my work.
Alcoholism affects all aspects of family life.
observe v to see and notice something
Scientists have observed a drop in ozone levels over the Antarctic.
observe that
It was observed that 40 percent of patients had high blood pressure.
observe sb doing sth
Officers observed him driving at 90 miles per hour.
Predators have been observed to avoid attacking brightly coloured species.
[T] to do things and obey laws that are part of a religion or custom
observe the laws of the land
reality n what actually happens or is true, not what is imagined or thought
the distinction between fantasy and reality
TV is used as an escape from reality .
the reality is that
The reality is that young people will not go into teaching until salaries are higher.
in reality
In reality, violent crimes are still extremely rare.
adopt v [I and T] to take someone else's child into your home and legally become its parent
The couple are unable to have children of their own, but hope to adopt.
adopt an approach/policy/attitude etc [T]
The courts were asked to adopt a more flexible approach to young offenders.
to use a particular style of speaking, writing, or behaving, especially one that you do not usually use
Kim adopts a southern accent when speaking to family back home.
to formally approve a proposal, amendment etc, especially by voting
Congress finally adopted the law after a two-year debate.
aim n [C] something you hope to achieve by doing something
aim of
The aim of the research is to find new food sources.
with the aim of doing sth
a campaign with the aim of helping victims of crime
Teamwork is required in order to achieve these aims.
take aim at /take aim at sb/sth
Alan took aim at the target.
Critics took aim at both the Senator and the President.
v [I] to try or intend to achieve something
aim to do sth
We aim to finish by Friday.
(be) aimed at doing sth
an initiative aimed at reducing road accidents
stand v[I] to support yourself on your feet or be in an upright position
It looks like we'll have to stand - there are no seats left.
Stand still (=do not move) and listen to me.
can't stand
spoken used to say that you do not like someone or something at all, or that you think that something is extremely unpleasant
I know he can't stand the sight of me.
can't stand (sb/sth) doing sth
Lily can't stand working in an office.
I can't stand people smoking around me when I'm eating.
n a piece of furniture or equipment used to hold or support something
a music stand
table or small structure used for selling or showing things=stall
an exhibition stand
unusual adj different from what is usual or normal
an unusual feature
It's unusual for Dave to be late.
It's not unusual (=it is quite common) to feel very angry in a situation like this.
longer/higher/worse etc than usual
It is taking longer than usual for orders to reach our customers.
as usual
As usual, they'd left the children at home with Susan.
realize v to know and understand something, or suddenly begin to understand it
realize (that)
I suddenly realized that the boy was crying.
formal to achieve something that you were hoping to achieve
She never realized her ambition of winning an Olympic gold medal.
destroy v to damage something so badly that it no longer exists or cannot be used or repaired
completely/totally destroy
The school was completely destroyed by fire.
companies that are polluting and destroying the environment
The Bears destroyed the Detroit Lions 35-3.
destroy sb's confidence/hope/faith etc
【课堂检测】
Between the two generations, it is often not their age, _________ their education that causes misunderstanding.
A. like B. as C. or D. but
Don’t take too much of the medicine; it does you more harm than good if you .
A. do B. take C. like D. have
Swimming is my favorite sport. There is _______ like swimming as a means of keeping fit.
A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
It sounds like something is wrong with the car’s engine. ___________, we’d better take it to the garage immediately.
  A. Otherwise B. If not C. But for that D. If so
Lydia doesn’t feel like abroad. Her parents are old.
A. study B. studying C. studied D. to study
According to the literary review, Shakespeare _______his charities live through their language in his plays.
A. will make B. had made C. was making D. makes
The mayor has offered a reward of $ 5 000 to who can capture the tiger alive or dead.
A. both B. others C. anyone D. another
Don’t touch _______ live wire, or you will get _______ shock.
A.the; the B.the; a C.不填; a D.不填;不填
There’s a _____ in our office that when it’s somebody’s birthday, they bring in a cake for us all to share.
A. tradition B. balance C. concern D. relationship
______good service, the restaurant offers different kinds of traditional Fujian dishes
A. Far from B. Apart from C. Instead of D.Regardless of
The traditional view is___________we sleep because our brain is “programmed”to make us do so.
A. when B. why C. whether D. that
I’m trying to break the _______ of getting up too late .
A. tradition B. convenience C. habit D. leisure
Though having lived abroad for years, many Chinese still ______ the traditional customs.
A. perform B. possess C. observe D. support
The present situation is very complex, so I think it will take me some time to ______ its reality.
A. make up B. figure out C. look through D. put off
The play next month aims mainly to reflect the local culture.
A. produced B. being produced C. to be produced D. having been produced
Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach to read first.
A. what B. who C. how D. why
Lucy has ________ all of the goals she set for herself in high school and is ready for new challenges at university.
A. acquired B. finished C. concluded D. achieved
Stand over there ___ you’ll be able to see the oil painting better.
A. but B. till C. and D. or
It’s the sort of work that ____ a high level of concentration.
A. calls for B. makes up C. lies in D. stands for
In the dark forests _____, some large enough to hold several English towns.
A. stand many lakes B. lie many lakes C. many lakes lie D. many lakes stand
Modern plastics can _____very high and very low temperatures.
A. stand B. hold C. carry D. support
A new ________ bus service to Tianjin Airport started to operate two months ago.
A. normal????????????? B. usual???????????????? C. regular????????????? D. common
— How often do you eat out?
— _____, but usually once a week.
A. Have no idea B. It depends C. As usual D. Generally speaking
During the war there was a serious lack of food. It was not unusual that even the wealthy families had to bread for days.
A. eat up B. give away C. do without D. deal with
She has already tried her best. Please don’t be too ____ about her job.
A. special B. responsible C. unusual D. particular
The shocking news made me realize terrible problems we would face.
A. what B. how C. that D. why
At one point I made up my mind to talk to Uncle Sam. Then I changed my mind, ______ that he could do nothing to help.
A. to realize B. realized C. realizing D. being realized
--- Look! He’s running so fast!
--- Hard to _______ his legs were once broken.
A. know B. imagine C. realize D. find
______that he was in great danger, Eric walked deeper into the forest.
A. Not realized B. Not to realize C. Not realizing D. Not to have realized
I failed in the final examination last term and only then _____the importance of studies.
A. I realized B. I had realized C. had I realized D. did I realize
Excuse me I________I was blocking your way.
A. didn’t realize B. don’t realize C. haven’t realized D. wasn’t realizing
Only when he reached the tea-house it was the same place he’d been in last year.
A. he realized B. he did realize C. realized he D. did he realize
When I got on the bus, I_____ I had left my wallet at home.
A. was realizing B. realized C. have realized D. would realize
---What happened to the priceless works of art?
----_____.
A. They were destroyed in the earthquake B. The earthquake was destroying them
C. They destroyed in the earthquake D. The earthquake destroyed them
With more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth _____each year.
A. is washing away B. is being washed away
C. are washing away D. are being washed away
Animals suffered at the hands of Man ___ they were destroyed by people to make way for agricultural had to provide food for more people.
A. in which B. for which C. so that D. in that
【合作探究】
【小 结】
请总结本学案中的重点短语及句式
【课后反思】
DACDB DCBAB DCCBC CDCAB ABCBC DACBC DADBA DD
版权所有:21世纪教育网

Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts
Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.Many foreigners are interested in the t____________ Chinese medicine used in special ways to cure patients.
2.At the party the naughty boy i____________ his father’s intonation,which made all the guests laugh.
3.Our company has a____________ the most advanced techniques to increase the production.
4.Life in the country is rather ____________(令人愉快的).
5.He is one of the most famous ____________(当代的)artists in China.
6.Many of them wore ____________(彩色的)national costumes.
Ⅱ.选词填空

1.The rescuers tried to find out if there was anybody still ____________.
2.We ____________ save enough money to go on vacation.
3.She spent years ____________ and recording their daily activities.
4.They have ____________ the same food every day.
5.My family ____________ all ____________ folk music.
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.All the people thought it is a ________ conversation.
A.delighted          B.delightful
C.pleased D.satisfied
2.She can’t ________ such hot weather.
A.last B.continue
C.stand D.agree with
3.As a child,I was tired ________ climbing mountains because I lived in a mountainous village and had to climb mountains every day.
A.of B.with
C.from D.in
4.His grandfather was the only soldier ________ after the First World War.
A.live B.living
C.lively D.alive
5.The artists started an important art movement that ________ show the country life.
A.aims to B.aims at
C.aimed at D.aimed to
【名师答疑代码1030331013】
6.In the company she received a complete training in all ________of the job.
A.aspect B.kinds
C.aspects D.kind
7.He has a unique ability to ________ any sound he has heard.
A.copy B.imitate
C.produce D.create
8.After careful consideration,the manager decided to ________ his suggestion.
A.admire B.adopt
C.admit D.adapt
9.I can’t stand ________ with Jane in the same office.She just refuses ________ talking while she works.
A.working;stopping B.to work;stopping
C.working;to stop D.to work;to stop
10.—Who won the first prize in the competition?
—A man ________ to be the greatest artist of the city.
A.considers B.is considered
C.considered D.considering
【名师答疑代码1030331014】
Ⅳ.阅读理解
The painter Georgia O’Keeffe was born in Wisconsin in 1887 and grew up on her family’s farm.At seventeen she decided to be an artist and left the farm for schools in Chicago and New York, but she never lost her bond with the land.Like most painters, O’Keeffe painted the things that were most important to her, and nearly all her works are simplified portrayals of nature.
O’Keeffe became famous when her paintings were discovered and exhibited in New York by the photographer Alfred Stieglitz, whom she married in 1924.During a visit to New Mexico in 1929, O’Keeffe was so moved by the bleak landscape and broad skies of the western desert that she began to paint its images.Cows’ skulls and other bleached bones found in the desert figured prominently in her paintings.When her husband died in 1946, she moved to New Mexico permanently and used the horizon lines of the desert, colorful flowers, rocks, barren hills, and the sky as subjects for her paintings.Although O’Keeffe painted her best known works in the 1920s, 1930s and 1940s, she continued to produce tributes to the western desert until her death in 1986.
O’Keeffe is widely considered to have been a pioneering American modernist painter.While most early modern American artists were strongly influenced by European art, O’Keeffe’s position was more independent.She established her own vision and preferred to view her painting as a private endeavor.Almost from the beginning, her work was more identifiably American than that of her contemporaries in its simplified and idealized treatment of color, light, space and natural forms.
1.The main idea of this passage is that ________.
A.O’Keeffe was a distinctive modern American painter
B.O’Keeffe was the best painter of her generation
C.O’Keeffe liked to paint what was familiar to her
D.O’Keeffe used colors and shapes that are too simple
2.Which of the following is NOT mentioned as an influence on O’Keeffe’s paintings?
A.Her rural upbringing.
B.Her life in the West.
C.The works of European artists.
D.The appearance of the natural landscape.
3.Which of the following is most similar to O’Keeffe’s relationship with nature?
A.A photographer’s relationship with a model.
B.A writer’s relationship with a publisher.
C.A student’s relationship with a book.
D.A carpenter’s relationship with a hammer.
4.Why is O’Keeffe considered an artistic pioneer?
A.Because her work became influential in Europe.
B.Because she painted the American Southwest.
C.Because her paintings had a definite American style.
D.Because she painted things that were familiar to her.
Ⅴ.七选五补缺题
A major source of teen stress is school exams, and test anxiety is not uncommon.When you recognize your teen is under stress, how can parents help your teen stay calm before an exam?
Be involved.Parents need to be involved in their teen’s work.____1____What they look for is your presence-to talk, to cry, or simply to sit with her or him quietly.Communicate openly with your teen.Encourage your teen to express her or his worries and fears, but don’t let her or him focus on those fears.
Help her or him get organized.____2____Together, you and your teen can work out a time-table in which she or he can study for what she or he knows will be on the test.
Provide a calm setting.Help your teen set up a quiet place to study and protect her or his privacy.Give her or him a nutritious diet.It is important for your teen to eat a healthy, balanced diet during exam times to focus and do her or his best.____3____If this happens, encourage your teen to eat light meals or sandwiches.A healthy diet, rather than junk food, is best for reducing stress.
4____ Persuade your teenager to get some sleep and/or do something active when she or he needs a real break from studying.Making time for relaxation,fun,and exercise are all important in reducing stress.Help your teen balance her or his time so that she or he will feel comfortable taking time out from studying to spend time with friends or rest.
Show a positve attitude.____5____ Your panic,anxiety and blame contribute to your teen’s pressure.Make your teen feel accepted and valued for her or his efforts.Most importantly, reassure your teen that things will be all right, no matter what the results are.
A.A parent’s attitude will dictate their teen’s emotions.
B.Exam stress can make some teens lose their appetite.
C.They will only make the situation worse.
D.Encourage your teen to relax.
E.The best thing is simply to listen.
F.Help your teen think about what she or he has to study and plan accordingly.
G.Your teen may also make negative comments about themselves.

Section Ⅲ Function,Listening and Vocabulary,Everyday
English & Cultural Corner
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.There was a worried e____________ on the teacher’s face.
2.The beautiful scenery in Guilin is just like a painting of ____________(风景画).
3.He is a famous____________(肖像)painter.
4.Your idea sounds wonderful,but not ____________(现实的)enough.
5.I like the chair,it’s most ____________(罕见的).
Ⅱ.选词填空

1.Tom and I often ____________ to ride the bike.
2.The snow storm ____________ many houses.
3.This novel is ____________ the one you bought yesterday.
4.Sarah Hardwick can ____________ the style.
5.We ____________ really ____________ seeing you again.
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.The ________ on his face told me that he was angry.
A.impression         B.sight
C.appearance D.expression
2.We have decided to take turns ________ the old house.
A.to clean B.cleaning
C.clean D.both A and B
3.His wish to be a successful violinist was finally ________.
A.come true B.put into a reality
C.realised D.recognised
4.We have had to ________ our wedding until October because we haven’t decorated house.
A.put back B.put up
C.put off D.put away
5.The woman was observed ________ the man closely.
A.to follow B.follow
C.followed D.to be following
6.—Can you tell Tom________ his twin brother?
—I can tell ________ their smiles.
A.from;by B.to;of
C.with;to D.by;from
【名师答疑代码1030331015】
7.It is not rare in the 1990s that people ________ are going to university for further education.
A.in the fifties B.in fifties
C.in their fifties D.at their fifties
8.________ it is to jump into the river to swim in summer!
A.What a fun B.What fun
C.How funny D.What funny
【名师答疑代码1030331016】
9.________,the students insists that he be separated from his deskmate,who is naughty.
A.To avoid being affected
B.To avoid to be affected
C.Avoiding being affected
D.Avoiding to be affected
10.He made a(an)________ gift for you.
A.especially B.particularly
C.specially D.special
——————————————————————————————————————Ⅳ.完形填空
Once upon a time, there was a young man with a talent for drawing.He did a few drawings that became very __1__.People said how __2__his line was and what vision he had.He then did some water colours,full of expression and great feeling, which were __3__bought by a famous gallery.He then decided that he would paint a great __4__, a work that would be looked at for centuries.It would be a large oil painting, an extraordinary work of genius.
Everyone was very __5__.They believed that he was able to produce a painting that would make his time and country famous.
So the artist prepared his canvas and chose a view of the hills __6__forests and a few farms.Then he started to draw an outline of the scene.__7__he had a problem.It kept __8__.Flowers came and went.There was rain and sunshine.Shadows seemed to make everything look __9__.Not even the __10__would help;there were cows in the field; then they went.How could he ever draw an outline or plan his colours? After __11__he decided not to try to imitate the scene before his eyes,but to paint from memory
1.A.bad         B.famous
C.ordinary D.common
2. A.terrible B.important
C.beautiful D.sorry
3. A.never B.long before
C.immediately D.before long
4. A.landscape B.man
C.animal D.building
5. A.nervous B.doubtful
C.excited D.disappointed
6. A.on B.without
C.of D.with
7. A.So    B.But    
C.Though    D.Instead
8. A.to change B.changed
C.changes D.changing
9.A.different B.the same
C.similar D.hard
10. A.cows B.farmers
C.weather D.wind
11. A.years B.centuries
C.days D.months
and so that his memory and style would not change.He took his canvas into his __12__and decided never to leave it __13__the painting was finished.
The art world became more and more exciting by this painting.If the artist was taking so long,it must be a masterpiece.Galleries started offering him __14__of money.People came to __15__him, and he talked about his vision of the work and its beauty-but he did not allow anyone to see it.
The story of the painter who gave his __16__to a masterpiece and never left his room became a legend.Years went __17__and one morning the painter did not __18__up.__19__,people entered his studio __20__ at the painting only to find ugly thick mass of colours.This masterpiece was forever unfinished.
12. A.studio B.room
C.study D.sitting room
13. A.after B.when
C.as D.until
14. A.a bit B.a number
C.large amounts D.a great
15. A.interview B.help
C.look D.trouble
16. A.time B.life
C.mind D.money
17. A.on B.along
C.by D.up
18. A.come B.wake
C.stay D.stand
19. A.Carefully B.Dangerously
C.Nervously D.Slowly
20. A.looking B.to look
C.looked D.look
——————————————————————————————————————Ⅴ.阅读理解
Many kids are too busy to have time to play creatively or relax after school.Kids who complain about the number of activities they’re involved in or refuse to go to them may be a sign that they’re burdened with stress.
How can you help kids deal with stress? Proper rest and good nutrition can improve such skills,as can good parenting.Make time for your kids each day.Whether they need to talk or just be in the same room with you,make yourself available.
Even as kids get older,quality time is important.It’s really hard for some people to come home after work,get down on the floor,and play with their kids or just talk to them about their day- especially if they’ve had a stressful day themselves.But expressing interest in your kids’ days shows that they’re important to you.
Help your child deal with stress by talking about what may be causing it.Together,you can come up with a few solutions like cutting_back_on after?school activities,spending more time talking with parents or teachers,developing an exercise habit,or keeping a journal.
You can also help by anticipating(期待) potentially stressful situations and preparing kids for them.For example,let a child know ahead of time (but not too far ahead of time) that a doctor’s appointment is coming up and talk about what will happen there.Keep in mind,though,that younger kids probably won’t need too much advance preparation.Too much information can cause more stress—reassurance(放心) is the key.
Remember that some level of stress is normal; let kids know that it’s OK to feel angry,scared,lonely,or anxious and that other people share those feelings.
1.The passage is mainly written for ________.
A.parents        B.teachers
C.kids D.doctors
2.You can do the following to help reduce children’s stress EXCEPT ________.
A.making yourself available
B.showing interest in kids’ days
C.reminding them some stress is OK
D.trying to offer more information
3.The underlined “cutting back on” in the fourth paragraph probably means ________.
A.reducing B.increasing
C.creating D.expecting
4.The purpose of the passage is ________.
A.to find out the sources of stress
B.to offer tips on dealing with stress
C.to give advice on how to relax
D.to explain why stress is harmful
Ⅵ.短文改错
Dear Mary,
I receive your E-mail just now.Don’t worry about me.I’m getting on well with my research work in the lab.But to my greatly surprise you say you will give up learn English.The reason is because you have not done well in it recently and you have lost interests.I’m afraid I couldn’t agree with you.I know it is difficulty to learn English, and English is widely used in the world today.It will be important tool in our future work.Beside, it is becoming more and more important in our daily life.If you study hard, you will be succeed.Do remember that where there is a will, there is a way.I’m looking forward to hearing good news from you.
Yours,
Li Hua
Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts
Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.traditional 2.imitated 3.adopted 4.delightful
5.contemporary 6.colourful
Ⅱ.选词填空
1.alive 2.aim to 3.observing 4.got tired of
5.are;fond of
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.【解析】选B。A项高兴的,C项高兴的,D项满意的,常修饰人;而B项“令人愉快的”常修饰事物,根据后面的conversation可知答案为B。
2.【解析】选C。句意为:她忍受不了这么热的天气。stand在此处意为“忍受”。
3.【解析】选A。be tired of“对……厌倦”be tired with/from“因……而厌倦”。
4.【解析】选D。四个选项中,只有alive能作后置定语意为“活着的”。
5.【解析】选D。根据主句的动词时态排除A、B。aim to do目的在于,aim at后接doing。
6.【解析】选C。句意为:在公司里,她接受了这份工作的各方面完整的训练。aspect为可数名词,答案为C。kinds不合乎句意。
7.【解析】选B。句意为:他有一种独特的本领,能模仿他听到的任何声音。用imitate表示“模仿”。
8.【解析】选B。adopt“采纳,采用”符合题意。admire“钦佩,羡慕”,admit“承认”,adapt“适应”。
9.【解析】选C。句意:我无法忍受和简在同一个办公室工作。她工作时不停地说话。can’t stand doing sth.忍受不了做某事;refuse to do sth.拒绝做某事。She refuses to stop talking.她拒绝停止说话。
10.【解析】选C。句意:——比赛中谁获得了一等奖?——一个被认为是将来这座城市里最伟大的艺术家的人。这个句子实际是一个省略形式,完整形式为:A man who is considered to be the greatest artist of the city(won the first prize in the competition.)。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
1.【解析】选A。主旨大意题。最后一段是整篇文章的主题段,综述了O’Keeffe是一位著名的美国现代派画家。
2.【解析】选C。细节理解题。从最后一段第二句可知,O’Keeffe有自己独立的绘画风格,没有受到欧洲画法的影响。
3.【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句可知,O’Keeffe的作品基本都是自然界的真实写照,可见她与自然的关系是描写者与描写对象的关系。A项与之类似。
4.【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知,O’Keeffe与其他同时代画家相比,有自己独特的绘画风格,不受欧洲画法的影响,开创了美国本土绘画风格的先河,所以被认为是艺术先驱。
Ⅴ.七选五补缺题
1~5 EFBDA
Section Ⅲ Function,Listening and Vocabulary,Everyday English & Cultural Corner
Ⅰ.品句填词
1.expression 2.landscape 3.portrait 4.realistic 5.unusual
Ⅱ.选词填空
1.take turns 2.destroyed 3.as good as 4.tell by
5.are;looking forward to
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.【解析】选D。impression“印象”,sight“景象”,appearance“外观”,expression“表情”。
2.【解析】选D。take turns to do固定搭配,“轮流去做某事”等于take turns doing。
3.【解析】选C。realise“实现”,come true“实现”没有被动语态,B项应为“put into reality”,recognise“认出”。
4.【解析】选C。put off“推迟”,put back“把……放回原处”,put away“把……收起,放好”,put up“举起,张贴。”
5.【解析】选A。observe...do在变为被动语态时应be observed to do。
6.【解析】选A。tell...from...固定搭配“区别,辨别”,tell by “从……可以看出”。
7.【解析】选C。in one’s+基数词的复数形式表示“在某人几十多岁”。
8.【解析】选B。fun是不可数名词。
9.【解析】选A。句意:为了避免受到干扰,那位同学坚持要和他的同桌分开,因为他的同桌太淘气了。avoid后需加动名词作宾语,故排除B、D两项;A项为不定式,作状语,表示目的,符合本题要求。
10.【解析】选D。因为A、B、C三选项均为副词,D项为形容词修饰名词。
Ⅳ.完形填空
1.【解析】选B。前面提到他很有天赋,所以作品很出名。
2.【解析】选C。既然作品很好,当然其作品的线条非常美。
3.【解析】选C。作品“立即”被一家著名的画廊所买。
4.【解析】选A。由第三段第一句可知,他要画一幅风景画。
5.【解析】选C。对他的想法大家很“兴奋”。
6.【解析】选D。with短语作hills的定语。
7.【解析】选B。此处表示转折关系。
8.【解析】选D。keep doing sth.一直做某事。
9.【解析】选A。阴影使得一切看上去不同。
10.【解析】选B。就连农场主也不帮忙,因为农场主放牛,牛在田地里时来时去。
11.【解析】选A。依据最后一段第二句话可知此处用years最合适。
12.【解析】选A。studio工作室;study书房;sitting room起居室。
13.【解析】选D。never...until...直到……才……。
14.【解析】选C。large amounts of money大量资金,large amounts of修饰不可数名词。
15.【解析】选A。interview采访。人们来采访他,他谈论对作品的想法及作品的美。
16.【解析】选B。倾其一生从事创作;life一词最能表达其投入的程度。
17.【解析】选C。go by经过,过去,其主语常用时间名词。
18.【解析】选B。wake up醒来。
19.【解析】选C。由于情况不正常,人们不知发生了什么事,所以都很紧张。
20.【解析】选B。to look在此处作目的状语。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
1.【解析】选A。推理判断题。依据第二段as can good parenting和Make time for your kids each day推断本文对象主要是针对父母的。
2.【解析】选D。细节理解题。依据第五段Too much information can cause more stress推断也不能盲目给孩子太多信息,无形中增加压力。
3.【解析】选A。猜测词义题。上文提到孩子回家没有时间玩说明作业和活动太多,应减少活动量。
4.【解析】选B。推理判断题。本文主要介绍孩子压力的来源及减压措施,因此B项是最佳答案,C项relax含义太广,脱离本文主旨。
Ⅵ.短文改错
Dear Mary,
I receive your E-mail just now.Don’t worry about me.I’m getting on well with my research work in the lab.But to my greatly surprise you say you will give up learn English.The reason is because you have not done well in it recently and you have lost interests.I’m afraid I couldn’t agree with you.I know it is difficulty to learn English, and English is widely used in the world today.It will be ∧ important tool in our future work.Beside,_it is becoming more and more important in our daily life.If you study hard, you will be succeed.Do remember that where there is a will, there is a way.I’m looking forward to hearing good news from you.
Yours,
Li Hua
版权所有:21世纪教育网

Ⅰ.词汇知识
把下列单词与其英语释义连线
1.style     A.someone who creates works of art,especially paintings or drawings
2.artist B.of the present age;of this period of time
3.stand C.very pleasant
4.observe D.a view that you see
5.contemporary E.to copy;to take as an example
6.imitate F.to see and notice;to watch carefully
7.adopt G.the quality of being real;real existence
8.scene H.to use a particular style of speaking,writing,or behaving,especially one that you do not usually use
9.delightful I.to bear
10.reality J.a particular way of doing something,designing something or producing something
答案:1.J 2.A 3.I 4.F 5.B 6.E 7.H 8.D 9.C 10.G
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.be/get tired ________对……厌烦
2.be crazy________对……狂热,热衷于……
3.be________of喜欢;喜爱
4.tell________从……可以看出
5.________the same time同时
6.________the time 总是,一直
答案:1.of 2.about 3.fond 4.by 5.at 6.all
Ⅲ.必背句型
1.This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,__________________________ the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
这是西班牙的画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。
答案:considered to be
2.Cubist artists painted objects and people,____________different aspects of the object or person____________at the same time.
在描绘物体和人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现对象的多个不同侧面。
答案:with;showing
3.I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,____________I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.
我正在学校学习美术,尽管总是看画我会厌倦,但我还是很喜欢。
答案:although
4.My parents ________________________to art galleries and often take me with them,so I’ve __________________________ art.
我父母喜欢去美术馆,他们常常带我一起去,我由此对艺术产生了兴趣。
答案:are fond of going;developed an interest in
温馨提示:巩固学习效果,检验教学成果。请进入“课时训练7”,指导学生每课一练,成功提升成绩。
版权所有:21世纪教育网

Ⅰ.词汇知识
1.e____________ a public show where people can go and see paintings or photographs
2.e____________ a look on a person’s face
3.l____________ a country scene
4.p____________ a picture of a person
5.r____________ to understand and believe (a fact)
6.r____________ (used of art or literature)life-like
7.w____________ a painting using a type of paint that is mixed with water
8.d____________ to tear down or apart;ruin;put an end to the existence or effectiveness of something
答案:1.exhibition 2.expression 3.landscape 4.portrait
5.realise 6.realistic 7.watercolour 8.destroy
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.put________推迟;延期
2.take________轮流
3.________its best处于最佳状态,最优秀
4. a________of一系列的
5.________one’s twenties在某人二十几岁时
6.be mixed________与……混合
7.make ________把……认为……;以……为……
答案:1.off 2.turns 3.at 4.series 5.in 6.with 7.of
Ⅲ.必背句型
1.From 1902 to 1904 he painted a series of pictures ____________ the main colour was blue.
从1902年到1904年,他的一系列绘画作品的主色调是蓝色。
答案:where
2.In this painting,Picasso showed his feelings about ________________________the town.
在这幅作品中,毕加索对这座城镇所发生的一切流露出了自己的真挚情感。
答案:what had happened to
3.She ____________ visiting the art gallery next week.
她推迟至下周参观美术馆。
答案:put off
4.The ____________on her face is very friendly.
她脸上的表情很友好。
答案:expression
5.____________ to ask your questions.
轮流提问。
答案:Take turns
温馨提示:巩固学习效果,检验教学成果。请进入“课时训练8”,指导学生每课一练,成功提升成绩。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
必修二M4教案:
1.scene n.地点,现场;景色;场,景
behind the scenes到后台,在幕后
come/appear on the scene出现
on the scene在现场,到现 场
①They rushed to the scene of the traffic accident.他们火速赶往车祸现场。
②I can see a beautiful scene from the top of the mountain.
从山顶上看,我能看到美丽的景色。
③The sunrise is a beautiful scene.日出是很美的景象。
④We missed the first few scenes of the movie.
电影的开始几个场景我们没看到。
2.alive adj.活着的,充满活力的,仍然存在的
stay alive活下去
keep sth.alive使继续有效、存在
come alive变得有趣(有生气、逼真),活跃起 来
①He is thought to be the greatest man alive.他被认为是当今最伟大的人。
②We’d better keep the old customs alive.我们应该保持这个古老的风俗。
③The discussion came alive when it came to an interesting topic.
当引入有趣的话题后,讨论变得热烈了。
辨析:alive,living,live与lively
1)alive有生命的;活着的;有生气的,可作表语和补足语,做后置定语。
They caught a snake alive.他们活捉了一条蛇。
He was alive when he was taken to hospital.他被送到医院时还活着。
2)living活着的;健在的;现行的,可作定语和表语。living和定冠词the连用时相当于the living people,具有复数含义,作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。
all living things一切生命
The dead are always remembered by the living.
死去的人永远被活着的人们所铭记。
His grandmother is still living at the age of 98.他奶奶已98岁,仍然健在。
3)live鲜活的;有生命的,可作定语。还有“直播的”意思。
Did you watch the live football match on TV?
你看电视直播的足球比赛了吗?
He bought a live fish.他买了条活鱼。
4)lively生动的;活泼的;用做定语或表语,既可指人,又可指物。
I feel everything here is very lively.我觉得这儿的一切都富有生气。
The teacher has a gift for making his lessons lively and interesting.
那位老师有一种使他的课生动有趣的天赋。
3. observe vt.& vi.观察,注意;遵守(法律、习俗等);庆祝(节日等);评论
1)observe sb.do sth.看到某人做(过)某事
observe sb.doing sth.看到某人(正在)做某事
2)observe/ obey a rule/the law遵守规则/法律
observe/ celebrate Christmas/May Day庆祝圣诞节/五一劳动节
3)observation n.观察,观察力
4)observer n.观察者
①She observed a man walking on the opposite side of the way.
她注意到一个人在路的对面走着。
②He liked to observe the stars when he was a child.
孩提时他喜欢观察星星。
③Do you observe Christmas?你们过圣诞节吗?
④All the citizens should observe the law without exception.
所有的公民都要守法,没有例外。
4.adopt vt.采纳;采用;收养
1)adopt an idea /a plan采纳意见 /计划
adopt a son收养一个儿子
2)adopted words外来词
adoption n.采用,采纳;过 继
①Our school has adopted a new teaching method.
我们学校采用了新的教学方法。
②All the suggestions put forward at the meeting were adopted.
会上提的所有的建议都被采纳了。
③Having no children of their own,they decided to adopt an orphan.
因为他们没有亲生儿女,所以决定领养一个孤儿。
④We are talking about the adoption of a new plan for the picnic.
我们正谈论采纳新的野餐计划。
例题:They ______ the novel because there were so many ______ words in it.
A. adapted; adopted B. adopted; adapted
C. adapted; adopting D. adopted; adapting
辨析:adopt vt.收养;采纳
adapt to意为“使……适应;改编,改写”。
adjust to调整;适应
apply to适用
apply for
The young couple had no children of their own and adopted an orphan.After a few months,the orphan came to adapt to his new life.
这对年轻夫妇没有亲生孩子,领养了一名孤儿。几个月过后,这个孤儿渐渐适应了新生活。
5.aim (sth)at 把。。。瞄准,目的在于;企图
He aimed his gun at the target.他把抢瞄准目标.
China has long been a leader in the field of genetic research aimed at improving agraculture.中国长期以来就处在致力于发展农业的基因研究领域的前沿。
Those girls worked out every morning, aiming at a weight loss of ten pounds.
6.stand v.站立,直立;忍受;经受,承担;n.看台,摊子;立场
1)stand still站着不动
stand by袖手旁观;支持(某人)
stand for代表,象征
stand out显眼,突出
2)can’t stand /bear/ tolerate sth./doing sth.不能忍受(做)某事
can’t stand sb./sth.doing sth.不能忍受某人/物做某事
3)take one’s stand站在……立 场
①He can’t stand being treated like that.他不能忍受别人那样对待他。
②I won’t stand your talking like that to your mother.
我受不了你对你母亲说话的方式。
③How can you stand by and let him treat his dog like that?
他那样虐待他的狗,你怎么能袖手旁观呢?
④Messi stands out as the best young soccer player in the game.
梅西是比赛中最突出的年轻足球运动员。
例题:1.(2008年湖北卷)Though having lived abroad for years,many Chinese still ______the traditional customs.
A.perform  B.possess C.observe D.support
2.The three teams ______different ways to solve the problem and they all succeeded at last.
A.adopted B.admired C.adapted D.adept
3.Alice’s father had her ______because he couldn’t look after her himself.
A.raised B.fed C.supported D.adopted
4.He is a man of strong selfrespect,so he can’t stand ______in public.
A.laughing at B.being laughed at C.laughed at
D.having been laughed at
5.Messi stands ______ as the best young soccer player in the game. A. for B. up C. by D. out
7. 1)destroy v. 彻底损坏以至于不能或很难修复 n. destruction
The enney destroyed the city.
The forest was destroyed by fire.
2) damage v. n.指价值,用途降低或外表,损坏等,不一定全部破坏,损坏
了还可以修复,do / cause damage to 对。。。造成损害
The storm caused great damage.
The new law has done a lot of damage to the government’s popularity.
这条新法律给政府的声望带来很大损失.
Mind you don’t damage it.
Many of the books were damaged by fire.
3)ruin vt (实际,抽象)
1)弄坏,毁掉,毁坏,破坏
The storm ruined crops.
The fire ruined the house.
The bad weather ruined our holiday.
ruin one’s health
an ancient ruined city
She poured water all over my painting and ruined it.
2)使倾家荡产
I only ruin you. I can’t give you happiness.
n.1)(be ) in ruins 是一片废墟,落空
The house across the street were in ruins.
The town is in ruins.
2)fall into ruin 已成废墟
The house fell into ruin.
4)harm
n.1) 损坏(同damage), 伤害(可指人)
He means no harm.他本无恶意.
do harm to
It wouldn’t do him any harm to work a little harder.
他工作再努力一些对他没有害处
vt.伤害,损害,危害
Smoking will harm you.
adj. be harmful to
5)spoil无用,糟蹋,弄糟;溺爱
The visit was spoiled by an argument.
He spoiled the soup by puutting toomuch salt in it.
a spoiled and selfish child who gets too much attention
用destroy, damage, ruin的适当形式填空
①You will ruin your future if you continue to be so foolish.
②The old temple has fallen into ruin .
③The back of the car was damaged in the crash, so I had to have it repaired.
④The fire caused a lot of damage .
⑤What was it that destroyed the Roman Empire?
8..tell by从……可以看出;依据……而判断
1)tell apart分清,区分
tell A from B把A和B分辨开
tell the difference between A and B区别A和B
2)to tell (you) the truth说实话
tell a story/joke/lie讲故事/笑话/说谎
tell the truth说真谎
①I could tell he was angry by/from his expression.
从他的表情我看得出他生气了。
②Can you tell Tom from his twin brother by their looks?
你能从相貌上把汤姆和他的孪生兄弟分辨开吗?
③I don’t really want to go out,to tell (you) the truth.
说实话,我并不是真的想出去。
9.put off推迟,延期
put aside撇开,置之不理;节省,储蓄,储存
put back放回;推迟,延迟;拨回
put down写下,记下;击败;平定
put forward提出;把……向前拨
put on穿上,戴上;演出
put out熄灭,扑灭;生产,制造
put up举起;张贴,公布;接待,供膳宿
put up with忍受,忍 耐
①The meeting has been put off till next week.会议已推迟到下星期了。
②We’ll have to put off going on vacation until you’re better.
我们得把休假日期推迟,直到你好些为止。
③The working party has put forward a good case for moving to a new site.
特别工作组提出了一条很好的迁往新址的理由。
④I don’t know how you put up with their constant quarreling.
我不知道你是如何忍受他们无休止的争吵的。
10.get/be tired of厌倦
①We are tired of the same food for breakfast every morning.
每天早餐吃同样的食物,我们感到厌倦了。
②He is tired of reading the text again and again.他一遍遍地读课文都烦了。
③Many students are getting tired of the school life because of so much stress.由于那么多的压力,许多学生对学校生活变得厌倦。
辨析:be tired of与be tired from
1)be tired of表示“厌烦”。
Don’t you feel tired of sitting there all day long doing nothing?
整天坐在那里无所事事你不烦吗?
I’m tired of watching television.Let’s go for a walk.
我看烦了电视,我们去散散步吧!
2)be tired from表示“因……而疲倦”。
I’m very tired from running as fast as I can.奋力奔跑后,我感到很疲倦。
All of us got tired from climbing the mountain.
我们所有的人爬山都爬累了。
11.1)take turns to do sth 轮流做某事
take turns at doing sth.
do sth. by turns
If friends can take turns to listen to each other well,life will be better!
如果朋友们之间能轮流做好听众,生活就会更美好!
②We took turns to ask questions.我们轮流问问题。
2)It’s one’s turn to do sth.轮到某人做某事
③It’s my turn to clean the room.该轮到我打扫房间了。
④It’s your turn to recite the text.该轮到你背课文了。
3)in turn轮流地,依次地,反过来 in return 作为回报
⑤You are asked to see our headmaster in turn.
要求你们依次去见我们校长。
例题1.Mr Smith,______of the______speech,started to read a novel.
A.tired;boring B.tiring;bored
C.tired;bored D.tiring;boring
2.______of the______speech,he looked out of the window.
A.Tired;tired B.Tiring;tired
C.Tired;tiring D.Being tired;tiring
3.I’m afraid I can’t help______Lucy from Lily because I only met the twins once before.
A.to tell B.telling C.to judge D.judging
4.If you suspect that the illness might be serious you should not _____going to the doctor.
A.put away B.put up C.put down D.put off
5.(2006年山东卷)A clean environment can help the city bid for the Olympics,which______will promote it’s economic development.
A.in nature B.in return C.in turn D.in fact
6. In winter people burn a lot of coal to warm themselves, and this _____ causes pollution and global warming.
A. in turn B. in all C. take turns D. by turn
句型:
1.This is a painting by the Spanish artist,Pablo Picasso,considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是二十世纪西方最伟大的画家。
consider构成的常用句型:
1)consider sb./sth.(to be/as)...认为某人/某物是……
sb./sth.be considered (to be/as)...某人/某物被认为是……
consider it+adj.+to do sth.认为干……是……
consider it+adj.+that...认为……是……
It is considered that sb.has done sth.
Sb.+is considered+to have done sth.认为某人做过某事
2)译作“考虑”时,有下列句型:
consider+疑问词+to do sth.考虑……
consider doing sth.考虑做某事
3)considering为介词。意思是“考虑到;就……而言”,后可接that从句 。
Do you consider him to be a great musician?
你认为他是个很好的音乐家吗?
Lincoln is considered as one of the greatest presidents of the USA.
林肯被认为是美国最伟大的总统之一。
He is considered to have finished the work.他被认为已经完成这项工作了。
We consider it necessary to tell him about it.
我们认为告诉他那件事是必要的。
It is considered that China is developing her economy very rapidly.
人们认为中国的经济正在迅速发展。
I am considering changing a job.我正考虑着换一份工作。
You have to consider what to do next.你得考虑下一步做什么。
Considering how sick he is,he should go to the doctor.
鉴于他病得那样厉害,他应该去看医生。
2.I’m studying art at school,and I enjoy it a lot,although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.我在学校学习艺术,我很开心,虽然老看图可能会看腻。
1)句中的although引导的是状语从句,亦可以换成though,不可以与另外的一个表示转折的连词but连用。但是,可以和表示转折的副词yet,still连用。
Although they set off earlier than us,yet/still they arrived later than us.
尽管他们出发比我们早,但是他们到得比我们晚。
2)句中的can表示可能,表达这种含义时,can只用于肯定句中,而且表示一种“一时的可能性”。
It can be quite windy there,especially in spring.
那里有时容易刮风,特别是在春季。
He can be quite annoying sometimes.他有时会是相当讨厌的。
例题1.(2008年上海春招) ______this is only a small town,it’s crowded with tourists who come here all year round.
A.Since B.Unless C.Once D.Although
2.(2007年山东卷)In this seaside resort,you can ______all the comfort and convenience of modern tourism. A.enjoy B.apply
C.receive D.achieve
3.All the staff in our company are considering ______to the city centre for the fashion show. A.to go B.going C.to have gone D.having gone
4.Charles Babbage is generally considered _____the first computer.
A.to invent B.inventing C.having invented D.to have invented
5.—Mary is considering ______her summer vacation in Guangzhou.
—I can’t imagine ______the holidays in such a hot place.
A.to spend;her to spend B.spending;her spending
C.to spend;her spending D.spending;her to spending
6.It is usually warm in my hometown in March,but it ______be rather cold sometimes. A.must B.can C.should D.would
Peter ______be really difficult at times even though he’s a nice person in general. A.shall B.should C.can D.must
Ⅱ.易错模块
1.—Did you watch the football game on TV last night?
—Yes,I did. It was ______,and I enjoyed every minute of it.
A.alive   B.live C.living D.lively
2.People found him still ______after the road accident,so they sent him to hospital at once. A.live B.lively C.living D.alive
3.Many people watched the______TV broadcast of the football match.
A.live B.alive C.living D.lively
4..(2009年杭州学军中学模拟) ______it with me should be a good choice.Trust me. A.When left B.Leaving
C.If you leave D.Leave
5.(2009年杭州高三质检)The fruit ______fresh in his fruit stand sells well.
A.looking B.looked C.look D.to be looked
6.(2009年山东泰安高三期中) ______in a wellknown university is what everybody wishes for.
A.Educated B.Being educated C.To educate D.Educating
7.—Would you like to go fishing with me?
—Sorry,but I have a lot of clothes______.
A.wash B.washed C.washing D.to wash
8.I feel greatly honored ______ into their society.
A.to welcome B.welcoming
C.to be welcomed D.welcomed
9.If there’s a lot of work______,I’m happy to just keep on until it is finished.
A.to do B.to be doing C.done D.doing
版权所有:21世纪教育网
第一部分:听力:配听力检测题(十一) ???? (共两节, 满分30分) ???? ????◆第一节(共5小题;每小题1.5分,满分7.5分) ???? 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。 ???? ???? 1. Which kind of CD does the woman want to look at? ???? A. Folk.
B. Classical.
C. Jazz.
2. How much will the man pay? ???? A. Eight dollars.
B. Forty dollars. ???? C. Forty-one dollars.
3. What does the man mean? ???? A. He didn’t go to the library.
B. He hadn’t finished reading the novel. ???? C. He couldn’t return the book to the library.
4. Why did the girl return so late? ???? A. It was crowded at the bank.
B. She played on her way home. ???? C. She forgot the time.
5. When does the man want the woman to call him? ???? A. At 4:30 pm.
B. At 5:00 pm.
C. At 3:30 pm. ???? ????◆第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分,满分22.5分) ???? 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。听第6段材料,回答第6至8题。 ???? 6. What did the woman’s boss do? ???? A. He gave the woman a rise.
B. He praised the woman. ???? C. He gave the woman another job.
7. Where is the woman’s new house? ???? A. In the city.
B. In her hometown. ???? C. In the country.
8. What is the woman’s new house like? ???? A. It has twelve rooms.
B. There is a large garden in front of it. ???? C. It is a four-storey building.
听第7段材料,回答第9至11题。
9. Why does the woman feel unhappy? ???? A. She isn’t good at her lessons.
B. She misses her family. ???? C. She is in poor health.
10. Who did the woman dream of last night? ???? A. Her father.
B. Her brother. ???? C. Her mother.
11. What does the man suggest the woman do? ???? A. Go out for a walk.
B. Go home. ???? C. Give her parents a call.
听第8段材料, 回答第12至14题。
12. How will the woman go to Sydney? ???? A. By air.
B. By train.
C. By car.
13. What does the woman think of the weather in her city? ???? A. Warm.
B. Cool.
C. Cold.
14. Why does the woman want to go to Sydney? ???? A. To do business.
B. To have a holiday. ???? C. To visit her brother.
听第9段材料, 回答第15至17题。
15. Where does the conversation take place? ???? A. At the airport.
B. In the restaurant. ???? C. In the railway station.
16. What did the woman think of her lunch? ???? A. It was too much.
B. It tasted terrible. ???? C. It was good.
17. What colour is the woman’s bag? ???? A. Brown.
B. Black.
C. Red.
听第10段材料,回答第18至20题。
18. Why are more people choosing to rent movies online these days?
A. It’s convenient.
B. It’s cheap. ???? C. It’s free.
19. Which is the first step in renting movies online? ???? A. Choose the movies you want to watch.
B. Select and sign up for a payment program. ???? C. See the introduction to the movies.
20. How long will it take for the movies to be sent to you? ???? A. At most one day.
B. At least a week.
C. At most three days. ???? ????第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节, 满分35分) ???? ????◆第一节单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分) ???? 从A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 ???? 21. I really liked the _______ in the film when the hero suddenly told others his true identity(身份). ???? A. sight
B. view
C. scenery
D. scene ???? 22. Tom was just seen ________ along the river bank; you can go there to talk with him. ???? A. walking
B. to walk ???? C. walked
D. being walking ???? 23. What is the ______ of this matter? Who should take the responsibility? ???? A. symptom
B. situation ???? C. reality
D. relationship ???? 24. The supermarket has been decorated many times, ______ more nicely than the last. ???? A. one
B. each
C. everyone
D. any ???? 25. If one is really fond of something he or she won’t ______ it as quickly as others. ???? A. be crazy about
B. get tired of ???? C. be connected with
D. get impressed by ???? 26. I can’t stand ____ in the same office as Jane. She just can’t stop talking when she is at work. ???? A. working
B. to work ???? C. being working
D. to have worked ???? 27. —Oh, you are a real beauty! ???? —___________. ???? A. You are just lying ???? B. You are joking ???? C. Thank you all the same ???? D. Thanks for the compliment ???? 28. Have you ever seen or experienced anything _______ that could not be explained using ordinary theory? ???? A. unusual
B. traditional ???? C. contemporary
D. informal ???? 29. _______ their experience on to the next generation and teaching them how to use their own minds are teachers’duties. ???? A. To pass
B. Pass
C. Passing
D. Passed ???? 30. Newborn children, even when they are still unable to say a word, try to ______ people around them. ???? A. imitate
B. greet
C. miss
D. realize ???? 31. People working in the office wish for chances ______ out, while others working outside would prefer to work inside. ???? A. to go
B. going
C. goes
D. went ???? 32. As ______ most influential writer in the West in _____ 17th century, Shakespeare wrote many great works. ???? A. a; the
B. /; a
C. the; /
D. the; the ???? 33. It’s true you were born poor, _______ you will remain poor if you don’t work hard! ???? A. and
B. or
C. but
D. so ???? 34. One late evening I ________ a poem in the study when someone knocked at the door. ???? A. wrote
B. had written ???? C. was writing
D. have written ???? 35. —Maybe we should sit down and discuss the method. ???? —______________ ???? A. Don’t you think so?
B. Don’t change a thing. ???? C. I am not sure about that. ???? D. What do you make of it then? ???? ◆第二节完形填空(共20小题;每小题1分,满分20分) ???? 阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从36-55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 ???? Lisa Reid lost her sight because of cancer 10 years ago, but a knock on the head has given it back. The 24-year-old lady has 36 part of her sight after being knocked on her head. Eleven days ago, Miss Reid bent down and 37 her guide dog good night, but accidentally hit a coffee table. 38 she woke the next morning she could see for the first time in 10 years." I could 39 believe it. It’s amazing," she said. The cancer that 40 Miss Reid’s sight was diagnosed (诊断) 13 years ago. Doctors gave her a 5 percent 41 of survival after discovering she had brain cancer. An operation on her was 42 , but the cancer damaged her eyes and had a bad influence 43 her sight. Miss Reid was blind at 14, and her eyes were only able to notice 44 and dark. "I lost hope and thought that everything was 45 me," she said. Now Miss Reid has recovered 80 percent of sight in her left eye, but her color vision (色觉) is 46 . Eye experts have no 47 for her recovery because they have never seen a(n) 48 case. After Miss Reid recovered her sight, she 49 it a secret at the beginning, but later in the day she contacted her 50 over the telephone and read a 51 warning from a cigarette package (盒) to her mother. "Lisa 52 me and said 'there’s been a 53 ; listen to this’," Louise Reid, Miss Reid’s mother, said. "Then she started reading to me. I was surprised."54 if her sight would last, Miss Reid waited till the next day before 55 her walking stick and spreading the good news. She couldn’t wait to celebrate it with her family and friends. ???? 36. A. returned B. recovered C. damaged D. examined ???? 37. A. kissed B. touched C. fed D. guided ???? 38. A. Before B. If C. When D. Since ???? 39. A. always B. almost C. hardly D. simply ???? 40. A. stole B. caught C. broke D. threw ???? 41. A. danger B. possibility C. ability D. failure ???? 42. A. wrong B. successful C. dangerous D. expensive ???? 43. A. on B. up C. to D. of ???? 44. A. light B. color C. night D. white ???? 45. A. for B. towards C. against D. from ???? 46. A. wild B. weak C. good D. sick ???? 47. A. explanation B. description C. promise D. excuse ???? 48. A. extra B. special C. familiar D. similar ???? 49. A. allowed B. hid C. kept D. treated ???? 50. A. doctor B. family C. friend D. boss ???? 51. A. health B. report C. news D. weather ???? 52. A. emailed B. warned C. showed D. rang ???? 53. A. word B. note C. change D. voice ???? 54. A. Puzzled B. Excited C. Unsure D. Unhappy ???? 55. A. throwing away B. sending away C. handing out D. picking up ???? ????第三部分:阅读理解 ???? (共20小题; 每小题2分, 满分40分) ???? ????阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,选出最佳选项。 ???? ????A ???? ????难度★
One day while walking along the bank of a river, a rabbit couple saw a wounded ant lying unconsciously (无意识地) on the grass. The rabbit couple gently put the ant on the leaf of a nearby plant. She soon recovered and saw the rabbit couple sitting beside her. ???? The ant remembered that she had found herself under the foot of a cat by chance and fainted (晕倒). She asked how she reached on the leaf top. The rabbit couple told her what had happened. The ant thanked them and said she would certainly help them when they needed her. ???? The rabbit couple went farther up the river to enjoy the bright sun. They had been there many times and would spend many hours playing and relaxing in the sun. ???? One fine day, the couple were again on their way to the river while the ant was playing on a leaf. She saw the rabbit couple walking towards the river. A few hours later she saw the rabbit couple sleeping peacefully on the soft grass by the river. Suddenly she saw a lion moving towards the grass where the rabbit couple were sleeping. The lion saw the rabbits sleeping, and started walking quietly to catch them. ???? Realizing the hazard getting close to the rabbits, the ant jumped from the leaf upon the lion and bit the lion’s back. The lion cried out in pain, waking up the rabbit couple and warning them against the danger. The rabbits ran away quickly and the ant jumped off the lion’s back and hid in the grass. ???? A white pigeon who watched what had happened cheered at the courage of the ant and told the whole story to the rabbits. The rabbits were moved and thanked the ant. They became best friends.
56.From the first three paragraphs, we can learn that ______.
A. the rabbit couple put the ant on the leaf of a plant to hide her
B. the ant was wounded after fighting with a cat
C. the rabbit couple and the ant knew each other well
D. the rabbit couple often went to the river to relax in the sun
57. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. The ant was hurt by the lion.
B. The ant was weak but clever.
C. The white pigeon was as brave as the ant. ???? D. The lion wanted to play a joke on the rabbits.
58. According to the passage, which is the correct order of the following events?
a. The ant jumped into the grass to hide.
b. The ant bit the lion’s back.
c. The lion moved toward the rabbit couple.
d. The rabbit couple saved the ant.
e. The ant saw the rabbit couple sleeping on the grass.
A. d, c, e, a, b
B. d, e, c, b, a ???? C. e, c, b, a, d
D. c, d, e, b, a
59. The underlined word "hazard" in the fifth paragraph probably means "______".
A. reality
B. scene ???? C. experience
D. danger
60. What can we infer from this story? ???? A. A friend is a second self.
B. A friend in need is a friend indeed.
C. A friend to all is a friend to none.
D. A faithful friend is hard to find. ???? ????B ???? ????难度★★
Seville, capital of Andalusia Province in Spain, is a beautiful place to visit. If you are looking for a culturally rich place to visit, Seville can easily top the list. ???? With a history that goes back two and a half thousand years, Seville is a city that will easily win you over. With traditional bullfights, beautiful museums and great food, you will certainly enjoy your journey in this wonderful city. ???? Visitors can start by visiting the Alcazar, which is a beautiful Islamic (伊斯兰的) palace. Dating back to the tenth century, this palace is a great example of architecture containing two styles. ???? Visitors can then move on to Giralda Tower, which was built in 1185. Now it is used as a bell tower and is very nice to look at. The Seville Cathedral (塞维利亚大教堂) is another top attraction for tourists visiting the city. It is a great piece of architecture that dates back to the early fifteenth century. It is the third largest building of its kind in the world. For great sights and sounds, Plaza De Espana is a must-see. It was built in 1929 and was recently repaired. Now it looks absolutely wonderful. ???? Similar to other cities, Seville also has great nightlife thanks to its various bars, pubs and restaurants that are open late into the night. Visitors can enjoy a live, on-stage performance while they enjoy some great local food. Many popular streets serve nice food and wine from morning through evening till night. The traditional flamenco (弗拉门科民歌) guitar can be heard at many different places. So when you go to Seville, make sure you take the time to become lost in the sights, sounds and tastes of this great city.
61. According to the passage, Seville is the best place to visit for those who are interested in ______.
A. natural scenery
B. fashionable architecture ???? C. rich culture
D. nice food and wine
62. Which of the following buildings is the oldest? ???? A. The Seville Cathedral.
B. Plaza De Espana. ???? C. The Alcazar.
D. Giralda Tower.
63. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. Museums in Seville consist of two different styles of architecture.
B. Seville is a city that has a history of over two thou-sand years.
C. The nightlife in Seville is great with various bars, museums, and special food.
D. It is easy to get lost in Seville for it has many different streets.
64. We can infer from the passage that ______. ???? A. Giralda Tower has been used as a bell tower ever since it was built in 1185
B. Plaza De Espana now looks more wonderful after being repaired in 1929
C. there is only one cathedral that is larger than the Seville Cathedral in the world
D. both bullfights and flamenco guitars are traditional things in Seville
65. What does the passage mainly talk about? ???? A. People’s life in Seville.
B. A great adventure to Seville.
C. The history of Seville’s architecture.
D. Seville’s great sights, sounds and tastes. ???? ????C ???? ????难度:★★★
Boys who do sports or join after-school clubs are more likely to do well in exams, according to a new study. The study suggests that a healthy body does lead to a healthy mind. ???? Researchers compared the number of activities at 508 member schools of the International School Connection (ISC,国际学校联盟) with their performances on the General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE,普通中等教育证书考试). Those offering more clubs and sporting opportunities had better results. ???? Tim Hands, headmaster of Magdalen College School, Oxford, said, "There is a pretty impressive connection between students taking part in major activities and getting into first-choice universities after A Level, or doing very well on the GCSE." At such schools, 91 percent of boys achieved As or above on the GCSE in 2007. ???? Schools offering 30 different activities outside class had 100 percent of students getting Bs or more on the GCSE, the study showed, while schools offering fewer than 20 had only 10 percent. ???? Clarissa Farr, headmaster of St Paul’s School for Girls, says that girls benefit (受益) no less than boys from after-class activities. "A broad range of activities is necessary for success in exams," she says. ???? Earlier studies have also suggested a strong positive connection between students taking part in sports and achievements on exams, and have not found a gender (性别) difference. ???? Jacquelynne Eccles, a professor at the University of Michigan, said that her study into the connection between sporting activity and exam achievement found no gender divide. "If there is a difference, it would be because boys are more likely to take up sports," she says.
66. What is this passage mainly about? ???? A. How to perform well on the GCSE.
B. Why after-class activities are good for students.
C. The reason boys often do better than girls on the GCSE.
D. Students who do more after-school activities do better in exams.
67. The underlined word "divide" in the last paragraph probably means "_____".
A. similarity
B. evidence ???? C. difference
D. association
68. From the passage we learn that ________. ???? A. the study looked into 508 member schools of the ISC
B. Tim Hands is headmaster of the University of Michigan
C. students who do better in sports do better in exams
D. Clarissa Farr thinks girls have less talent for sports than boys
69. It can be concluded from the passage that ______. ???? A. the study shows that a healthy mind can help build a healthy body
B. Jacquelynne Eccles agrees with the result of the earlier studies
C. the earlier studies involved high-school boys ???? D. after-class activities affect boys more than girls
70. Which part of a website is the passage probably taken from?
A. Politics.
B. Entertainment.
C. Education.
D. Sport. ???? ????D ???? ????难度:★★★
Cholla’s artworks have been shown in dozens of galleries around the world, from San Francisco to Venice. He was awarded an honorable mention (鼓励奖) at the 3rd International Art Prize Arte Laguna, and has even made a special appearance on the Martha Stewart Show. ???? While his works may be beautiful, there’s something even more impressive about the painter: he just happens to be a horse. "Cholla began painting about four years ago. He used his teeth to hold a watercolor brush and painted on a sheet of paper," Cholla’s owner, Renee Chambers, told the Associated Press. "I’d follow him around when he painted the corral(畜栏)each year, and one day my husband joked, 'You should get that horse to paint the fence(栅栏).’He’s been painting ever since. It’s the ability he has. He wants to paint." ???? Art critics around the world have been shocked by the horse’s strange talent. "Cholla caught my attention as I watched him paint," said critic John Yimin, who runs an art website. ???? And Rosalba Giorcelli, a gallery curator(馆长)in Venice, was so interested in the horse’s paintings that she decided to give him his very own exhibition next spring. "The more we learnt about Cholla, the more we were amazed and excited about offering a solo exhibit," she said. ???? While some question the horse’s true talents, Chambers believes that her horse’s painting abilities show evidence of Cholla’s great intelligence. "I totally believe in nature’s creative energy," she said. "If we can have it, why not an animal? Art is an expression of intelligence and Cholla is highly intelligent."
71. Cholla, described in this passage, is the name of a(n) ________.
A. animal
B. exhibition ???? C. painting
D. reporter
72. It can be inferred from this passage that ________. ???? A. Cholla is creating art with his legs
B. Cholla’s painting sells well around the world
C. Cholla’s painting career began by accident
D. Cholla’s artistic talents are evidence of nature’s power
73. This passage may be taken from ________. ???? A. a government notice
B. an entertainment magazine
C. an exhibition handbook ???? D. a science report
74. Rosalba Giorcelli’s attitude towards the Cholla’s painting abilities is ________.
A. suspicious (怀疑的)
B. negative ???? C. appreciative
D. curious (好奇的)
75. The best headline for this passage should be ________. ???? A. Pet Horse Is An Award-Winning Painter
B. Pet and Animal Portrait Gallery
C. Animal Artists and Pet Portrait Painters
D. Horse Gifts for Horse Lovers ???? ????第四部分:书面表达(共两节, 满分45分) ???? ????◆第一节阅读表达(共5小题;每小题3分,满分15分) ???? 阅读下面短文,并根据短文后的要求答题(请注意问题后的字数要求)。 ???? ????[1] Artists have used many styles in their paintings and drawings. Here are some of the most common styles of art. Learn about each style and how to enjoy them. ???? [2] Abstract (抽象派): Abstract artists feel that paintings do not have to show only things that are recognizable. In their paintings they do not try to show people, animals or places exactly as they appear in the real world. They mainly use color and shape in their paintings to show feelings. Some Abstract art is also called Non-objective art. In non-objective art, you do not see specific(特定的)things. It is not painted to look like something specific. ???? [3] Cubism: Cubism is modern art made up mostly of paintings. The paintings are not supposed to look real. The artist uses geometric(几何的)shapes to show what he is trying to paint. Early Cubists used mainly dark colours such as gray, brown and green. After 1914, Cubists started to use ___________. Cubism is the beginning of the Abstract or Non-objective art style. ???? [4] Expressionism(表现主义): In Expressionist Art, the artist tries to express certain feelings about one thing. The artists that paint in this style are more concerned with having their paintings express a feeling than making the paintings look exactly like what they are painting. ???? [5] Pop art: Pop art can be any everyday thing that is drawn in a quick and colorful way. Pop art is short for popular art. It comes from advertising and popular entertainment.
76. List three art styles. (within 8 words) ???? ①__________ ②____________ ③__________
77. What is the best title for this passage? (within 6 words) ???? ____________________________________________
78. Fill in the blank in the third paragraph with proper words. (within 5 words) ???? ____________________________________________
79. Which sentence in the passage is the closest in meaning to the following one? Those artists prefer to think more about how to express a feeling to let people know what the yare painting rather than paint the real thing.
____________________________________________
80. Translate the underlined sentence in the second paragraph into Chinese. ???? ____________________________________________ ???? ????◆第二节写作(满分30分) ???? 为了丰富同学们的业余生活,学校将举办一次学生艺术作品展。假如你是学生会的一员,你的外教Susan给你发e-mail询问艺术展的情况,请根据以下提示给她写一封回信(开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数)。提示:
1. 参展作品都出自美术系学生之手,内容包括风景画、人物画、雕塑等;
2. 展会将于12月10日到20日在校艺术大厅举行;
3. 全校师生免费入场,所有作品均可出售。
要求:
1. 词数100左右;
2. 可适当增加细节。 ???? ????Dear Susan,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours,
Li Hua
听力原文
Text1
M: Here are many different kinds of CDs. Which ones would you like to look at, folk, classical or something else?
W: Well, I like jazz actually.
Text2
W: These glasses cost eight dollars and twenty cents each.
M: I’ll take five of them.
Text3
W: Did you return the novel to the library?
M: Well, it had closed before I got there. I never realized it closed so early on weekends.
Text4
M: Susan, why are you back so late?
W: Oh, Dad. Trust me. I didn’t play on my way. When I got to the bank, there was a long queue, so I had to wait for nearly two hours.
Text5
W: Is it OK if I call you at 4:30 this afternoon? I’d like to talk with you about something important.
M: Let me see. Well, I’m afraid that’s a little too early for me. I’ll be having an important meeting in the office then and I won’t be free until half an hour later. You can call me then.
Text6
M: Betty, you look so happy today. Did you get a raise?
W: No. My boss just gave me another job to do. He never gives us rises or praises us.
M: Then, why are you so excited?
W: I’ve just bought a new house in the country. It’s right by the sea.
M: Great. These days many people like to live in the country-side. What’s your new house like?
W: It is a three-storey house with a large garden behind it. On each floor there are four rooms.
Text7
W: Hello! Jack. I’m feeling down now.
M: What’s the matter, Helen?
W: You know, it’s the first time I’ve left my home.
M: So you miss your family?
W: Yes. I miss my parents and my brother as well. You know, I dreamed of my mother last night and saw her in poor health. I want to go home but I have to work here to earn money for my schooling fees.
M: Helen, don’t worry. It was just a dream. I’m sure your mother is fine.
W: I hope so, but I’m still worried about my parents.
M: Let’s go out for a walk and get some fresh air. I’m sure then you’ll feel better.
W: All right.
Text8
M: Hey, Sandy. Why are you in such a hurry with your heavy luggage?
W: I need to catch the ten o’clock flight this morning. I’m going to Sydney.
M: Sydney? On business?
W: No, just for a holiday. You know, here in my city, it is too cold at the moment. I want to enjoy the beautiful beaches in Sydney.
M: Maybe you can try Australian food while you are there.
W: Of course.
M: How long will you stay there?
W: About a month.
M: But you’re always busy working. How can you go on such a long holiday?
W: My brother has just graduated from Harvard. He is taking over my job during my stay in Sydney. I’d better go now. My car is waiting for me.
M: OK. Have a nice holiday.
W: Thanks a lot.
Text9
W: I’ve finally arrived. Nice to see you. Have you been waiting long?
M: Not very long. How was your trip? When did you leave?
W: Just before noon. I had lunch on the plane.
M: What did you have?
W: They gave me salad, some sandwiches and a cake. To tell the truth, there was not that much food, but I still enjoyed it. I never eat too much. Many girls like me are afraid of becoming overweight.
M: I guess so. Have you got your bag yet?
W: No. I hope they put it on the plane!
M: I hope so, too. What does your bag look like?
W: It’s a big and brown one. Here’s the truck now.
M: They all look like black bags. Which one is yours?
W: None of them are. Mine is bigger than any of these. It also has a red doll on the belt.
M: Oh, here it is. It is really much bigger than the others. I can see the doll, too. Let’s check the bag number, 583-6965.
W: It’s mine. I’m sorry it’s so heavy.
M: Don’t worry. My car is in the parking lot. Let’s go. We can have dinner in your hotel.
Text10
Have you heard of online movie rentals? Some people are getting tired of going to the video rental store to rent movies, so now more and more companies are offering movie rentals online. Here’s how it works for most of these companies: 1. Select and sign up for a payment program. 2. Choose the movies you want to watch. 3. Movies are sent to you within 1-3 days. 4. Watch the movies. 5. Return the movies in a prepaid return envelope. Once you receive the movies, how can you improve your language skills with them? Well, just sitting in front of the TV with a drink in one hand and popcorn in the other isn’t a bad way to relax and enjoy movies, but you won’t learn much doing so. One idea to improve your language skills while watching movies is to stop the movie when you see and hear new expressions. Write down these expressions and look them up in a dictionary to understand their meanings. Then, make some sentences using these new expressions. Learning new vocabulary has little meaning if you don’t know how to use them. ????
参考答案
1-5 CCCAB
6-10 CCABC
11-15 AACBA
16-20 CAABC
21-25 DACBB
26-30 ADACA
31-35 ADACD
36-40 BACCA
41-45 BBAAC
46-50 BADCB
51-55 ADCCA
56-60 DBBDB
61-65 CCBDD
66-70 DCABC
71-75 ACBCA
76. ①Abstract ②Cubism ③Expressionism
77. Styles of Art
78. brighter colors
79. The artists that paint in this style are more concerned with having their paintings express a feeling than making the paintings look exactly like what they are painting. 80. 在他们的画作中他们不按人、动物或某个地方在现实世界中的真实样子来展示他们。
写作(One possible version)
Dear Susan,
I am glad that you are interested in the art show and I am very glad to share some information about it with you. All the works to be shown in the exhibition are painted by the students of the art department, including paintings of natural scenery, portraits, sculptures and so on. The exhibition will be held at the school art gallery from December the 10th to the 20th. All the teachers and students can enter the exhibition for free and all the works can be bought. I hope to see you there.
Yours,
Li Hua ????
附件1:律师事务所反盗版维权声明
附件2:独家资源交换签约学校名录(放大查看)
学校名录参见:http://21世纪教育网/wxt/list.aspx?ClassID=3060
版权所有:21世纪教育网
课件29张PPT。英语:Module 4《Fine Arts-Introduction & Cultural corner》课件(外研版必修2)Module 4 Fine ArtsIntroduction & Cultural cornerTraditional Chinese paintingblack and whitecolourfulOther Famous Chinese paintingsOther World famous paintingsMona LisaportraitaliveLast Supper达.芬奇 Leonardo da Vincioil paintingwatercolorlandscapeart galleryHow many kinds of arts are there?paintingsculpturedrawingcartoonlandscape绘画漫画、卡通雕刻山水画素描oil painting油画watercolor水彩画mural壁画design设计advertisementclothesbuildingwoodcutStone carvingFill in the blanks with the definitions.
a person who paints is called ______
2. an object used for painting _______
3. a public building where you can look at artist paintings __________.
a liquid used for writing or drawing ___
a picture of a person _______
a painting of a country scene _________
belonging to the present time ___________painterbrushart galleryinkportraitcontemporarylandscape1.Which one do you prefer? 2.Give a title for each one. a quiet girla thoughtful girla sad girla girl hugging kneesUse phrases to write one or two sentences to describe it , please:
a good place for relaxing the beautiful countryside the peaceful countryside the quiet countryside a cold winterwithered willow treeswater oxena wild scene我是依我想来画的,而
不是依我所见来画的。
——毕加索1881----1973I paint what I think , not what I see!cubism Cubism, one of the most important modern art movements.Cubist artsts painted objects and people , with different aspects of objects or person showing at the same time.Guernica , the name of a town in Spain, is painted by Picasso. It showed his feelings about what happened to the town during 1930s war.Cultural CornerFill in the form according to the passage PicassoSpainblue
period
showed poor, unhappy
people
pink
periodpainted much happier picturesIn 1937Guernica, showed his feelings
about what had happened to
the town
Homework
Read the text again and write a short passage about Picasso and his painting .
Get ready for the new words for reading.Loving art can make life more delightfulModule 4 Fine Arts --- Western, Chinese and Pop Arts
SectionⅠ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary
使用范围:必修二M4
一、教学目标
1. 总结运用新词汇、短语和句型
2. 学会谈论各种艺术形式以及描述艺术家
二、教学重难点
过去分词(短语)作定语;with复合结构
三、预习导学
(一)语篇理解
Step 1 Fast-reading
Skim the first four paragraphs of the text carefully and match the following items.
Step 2 Careful reading
Ⅰ. Read the text carefully and choose the best answers.
1.The characteristic of the paintings by Cubist artists is that________.
A.different people and objects were shown at the same time
B.people or objects were shown from different sides at the same time
C.different people and objects could be seen in the same painting
D.the paintings were painted by different people at the same time
2.Qi Baishi's paintings are special because ________.
A.they were painted in black inks and natural colors
B.they were painted in the traditional Chinese style
C.they were painted very carefully
D.they show the natural world carefully
3.Sarah Hardwick has become interested in art because________.
A.she began to study art from an early age
B.her parents want her to be an artist
C.she often goes to art galleries with her parents
D.she likes Xu Beihong very much
4.From Paragraph B, we see that________.
A.Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of Cubism
B.Roy Lichtenstein is the representative of pop art
C.Roy Lichtenstein is good at showing twentieth-century life
D.Roy Lichtenstein is good at drawing soup cans and advertisements
Ⅱ. Fill in the blanks with proper words.
Name
Nationality
Style
Characteristics
Pablo Picasso
Spanish
1._______
different 2._________ of the object or person showing at the same time
Roy Lichtenstein
3.__________
Pop art
showing ordinary 20th-century 4.______ life
Qi Baishi
Chinese
Traditional Chinese style
painting 5._________ drawings in black inks and natural colors
Xu Beihong
Chinese
Traditional Chinese style
showing 6._________ and trying to show the “life” of its subjects
Step 3 Summary
People generally agree that Picasso is the twentieth-century's greatest western artist. He was born in Spain and at 10 was already an excellent 1_______.He had his first 2_________ at 16.Picasso studied art in Spain, but moved to France, in his early twenties. From 1902 to 1904 he painted a series of 3_________ where the main colour was blue. These pictures showed poor, unhappy people and are 4_________ as Picasso's “blue period”.From 1904 to 1906 Picasso painted much 5_________ pictures in the colour pink. This 6__________ was known as his “pink period”.
With another Spanish artist 7________ George Braque, he started an important new artistic 8 _________ called Cubism. His first Cubist paintings were all painted 9________ brown and grey. In his greatest Cubist painting he showed his 10__________ about what had happened to the town during the 1930s war in Spain.
(二)Key words and phrases
A.重点单词
1. ___________ vt.观察;注意到
2. adj.彩色的→colour n.颜色
3. __________adj.令人愉快的;可爱的→delight n.& vt.高兴;愉快;使高兴→_________adj.感到高兴的
4. __________vt.绘画;(用颜料)画→__________n.绘画;油画→painter n.画家
5. ___________adj.传统的;习俗的→tradition n.传统
6. __________vt.临摹;仿造;模仿;仿效→imitation n.模仿;仿制品
7. __________n.真实;现实;逼真→real adj.真实的
8. ___________adj.不寻常的;非凡的→usual adj.通常的;平常的
B.重点短语
1.be interested ______ 对……感兴趣
2.be/get tired ______ 对……厌烦
3. __________ 像,诸如 4.be fond _____ 喜欢;喜爱
5.tell _____ 从……中辨别出来 6. ______ the same time 同时
7. _______ the time 总是,一直 8. __________________ 对……产生兴趣
C.重点句型
1.这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。
This is a painting by the Spanish artist, Pablo Picasso, ___________________ the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
2.在描绘物体或人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现物体或人的多个不同侧面。
Cubist artists painted objects and people, _______different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time.
四、Language Points
1.delightful adj. 令人愉快的;可爱的
(鲜活例句)It was a really delightful holiday and a meaningful experience.
这的确是一个愉快的假期和有意义的经历。
【拓展】delight n.[U]高兴,喜悦;[C]使人高兴的事 vt.&vi.(使)高兴 with delight 高兴地;乐意地
take delight in ... 以……为乐,喜欢(做)…… to one's delight 使某人高兴的是
①To my delight, my son passed the exam.令我高兴的是,儿子通过了考试。
②He takes great delight in proving others wrong.他以证实别人的错误为乐。
③Her heart beats fast ___________.她高兴得心跳加速。
2.adopt vt.采纳;采用;收养
(教材原句)a style of painting adopted by a group of artists.一种被一群艺术家所采用的绘画风格
(鲜活例句)He adopted my suggestion.他采纳了我的建议。
My mother was adopted by a kind-hearted couple when she was four.我母亲4岁时被一对好心夫妇收养了。
【拓展】adoption n. 采用,采纳;收养,领养 adopted adj. 收养的,被采用的 adoptive adj. 有收养关系的
①There are many adopted words in the English language.在英语中有很多外来词。
[点津] adopt与adapt只是一个字母之差,但意义差别很大。adapt意为“使适应;改编,改写”。
②Anna _________ herself quickly to the new climate.安娜很快适应了新气候。
③I will _________ my play for television.我要把我的剧本改编成电视剧。
3.aim vi.以……为目标;打算;意欲n.[C]目标,目的;[U]瞄准,对准
(教材原句)Pop art was an important modern art movement that aimed to show ordinary twentieth-century city life.波普艺术是一个重要的现代艺术流派,着眼于展现20世纪普通的城市生活。
(鲜活例句)We aim at quality rather than quantity.我们的目的是重质不重量。
【拓展】aim to do/be sth.= aim at (doing) sth. 意欲,旨在 aim (sth.) at sth. (把……)瞄准
be aimed at sth. 以……为目标;瞄准……
①The book is aimed at very young children.这本书的对象是幼童。
②What are you aiming to do that?= What's your doing that?你那样做的目的何在?
4.observe vt.观察,注意到;遵守,奉行(法律、习俗等);庆祝(节日)
(教材原句)Qi Baishi observed the world of nature very carefully, and his paintings are special because of this.
齐白石观察自然界很细心,他的画也因此而很特别。
(鲜活例句)Can you say something about how the Chinese observe the Mid-Autumn Festival?
你能说说中国人怎样过中秋节吗?
【拓展】observe sb.do sth./.doing sth. 注意到某人做了/在做某事 observe a rule/the law 遵守规则/法律
observe Christmas/May Day 庆祝圣诞节/五一劳动节
①I observed the thief stop at the gate.=The thief was observed to stop at the gate.
我看到那个小偷在门口停下来了。
②She observed a man _________ on the opposite side of the road.她注意到一个人在路的对面走着。
5.stand vt.忍受vi.站立
(教材原句)But I can't stand that picture of a golden-haired girl.但我受不了那幅金发女郎的画。
(鲜活例句)I can't stand being kept waiting any longer.再等下去我可受不了。
[点津] stand作“忍受;容忍”解时通常用于否定句和疑问句中,一般与can或could连用,后面通常接名词或动名词。
【拓展】stand by 袖手旁观;支持;遵守 stand for 代表;象征;支持,拥护  stand up 站起;耐用 stand out 突出;坚持抵抗;醒目;明显
①To make the notice stand out, better write in a bright colour.为使通知引人注目,最好用鲜艳的颜色写。
②What does the mark __________?这个标记代表什么?
6.alive adj.有活力的;有生气的;活着的
(教材原句)They look so alive.它们看起来如此鲜活。
(鲜活例句)Although he is eighty, he is still very much alive.他虽然已经八十岁了,但仍然充满了活力。
(鲜活例句)No man alive will believe you.没有一个活人会相信你的。
【比较】alive, living, live, lively
alive
是表语形容词,既可修饰人,也可修饰物,可用来作表语、后置定语或宾补
living
“活着的”,侧重说明“尚在人间的,健在的”,可用来指人或物,作定语或表语
live
“活的,活生生的”,通常指物,不指人,常用来作定语,放在名词的前面;还指“实况转播的”
lively
“活泼的,活跃的,充满生气的”,可作定语、表语或宾补,既可指人,又可指物
用alive, living, live和lively填空
①They caught a snake alive.
②The living always remember the dead.
③Did you watch the live football match on TV?
④His class is lively and interesting.
⑤He bought a live fish.
7.be/get tired of对……厌烦
(教材原句)I'm studying art at school, and I enjoy it a lot, although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.
我在学校学习美术,尽管总是看画我会厌烦,但我还是很喜欢。
(鲜活例句)They have got tired of the same food every day. 他们已厌倦了天天吃同样的饭。
【拓展】be tired from/with 因……而疲倦 be tired out 精疲力竭;十分疲劳tiring adj. 令人厌烦的;无聊的
①Being tired from a whole day's journey, she slept like a log.由于整天旅行的疲劳,她睡得很沉。
②I must sit down and rest, I am _________.我一定得坐下歇一歇,我累极了。
8.such as 像,诸如
(教材原句)For example, it shows things such as soup cans and advertisements.
例如,它展现像盛汤的罐子和广告这类的事物。
(鲜活例句)These days, there's no thing such as a job for life.现如今已经没有终身制工作这样的事了。
【拓展】such as的用法指南:(1)such as结构既可表现为“名词+such as+例子”,也可表现为“such+名词+as+例子”。(2)其后不可列出前面所提过的所有东西。
①I enjoy songs such as this one.= I enjoy such songs as this one.我喜欢像这首歌一样的歌。
②They planted many flowers, such as roses, sunflowers, etc.他们种了许多花,如玫瑰花、向日葵等。
9.tell by从……中辨别出来
(教材原句)I can tell by the style.我能根据风格辨别出来。
(鲜活例句)You can tell by the way it walks that the dog has been injured.
从这只狗走路的样子你可以判断出它受伤了。
【拓展】tell A from B 把A和B区分开来tell ... apart区分,辨别
tell the difference between ...and ...区分……与……不同之处
①Can you tell the difference between the two pictures?你能辨别这两幅画的不同吗?
②You must learn to tell right from wrong.你必须学会明辨是非。
③I can't tell the twin sisters apart.我分不清这对双胞胎姐妹。
10.This is a painting by the Spanish artist, Pablo Picasso, considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century.
这是西班牙画家巴勃罗·毕加索的一幅油画,他被认为是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。
【句式分析】considered to be the greatest western artist of the twentieth century是过去分词短语作后置定语,修饰Pablo Picasso。过去分词(短语)作定语,与所修饰词语之间通常存在被动关系,少数过去分词也可表示完成,不表被动。
①Who were the so-called guests ________(=who had been invited) to your party last night?
昨晚被邀请参加你的晚会的那些所谓的客人是谁呀?
②He is an old man loved and respected by all.他是一位受到大家爱戴和尊敬的老人。
③She is sweeping up the fallen leaves on the ground.她正在打扫地上的落叶。(fallen表完成,不表被动)
[点津] 单个过去分词作定语往往前置, 过去分词短语须后置。
11.Cubist artists painted objects and people, with different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time.在描绘物体或人的时候,立体派画家会同时展现物体或人的多个不同侧面。
【句式分析】with different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time 是with复合结构在句中作伴随状语。with复合结构在句中通常充当状语或定语,其常见形式如下:
with+宾语+
①With her son away from home, she was worried.她的儿子离家出走,她很着急。
②With the old man ____________, they started towards the mountain.由老人带路,他们动身往山里走去。
③With the problem _________, he was very happy.问题解决了,他很高兴。
五、Exercises
Ⅰ.用所学单词填空(基础题)
1.The old man chasing the dog made a very amusing ________ (情景).
2.On the course she received a thorough training in every ________ (方面) of the job.
3.The plot of the novel relies too much on coincidence to be ________ (真实).
4.If you behave like that, you'll get yourself __________ (不喜欢).
5.The police have been ________ (观察) his movements.
Ⅱ.选词填空(基础题)

1.We _________________ having the same kind of lessons these days.
2.I __________________ local history.
3.Although he ______________ the novel, he has to stop reading it to prepare for the coming exam.
4.Boys are often _______________ football and basketball games.
5.You can't ________ the real personality of a person only ________ what he said.
Ⅲ.用所给动词适当形式填空
1.I can't understand the language ___________ (speak) in that area.
2.The artist arrived, with many people ___________ (follow) him.
3.I had to go to bed with nothing ___________ (do).
Ⅳ.单项填空(中档题)
1.We take delight ________ the existence of creatures.
A.at B.with C.by D.in
2.The bear is ________ by the local people and now it has ________ the environment.
A.adopted; adapted B.adopted; adapted to
C.adapted; adopted to D.adopted; adopted
3.The meeting ________ promoting world peace.
A.is aimed at B.aims to
C.is aimed to D.is aiming to
4.I can't stand people ________ in the office where no one is allowed ________ during work time.
A.to smoke; smoking B.smoking; smoking
C.smoking; to smoke D.smoke; smoking
5.Though caught ________, the soldier escaped and was still ________.
A.living; lively B.live; lovely C.alive; living D.lively; living
6.When he passed by, he ________ a strange man _______ at the door.
A.observed; knocking B.observes; knock
C.observed; to knock D.observes; to be knocking
7.As we all know, many Chinese words have come into English, ________ typhoon, tofu, and kongfu.
A.for example B.that is C.such as D.namely
8.There seems to be some difficulty ________ “hurt” from “injure” in meaning.
A.judging B.telling C.divide D.separate
9.— Are you fond ________ practising the violin?
— No. Instead, I'm getting tired ________ it.
A.of; from B.of; of C.on; from D.on; of
Ⅴ.阅读理解(高档题)
Picasso was born in 1881. At the time he died in 1973, he was ninety-two years old. When he was over ninety, this great Spanish painter still lived his life like a young man. He was still looking for new ideas and for new ways to use his artistic materials.
Most painters discover a style of painting that suits them and always paint like that. As the artist grows older his pictures may become a little bit different, but not very much. Picasso, however, was not the same as others. He had not yet found his own particular style of painting. He was still struggling to find the perfect way to express his feeling.
The first thing one noticed about him was the look of his large, wide open eyes. A famous American writer mentioned this hungry look, and one can still see it in pictures of him today. Picasso painted a picture of a woman in 1906. He painted her face from memory, not when he saw it with his eyes. When people said to him that the picture didn't look like her. Picasso would reply, “Too bad. She'll look like that picture.” Thirty years later she said that Picasso's painting of her was the only picture she knew that showed her real look. Picasso painted not only with his eyes but also with his mind.
Some of Picasso's paintings are rich, soft coloured and beautiful. Others are ugly and cruel and strange with sharp, black lines. But such paintings allow us to imagine things and make our own view of the world sharper. They force us to say to ourselves, “What does he see that makes him paint like that?”And we begin to look at things in a deeper way.
Picasso painted thousands of pictures in many different styles. He wanted to show us what the eye sees as well as what the mind knows. If you like looking at pictures, try to find some books of Picasso's paintings, and see what they mean to you.
1.Picasso was ________ years old when he died.
A.eighty-one B.seventy-two C.ninety-two D.ninety
2.He was ________ painter.
A.an American B.a Spanish C.a French D.a British
3.When an artist becomes older, his paintings are likely to be________his paintings when he was young.
A.completely different from B.the same as
C.a little bit different from D.with no change like
4.When Picasso was over ninety, he still lived his life like a young man, because________.
A.he didn't look old
B.he liked the life of young men. Young men are always looking for new ways and new ideas
C.he wanted to live longer
D.he often stayed with some young people

Module 4 Fine Arts --- Western, Chinese and Pop Arts
SectionⅠ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary
Step 1 1-C-D 2-E-B 3-A-G 4-A-F
Step 2Ⅰ:1.B 2.D 3.C 4.B
Ⅱ:Cubism;aspects;American;city;brush;reality
Step 3 artist;exhibition;pictures;known;happier;period;called;movement;in;feelings
(二)A.重点单词observe colourful delightful delighted paint painting traditional imitate reality unusual
B.重点短语in ; of ;such as;of;by;at;all;develop an interest in
C.重点句型considered to be;with
四.1. with delight 2. adapted adapt 3. aim at 4. walking 5. stand for 7.tired out 10. invited 11. leading the way settled
五、Exercises Ⅰ. scene aspect realistic disliked observing
Ⅱ. get tired of am interested in is fond of crazy about tell; by
Ⅲ. spoken following to do
Ⅳ.单项填空(中档题)1.解析:句意:我们取乐于这些生物的存在。take/find delight in ...“以……为乐”,固定搭配。答案:D
2.解析:考查动词辨析。句意:这只熊被当地人收养了,现在它已经适应了当地的环境。adopt“收养”, adapt to“适应”,故选B。答案:B
3.解析:“以……为目标”的表达为:aim at (doing) sth./be aimed at (doing) sth./aim to do sth.,因为其后有promoting,故A项正确。答案:A
4.解析:can't stand sb. doing sth.“不能忍受某人做某事”; sb.be allowed to do sth.“某人被允许做某事”。根据句意和结构可知答案为C项。答案:C
5.解析:catch sb. alive,只能用alive作宾补;第二个空作表语,表示“活着的”,可用alive或living,故选C。答案:C
6.解析:句意:当他路过的时候,他看到一个陌生人在敲门。observe“观察;注意到”;observe sb. doing sth.“看到某人正在做某事”。由时间状语从句可知,主句应用一般过去时。答案:A
7.解析:句意:众所周知,许多汉语词汇已经进入英语语言,比如台风、豆腐和功夫。for example一般只列举一项事物或事实;such as可列举多项事实;namely和that is意为“也就是说”。故选C。答案:C
8.解析:tell ...from“区分”;judge from“从……判断”;separate ...from ...“把……与……分开”选B。
9.解析:be fond of意为“喜欢,喜爱”;be/get tired of意为“对……厌烦”。答案:B
Ⅴ.阅读理解(高档题)
1.解析:细节理解题。根据第一段第二句话可知。答案:C
2.解析:细节理解题。根据第一段第三句话中的“...this great Spanish painter...”可判断出。答案:B
3.解析:细节理解题。根据第二段第二句话可知。答案:C
4.解析:细节理解题。根据第一段第三、四两句话可判断出。答案:B
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Section Ⅱ Cultural Corner
使用范围:必修二M4
一、语篇理解
Read the text in “Cultural Corner” and finish the following tasks.
Ⅰ. True (T) or False (F).
1.It is generally agreed that Picasso is the greatest artist in the world. ( )
2.Picasso became well-known as an excellent artist at an early age. ( )
3.Picasso's first Cubist paintings were all painted in blue and pink. ( )
Ⅱ. Choose the best answers according to the text.
1.When did Picasso become an artist?
A.In his twenties. B.When he was 16.
C.In the 1890s. D.From 1902.
2.Guernica is________.
A.his birthplace B.his friend
C.his famous painting D.another Cubist painter
3.Which of the following is NOT right?
A.Picasso showed his great painting talent at an early age.
B.Picasso was born in Spain but left his country in his twenties.
C.In Picasso's Blue period, he painted happier things.
D.Picasso expressed his own feelings in his paintings.
4.The author writes this passage mainly to ________.
A.express his admiration for Picasso
B.tell of Picasso's paintings
C.introduce Picasso's popularity in painting
D.tell of Picasso's life changes
二、Key Phrases
1.in one's _____ 在某人20多岁时 2.a _____of 一系列的 3.in/during _____1930s 在20世纪30年代
三. Language Points
1.destroy vt.破坏;毁坏
(教材原句)Guernica is the name of a town that was destroyed during the 1930s war in Spain.
格尔尼卡是一座城镇的名字,该城镇在20世纪30年代的西班牙战争中毁坏殆尽。
(鲜活例句)Failure was slowly destroying him.失败渐渐地把他毁了。
【比较】destroy, damage, ruin
destroy
“破坏;摧毁;毁灭”,指完全彻底的破坏,常指不能修复了
damage
部分“损坏,破坏;损毁(使失去价值)”
ruin
不像destroy那样毁灭某物,而是强调致使该物的使用价值发生了问题;还可表示“使破产;糟蹋掉”的意思;同时还有借喻的用法
用destroy, damage和ruin填空
①He knocked over a bottle of milk and __________ the table cloth.他打翻了一瓶牛奶,把桌布弄脏了。
②The school was completely __________ by fire.学校被大火彻底烧毁了。
③The bridge was __________ by the flood.桥梁因洪水而受损。
2.in one's twenties在某人二十多岁时
(教材原句)Picasso studied art in Spain, but moved to France, in his early twenties.
毕加索是在西班牙学习的艺术,但20岁刚出头他就去了法国。
(鲜活例句)In his fifties he began to study Russian.他在50多岁时开始学习俄语。
【拓展】(1)“in one's+逢十的基数词的复数形式”表示“在某人几十多岁时”。
(2)表达“在……世纪……年代”时,用“in the+年份(尾数为0)+s/'s”。
①In my thirties, I became interested in music.在我三十多岁的时候,我开始对音乐产生兴趣。
②He began to teach English in the 1950's.他在20世纪50年代开始教英语。
3.An oil painting is a painting in which you use thick paints that have oil in them.
油画就是你用浓浓的油画颜料作的画。
(1)句中in which为“介词+关系代词”结构,在此引导定语从句,修饰先行词painting,相当于in this painting。
①Is this the bike on which you often ride?这就是你常骑的那辆自行车吗?
②This book has opened a window through which we can see a wonderful world.
这本书打开了一扇窗,通过这扇窗我们能够看到一个精彩的世界。
(2)关系代词前介词的确定
●依据定语从句中动词的某种习惯搭配来确定。
③I bought a great many books, on_which I spent all my money that I saved.
我买了很多书,这些书花了我所有的积蓄。
●依据先行词的某种习惯搭配来确定。
④I'll never forget the time during_which I spent my childhood in the country.
我永远不会忘记孩童时期我在乡村度过的时光。
●根据句子所表达的意思来确定。
⑤The colorless gas without_which we cannot live is called oxygen.
离开它我们不能活的这种无色气体称为氧气。
[点津] 定语从句中关系代词作介词的宾语时,通常可将从句中的介词提到关系代词前。而有些“动词+介词”短语,如果介词提前,将会失去动词短语原来的意义,这种情况下一般不把短语拆开。
This is the right tape for which I'm looking.(×) This is the right tape which I'm looking for.(√)
这就是我正找的那盘磁带。
4.In this painting, Picasso showed his feelings about what_had_happened_to_the_town.
在这幅画中,对于这座城镇所遭遇的一切,毕加索表达了自己的情感。
句中what引导的是宾语从句,作介词about的宾语。疑问代词what常用来引导名词性从句,在句中可作主语、宾语或表语。
①They are talking about what they will do next.他们正在商讨下一步干什么。
②Thank you for your gift! It was what I have been longing for.谢谢你的礼物!这正是我一直想要的。
③What I want to drink is coffee.我想喝的是咖啡。
完成句子
1.在黑暗的街道上,她没有一个可以求助的人。
In the dark street, there wasn't a single person ____________ she could turn for help.
2.在会议中我与之谈话的那个人是从北京大学来的。
The man ____________ I talked at the meeting is from Beijing University.
3.这就是你找的那个人。This is the person ________________________.
4.请告诉我当我不在的时候她出了什么事?Please tell me ____________________ when I was away.
5.众所周知的是2016年奥运会将在巴西举行。
____________________ is that the 2016 Olympic Games will take place in Brazil.
完形填空
Have you ever seen a movie in which a building was burned or a bridge was destroyed? Have you seen films in which a train crashed or a ship__1__into the ocean? If__2__, you may have wondered__3__these things could happen without harming the people in film?
The man who knows the__4__is the“special effects”man. He has one of the most important jobs in the film__5__. He may be ordered to create flood or to make a battlefield explode. But he may be asked to make a special effect which is much__6__exciting, though just as important to the__7__of the film.
In a scene for one__8__there was a big glass filled with water in which small fish were swimming. The director of the movie__9__the fish to stop swimming suddenly while they seem to stare at__10__performing. Then the director wanted the fish to stop staring__11__swimming away. But the fish can't be ordered to do anything. It was__12__a problem.
The “special effects”man__13__about this problem for a long time. The result was an__14__of controlling the fish with a__15__use of electricity. First he__16__electricity to the fish bowl so as to cause the fish to be__17__. Then he rapidly__18__the amount of electricity, __19__the fish to swim away. Thus he got the best effect that the director had__20__.
1.A.dived B.drowned C.sank D.broke
2.A.that B.so C.possible D.necessary
3.A.where B.when C.why D.how
4.A.reason B.way C.fact D.answer
5.A.industry B.market C.show D.school
6.A.less B.more C.too D.really
7.A.purpose B.production C.director D.success
8.A.stage B.play C.reason D.movie
9.A.demanded B.requested C.wanted D.asked
10.A.the director B.each other C.an actor D.the photographer
11.A.and B.but C.then D.or
12.A.not B.such C.quite D.just
13.A. asked B.knew C.quarrelled D.thought
14.A.order B.idea C.effort D.opinion
15.A.frequent B.full C.harmless D.general
16.A.connected B.followed C.tied D.offered
17.A.quiet B.silent C.calm D.still
18.A.got B.increased C.reduced D.saved
19.A.forbidding B.promising C.allowing D.avoiding
20.A.asked B.received C.expected D.had
请以“The Role of Art in My Life”为题写一篇短文,介绍艺术在你生活中的地位和作用。120词左右。
①If you ask me the role of art in my life, I will tell you that it is one of the most important things in my life.
②At the age of six, I started learning to paint from my art teacher.③My art teacher often showed me famous paintings by great painters such as Picasso and Xu Beihong.④I think paintings can make my life interesting and colorful, and I learn a lot from them.⑤Many artists expressed their ideas and thoughts by painting.⑥Looking at these paintings, I can understand the reality of our life more.⑦Besides, whenever I take up the painting brush, I feel energetic.⑧I love life, and I love art!
第一段:开门见山列出文章主题句:艺术在我生活中的作用。
第二段:用翔实的材料进一步解释主题。
第三段:进行简短的总结,响应主题。
亮点一:④句用make的复合结构简洁地描述了艺术在我们生活中的作用。
亮点二:⑥句用动词的-ing形式作状语,⑦句中whenever引导状语从句,利于进一步解释主题。
一篇文章通常包括开头、主体和结尾三个部分。主题句通常位于文章的开头,它既要概括整篇文章的内容又要引人注目。从某种程度上讲,主题句决定着读者对整篇文章的第一印象。所以我们要使主题句语言简练、概括性强,既能表达完整的意义,同时又能强化思想,甚至给读者留下回味的余地。
我们可以采用开门见山型、交代目的型、交代要素型或概括要点型来组织主题句。

常用的写作句式有:
1.开门见山型
Should students make friends online? Some people say yes, while others think students shouldn't ...这里可用疑问句式或者陈述句式作为主题句,直接引出所谈话题,记叙文或是议论文都可以采用这种类型的主题句。
2.交代目的型
In order to make full use of learning materials, the students' union of our school is arranging an activity ... 此处主题句直接交代文章的写作目的是什么,让读者有个清晰的认识。
3.交代要素型
At about 9 o'clock last night, I was doing my homework when I heard my neighbor shouting and laughing loudly.主题句直接交代时间、地点、人物或周围环境,这种主题句常用在记叙文的写作中。
4.概括要点型
In the society full of materials, some people often say money is the most valuable thing in the world. But in my opinion, knowledge is more valuable than anything else, because knowledge gives us power and knowledge is power ...先对文章中的人或事件进行了概括,给出了一个观点,之后再提出自己的观点,但通常与之前所提出的观点有一定联系,或深入或对应等。
根据下面的提示,以“Air Around Us”为题,写一篇短文。词数:120左右。
提示:
1.空气是我们生存条件中最重要的一部分;
2.空气无色、无味,但我们可以感觉到它的存在,因为风就是流动的空气;
3.如果没有空气,人和生物不能生存,声音不能传播,飞机不能飞行;
4.空气中除水蒸气外主要含有氮气(nitrogen)和氧气,其中氮气约占78%,氧气约占21%。几乎所有生物都需要氧气。
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
[参考范文]
Air Around Us
Air is the most important part of our life.
Air is around us. We can not see it, or smell it. But we can feel the wind blow. We can see the wind move waves on the water, clouds in the sky, and tree branches. Wind is moving air.
Without air we could not breathe. There could be no living plants or animals. Because sound travels through air, without air there would be silence. The movement of air can support a large, heavy plane.
Air is a mixture of gases and water vapor. The most important gases in the air are nitrogen and oxygen. 78 percent of the air is made up of nitrogen, and about 21 percent of oxygen. Almost all living things use the oxygen in air.
Section Ⅱ Cultural Corner
一.Ⅰ.F T F Ⅱ.1.C 2.C 3.C 4.D 二. twenties series the 三. ruined destroyed damaged
完成句子
to whom; about whom;(who/whom/that) you are looking for;what happened to her;What is known to us all
完形填空
1.答案:C解析:sank into the ocean意为“沉没到大海中”。
2.答案:B解析:so是代词,代替上文的内容。if so是比较常见的说法,意为“如果是这样的话”。
3.答案:D解析:你对特技师“如何”工作感到疑惑。
4.答案:D解析:上面是一系列问题,这儿自然是“答案”了。
5.答案:A解析:industry“工业;行业”;这里指电影制造业。
6.答案:A解析:特技师也有可能被要求制作不那么令人激动的场景。
7.答案:D解析:但是这场种场景也是影片成功的一个方面。
8.答案:D解析:从上下文看,这里应指电影。
9.答案:C解析:这里表示电影导演的主观想法。
10. 答案:C解析:让鱼儿看似在盯着演员表演。
11.答案:A 解析:and连接两个并列的动名词的短语,表顺承。
12.答案:C解析:quite放在a或an之前,修饰中心名词。
13. 答案:D解析:think about sth.“考虑某事”。
14.答案:B解析:思考的结果是想出一个“主意”,即用电流电击鱼,从而达到控制鱼的目的。
15. 答案:C解析:用一种无害的电击方式控制鱼。
16.答案:A解析:connect...to...意为“把……和……连接起来”。
17.答案:D解析:still在此为形容词作表语,表示鱼受电击后静止不动。quiet“寂静的;安静的”;silent强调“默不作声的”;calm指海面的平静。
18.答案:C解析:特技师很快减弱电流。
19.答案:C解析:allow sb./sth. to do sth.意为“允许某人或某物做某事”。此处是现在分词短语作结果状语。
20.答案:C解析:句意:用这种方法就达到了导演所期待的最佳效果。
版权所有:21世纪教育网
Section Ⅲ Other Parts of Module 4
使用范围:必修二M4
一、Key Words and Phrases
A.根据所给词性及汉语释义写出单词
1 _________n.实际情况;现实→realistic adj.现实主义的;写实主义的→realism n.现实主义→___________vt.领悟;了解;实现;实行→real adj.真的
2.exhibition n.展览→__________v.展出 3. __________n.表现;表达→express v.表达;表情
B.短语互译
1.put 推迟,延期 2. __________ to do 试图干
3.take _______ 轮流 4.at one's best 处于最佳状态
5.look forward to 期待,盼望 6.make ______ 领会,理解,懂得
二. Language Points
1.attempt vt.& n.努力;尝试;企图
(教材原句)Instead, a picture should attempt to show the “life” of its subject.
相反,一幅图画应该努力表现其主题的“生命”。
(鲜活例句)My first attempt at driving test was poor.我的第一次驾照考试很惨。
【拓展】attempt to do sth.(= try to do sth./seek to do sth.)试图/企图做某事
make an (one's) attempt to do/at doing sth. 试图/企图做某事
at one's first/second ... attempt 在某人第一/二……次尝试时
①The prisoner attempted to escape, but failed.= The prisoner attempted an escape, but failed.
囚犯企图逃跑,但没有成功。
②He made an attempt to win/at winning the first prize.他试图获头奖。
2.realise vt.领悟;了解;实现;实行
(教材原句)When you realise something, you notice something that you didn't notice or understand before.
当你意识到某件事情,也就是你注意到了你以前没有注意或没有理解的某件事情。
(鲜活例句)He finally realised his dream of becoming an actor.他当演员的梦想终于实现了。
【拓展】realise an ambition/hope/goal 实现抱负/愿望/目标 realistic adj. 现实主义的;写实主义的
reality n. 真实;现实;逼真 in reality 实际上
①Be realistic — you can't expect a big salary at eighteen.实际一点吧——你别指望十八岁就能挣高薪。
②The house looks very old, but in reality it's quite new.这所房子看起来很旧,实际上很新。
用realise和recognise填空
③He had changed so much that one could hardly __________ him.他变化很大,几乎使人不能认出他来。
④When he __________what had happened, he was very sorry.当他意识到发生了什么事时,他很难过。
3.happen vi.发生;出现
(鲜活例句)Do you think what will happen in the world in 2016?你认为在2016年世界上将发生什么事?
【拓展】sb.happen(s)/happened to do sth. 某人碰巧做某事
It happens/happened that+从句 碰巧……
sth.happens/happened to sb./sth. 某人/某物发生了某种情况
①I don't know whether you happen to have heard that I'm considering going abroad.
我不知道你是否碰巧已经听说了我正考虑出国这件事。
②It happened that I came across him in the street.= I happened to come across him in the street.
我碰巧在街上遇见他了。
【比较】happen, occur, take place, break out
happen
为常用词语,指 “客观事物或情况的偶然或未能预见地发生”
occur
属正式用语,常指意想不到的事情的“发生”,也可指在指定的时间“发生,出现”。在以具体事物、事件作主语时,可与happen互换,也可指“想起”某个主意
take place
常指“发生了事先计划或预想到的事情”,也有“举行”之意
break out
指(战争、火灾、疾病等)突然发生
用happen, occur, take place和break out填空
③The festival ___________ in July every year.这个节日在每年7月举行。
④Police reported that the accident ____________ at about 9:30 p.m.
警方报告说事故发生在晚上9:30左右。
⑤Everybody was alarmed at the news that war might __________.听到战争可能爆发的消息人人感到担心。
4.put off推迟,延期
(教材原句)She put off completing the picture, because she didn't like it.
她推迟了画的完成时间,因为她不喜欢这幅画了。
(鲜活例句)Don't put off until tomorrow what can be done today.今日可做的事不要拖到明天。
【拓展】put up 举起;张贴;建造 put away 把……收好放起来;储存
put forward 提出,提前;把……向前拨 put aside 把……放在一边
put down 记下,写下;放下 put on 上演;穿上
①Summer is over and the fans have been put away.夏天过去了,扇子都收起来了。
②He put aside his work to spend more time with his son.他把工作暂时搁下以便有更多时间陪儿子。
③We put on a song and dance performance to welcome the guests.我们表演歌舞,欢迎来宾。
5.make of领会,理解,懂得
(教材原句)What do you make of (it)?你是怎么理解的?
(鲜活例句)I don't know what to make of the new manager.这位新经理,我不知道怎么说他才好。
【拓展】make for 朝……方向前进;促进 make out 辨认出
make up 编造;化妆;构成;和好 make up for 弥补 make it 成功
①The audience made for the exits when the alarm sounded.警铃响的时候,观众奔向出口。
②I can't make out his writing.他所写的字,我无法辨认。
③He drove faster to make up for the lost time.他加速驾驶以补回损失的时间。
6.take turns轮流
(教材原句)Take turns to ask your questions.轮流提问。
(鲜活例句)Look at the picture and take turns to tell the story.看图,轮流讲故事。
【拓展】in turn 依次,轮流 by turns 轮流地 It's one's turn to do sth. 轮到某人做某事
①The girls called out their names in turn.那些女孩依次报出自己的名字。
②Tom, it's your turn to do the dishes today.汤姆,今天该你洗餐具了。
③We did the work by turns.我们轮流做这项工作。
三.知识巩固
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.In order to r________ his dream of becoming a doctor, Daniel often studies hard late into the night.
2.Most buildings in Yushu County were d________ by the sudden earthquake.
3.The p________ of her mother was her most valuable possession (财产).
4.We'll never forget the sad e________ of Chinese people when disasters such as drought, earthquakes and flood occured.
5.At the top of the hill you can look down on the peaceful and beautiful l________.
6.There will be an e________ of the development of automobile industry in our country next week.
7.It's just not r________ to expect to make so much money so soon.
Ⅱ.单项填空
1.Tony had prepared carefully for his English examination so that he could be sure of passing it on his first ______.
A.intention B.attempt C.purpose D.desire
2.It will take two months to repair the ship which was ________ by the hurricane.
A.destroyed B.damaged C.ruined D.hurt
3.They ________ to be out when we paid a visit to them.
A.broke out B.took place C.occurred D.happened
4.My hometown has changed so much that I can't ______ it.
A.know B.understand C.recognise D.realise
5.You can't ________ any excuse for the mistakes you have made.
A.make up B.look up C.put up D.get up
6.It is not rare in ________ that people in ________ fifties are going to university for further education.
A.90s; the B.the 90s; / C.90s; their D.the 90s; their
7.— Have you heard the sports meeting might be ________?
— Yes, it all depends on the weather.
A.put on B.put off C.put up D.put down
8.It is impossible for John to finish such a task in a short time, so let's ________ to give him a hand.
A.in turn B.take turn C.take turns D.by turns
Section Ⅲ Other Parts of Module 4
一、A.reality realize exhibit expression B. off attempt turns of
二. 2. recognise realized 3. takes place occurred/happened break out
三.知识巩固Ⅰ. realize destroyed portrait expression landscape exhibition realistic
Ⅱ.1.解析:句意:托尼认真准备了他的英语考试,以确保第一次尝试就能通过。intention“打算”;attempt“尝试;企图”;purpose“目的”;desire“要求”。根据句意可知B项正确。答案:B
解析:句意:修理这艘在飓风中受损的船将需要2个月的时间。destroy指完全破坏,不可修复;damage局部破坏,可以修复;ruin完全毁掉,强调该物的使用价值发生变化;hurt指身心的伤害。答案:B
3.解析:考查动词(短语)辨析。句意:我们拜访他们时,他们碰巧不在家。四个选项只有happen作“碰巧”解时,可以用人作主语。故选D。
4.解析:考查动词辨析。句意:我的家乡变化太大了以至于我都认不出它了。know“认识”;understand“理解”;recognise“认出,听出,承认”;realise“实现,意识到”。故选C。
5.解析:考查动词短语辨析。句意:你不能为你犯下的错误而编造任何借口。make up an excuse“编造借口”。故选A。
6.解析:句意:在90年代,人们在50多岁时上大学深造并不稀奇。“在……世纪……年代”用“in the+年份(尾数为0)+s/'s”表示,“在某人几十多岁时”用“in one's+逢十的基数词的复数形式”表示。故答案为D。
7.解析:句意:“运动会可能会延期,你听说了吗?”“是的,这完全取决于天气。”put off“推迟;延期”,符合题意。put on“上演;穿上”;put up“建造;张贴”;put down“记下;写下”。答案:B
8解析:句意:约翰不可能在短时间内完成那么一项任务,所以让我们轮流帮帮他吧。take turns“轮流”,与by turns意思相同,但是前者是动词短语,后者是介词短语作状语用;in turn“依次”。选:C
版权所有:21世纪教育网
复习板块四 必修二
Module 4 Fine Arts—Western,Chinese and Pop Arts
?语音知识(陕西专用)
1.scene
A./sIn/          B./seIn/
C./si?n/ D./sen/
2.destroy
3.celebrity
4.congratulation
5.female
答案:1~5 CDDDA
?情景对话(陕西专用)
—Hi,Frank.How long have you lived in Hawaii?
—I've lived here since I was born.
—__1__
—Yes,very much.The weather here is nice and the beaches are very beautiful.The waves here are especially great.I like swimming and surfing.
— __2__
—I've been surfing for over five years.My uncle,Ben taught me.__3__Can you surf?
—No,I have never surfed before.But I can dive.
—So can I.__4__By the way,how long can you stay down in the sea?
—For two hours.How about you?
—__5__
—Maybe we can go diving together sometime.
—OK.And I can teach you to surf.
答案:1~5 EDCFA
Ⅰ.单项填空
1.There are many techniques that you can ________ to help you in managing your time better.
A.adopt          B.adjust
C.adapt D.addict
解析:adopt“采纳,采用”;adjust“调整”;adapt“使……适应,改编”;addict“使……上瘾”。句意:你可以采用很多技巧来帮助你更好地利用时间。
答案:A
2.—Are you fond ________ practicing the violin?
—No.On the contrary,I'm getting tired ________ it.
A.of;from B.of;of
C.on;from D.on;of
解析:be fond of意为“喜欢,喜爱”;be/get tired of意为“对……厌烦”。
答案:B
3.To her delight,her wish ________ at last.
A.realised B.came true
C.carried out D.put into practice
解析:realise one's wish“实现某人的愿望”,her wish 在此句中作主语,故A项应用被动语态;C、D两项都是及物动词词组,且与语境不符;come true(实现)是不及物动词词组,故答案为B。
答案:B
4.________ to that piece of music always makes her feel happy.
A.Listening B.To listen
C.Listen D.Listened
解析:本题考查v.-ing短语作主语。动词不定式也可以作主语,但表示偶然的动作,本题阐述的是一般情况,故用listening。
答案:A
5.I can't stand ________ with Jane in the same office.She just refuses ________ talking while she works.
A.working;stopping B.to work;stopping
C.working;to stop D.to work;to stop
解析:句意:我无法忍受和简在同一个办公室工作。她工作时不停地说话。can't stand doing sth.“忍受不了做某事”;refuse to do sth.“拒绝做某事”。She refuses to stop talking.“她拒绝停止说话”。
答案:C
6.The setting sun above the horizon and the rosy clouds make a beautiful ________.
A.glance B.sighting
C.scenery D.scene
解析:scene和scenery都有“景色;风景”的意思,但用法有所区别:scene是可数名词,通常指局部的、一眼可见全貌的风景、景色或场景。scenery是不可数名词,指某一国家或某一地区的整体自然风景。glance意为“匆匆一看”;sighting意为“看见;目睹”。根据句意“地平线上的落日和彩霞构成美丽的景色”,可知答案为D。
答案:D
7.Mr. Smith almost broke down by a ________ of unfortunate events that happened to him.
A.range B.variety
C.series D.list
解析:句意:史密斯先生被一连串不幸的事情险些击垮。a series of“一连串,一系列”。a range of“一列(山脉)”;a variety of“各种各样的”;a list of“名单,名册”。
答案:C
8.One of the best ways for people to keep fit is to ________ healthy eating habits.
A.grow B.develop
C.increase D.raise
解析:develop此处是“养成”的意思,相当于form。短语develop/form a habit of...指“养成……的习惯”。
答案:B
9.Old as he is,he is more ________ than many young people,saying he is the happiest man________.
A.living;alive B.living;live
C.alive;alive D.alive;live
解析:live可作前置定语或表语,意为“活的;现场的”,大多用于物,很少用于人。living意为“活着的”,可作表语、前置定语或后置定语,既可用于人,又可用于物。alive意为“活着的;有活力的”,主要作表语或后置定语,强调状态,大多用于人,不用于物。句意:尽管上了年纪,他仍然比许多年轻人充满活力,说他是世界上最幸福的人。
答案:C
10.________ the production up by 20%,the price has gone down.
A.For B.Because of
C.With D.As
解析:考查with复合结构“with+宾语+宾补”。句意:由于产量提高了20%,价格已降下来了。
答案:C
11.My grandfather always forgets ________ the keys but he always says that he remembers ________it.
A.to take;to take B.to take;taking
C.taking;taking D.taking;to take
解析:句意:我爷爷总是忘记带钥匙,但他总是说他记得带了。动词forget和remember后均可接动词不定式和v.-ing形式作宾语,但意义不同:接动词不定式是指要去做的事;接v.-ing形式是指做过的事。根据题意应选B。
答案:B
12.People who believe in God ________ Christmas on Dec.25.
A.observe B.congratulate
C.hold D.pass
解析:observe有“庆祝,过(节日)”的意思。congratulate为“祝贺”,后面常常接人作宾语;hold“握住”;pass“传递”,均不符合语意。
答案:A
13.________ medical science has achieved control over several dangerous diseases,what worries us is that some of them are returning.
A.Since B.Unless
C.However D.Although
解析:句意:尽管医学已经成功地控制了好几种危险的疾病,但我们担心的是它们中有些还会复发。根据句意可知,前后句子应表达“虽然……但是……”的转折语气,故选D。
答案:D
14.The sports meeting will be ________ till next week because of the bad weather.
A.put off B.put away
C.put up D.put down
解析:本题考查短语辨析。句意:由于天气不好,运动会将被推迟到下周。put off在此意为“推迟”;put away“储蓄,把……收起来”;put up“举起,建造,张贴”;put down“放下,镇压”。
答案:A
15.My family considers ________ a computer,which is considered ________ a great help in our work and study.
A.to buy;to be B.buying;being
C.buying;to be D.to buy;being
解析:consider doing sth.意为“考虑做某事”;be considered to be...意为“被认为是……”,故选C。
答案:C
Ⅱ.阅读理解(供山东、天津以外的省份使用)
A
Beijing,April 19—Shanghai has been referred to as the Paris of the East ever since the early 1930s. “The artists and audience here show a kinship to operas,dramas,films and novels,”says Wu Xiaolu,a young Shanghai art critic who is enjoying French flourish this week.
The Sino-French Artistic Festival began on Wednesday and aimed to link Shanghai closer to French culture.This year's festival includes 22 different programmes in music,theater,literature,painting,sculpture and film.Shanghai was one of the first Chinese cities influenced by Western culture,and Paris was a leading light for China's city by the sea.
Zhang Hong,a professor in the Institute of Cultural Criticism at Tongji University said Paris is a great city and Shanghai,in its current stage,is a big city. “Shanghai has a lot to learn from Paris, ”he said.Wu,an art critic,said the artistic relationship between China and France had deepened thanks to more than 200 cultural exchanges since the start of the Sino-French Year.Many such events had come to Shanghai.Claude Hudelot,the cultural consul of French consulate-general(总领事馆) in Shanghai,said the festival was an opportunity for new artistic works to be born.
Wu noted the Chinese premiere of the one-act opera La Voix Humaine(The Human Voice),an operatic version of Jean Cocteau's famed drama,was the most appealing event on the programme.“The work not only reflects the mentality of a French woman in the 1930s when it was first staged in Paris in 1959,but reveals the inner world of many Chinese women especially those living in Shanghai today.”
Li Wei,the opera's director,said Cocteau wrote La Voix Humaine in 1930;however,the operatic version wasn't staged until 1959 after Cocteau collaborated with his good friend and renowned composer Francis Poulenc.“It is a 50-minute opera performed merely by one actress accompanied only by a piano,but it is very intriguing,”Li said.

1.Why is Shanghai called the Paris of the East?
A.Because both of them are big cities.
B.Because both of them are famous for art.
C.Because both of them lie along the coast.
D.Because both of them are strong in economy.
解析:推理判断题。由文章内容推断可知只有B项切题。
答案:B
2.Which will NOT be the influence of the Sino-French Year?
A.Shanghai can learn a lot from French culture.
B.More than 200 cultural exchanges come.
C.New artistic works are to be born.
D.It may promote both countries' economy.
解析:细节理解题。综观全文可知,只有D项不是the Sino-French Year产生的影响。
答案:D
3.Which is NOT the fact of La Voix Humaine?
A.It is a 50-minute one-act opera.
B.It was originally created by Zhang Hong.
C.The whole opera is played by only one actor.
D.The audience can only hear one instrument played.
解析:细节理解题。由文章倒数第二段可知,La Voix Humaine这部歌剧是由Jean Cocteau的著名戏剧改编而来的。故B项说法错误,符合题干要求。
答案:B
4.The work La Voix Humaine reflects________.
A.the spiritual world of women
B.the social status of women
C.differences between Chinese women and French women
D.the living of women
解析:细节理解题。由文章第四段可知这部歌剧不仅反映了20世纪30年代法国女士的心理,还反映了今天很多上海女士的内心世界。
答案:A
B
There are many famous museums throughout the world where people can enjoy art.Washington,D.C. has the National Gallery of Art;Paris has the Louvre;London,the British Museum.Florida International University(FIU) in Miami also shows art for people to see.And it does so without a building,or even a wall for its drawings and paintings.
FIU has opened what it says is the first computer art museum in the United States.You don't have to visit the University to see the art.You just need a computer linked to a telephone.
You can call the telephone number of a University computer and connect your own computer to it.All of the art is stored in the school computer.It is computer art,produced electronically(电子地) by artists in their own computers.In only a few minutes,your computer can receive and copy all the pictures and drawings.
Robert Shostak is director of the new computer museum.He says he started the museum because computer artists had no place to show their works.
A computer artist could only record his pictures electronically and send the records,or floppy discs(软盘),to others to see on their computers.He could also put his pictures on paper.But to print good pictures in paper,the computer artist needed an expensive laser(激光) printer.
Robert Shostak says the electronic museum is mostly for art or computer students at schools and universities.Many of the pictures in the museum are made by students.Mr. Shostak says the FIU museum will make computer art more fun for computer artists because more people can see it.He says artists enjoy their works much more if they have an audience.And the great number of home computers in America could mean a huge audience for the electronic museum.
5.The main purpose of this passage is to give information about ________.
A.famous museums through the world
B.a computer art museum in Miami,USA
C.art exhibitions in Florida International University
D.the latest development in computer art
解析:主旨大意题。作者首先在文章开头介绍世界著名博物馆,接着引出迈阿密州的Florida International University,接下来文章详细地介绍了FIU,因此B为最佳答案。
答案:B
6.To see the art in the FIU museum,your special needs include ________.
A.floppy discs
B.a computer and a printer
C.pictures and drawings on paper
D.a computer connected to the museum by a telephone line
解析:细节理解题。“You can call the telephone number of a University computer and connect your own computer to it.”可告诉我们此答案。
答案:D
7.What are stored in this museum?
A.Paintings drawn by means of computer.
B.Different styles of paintings.
C.Old paintings.
D.Drawings done by art students of FIU.
解析:细节理解题。从“It is computer art,produced electronically...”得此答案。
答案:A
8.The museum was started when ________.
A.Robert Shostak wanted to do something for computer scientists
B.Robert Shostak wanted to help computer artists
C.art students needed a place to show their works
D.computer scientists wanted to do something about art
解析:推理判断题。从“He says he started the museum because computer artists had no place to show their works”看,Robert Shostak开办这家电子美术馆的目的是为给艺术家们一个展示艺术的空间,因此B为最佳答案。在此C有较大干扰性,从文章最后一段看似乎这一答案正确,然而从第三段看,这家电子美术馆是面对所有的艺术家,而并非只对艺术学生。
答案:B
Ⅲ.任务型阅读(海南、宁夏模式)
(2010·海口市高三检测) __1__ The average American moves every five years.People drive straight into their garages, hire lawn services, hang out in their backyards instead of their front porches (前走廊).These days, neighbors don't even know each other's names.
Good neighbors and good friends are a lot like electricity or running water. __2__
The surprising thing is that all it takes to strengthen your relationship with friends and neighbors is respect for their feelings, concern for their property, and a helping hand when it's needed. __3__
First, be a true friend to people around you. __4__ That is to say, a true friend is one who stays true through it all—marriage, parenthood, new jobs, new homes, or even losses.That situations change doesn't mean the person has to.
Besides, friendships fade away if there isn't a balance between the give and the take. __5__Be sensitive to how much your friend can and can't offer you —time, energy, or help—and don't step over the line.Remember: friendships that tire each other will not last.If a friendship is out of balance in this way, you'll need to consider the situation.
A.Modern life is a lot less to the advantage of friendships and neighborliness than it used to be.
B.A friend in need is a friend indeed.
C.We don't know how much we depend on them until we lose them.
D.Here're two important ways to deepen your friendship with people around in your life.
E.A true friend doesn't flee when changes come about.
F.Take your time, please.
G.So make sure you aren't being a burden to your friends.
答案:1~5 ACDEG
以下两个题型供山东、天津使用
Ⅱ.阅读理解
Name:Julia B.
Age: 13
Where I work: At a dance studio (工作室) in my hometown in Minnesota
How I got started: I've been dancing at a studio since I was three years old. This past summer while I was at a dance camp, a counselor (管理员) noticed that I liked the younger kids. She asked if I'd like to be an assistant teacher. I didn't know what to expect, but it turned out to be so much fun.
Typical day: I teach ballet (芭蕾舞), tap (踢踏舞), and jazz every Tuesday after school. The preschoolers come at 4∶15 p.m., and I work with three other teachers, who all are older than I am. I also help teach a high-school class. Sometimes I even give private lessons.
Earnings: I teach about three hours a week and make $7 per hour. It is amazing that I get paid! I give most of the money to my parents for safekeeping. Earning my own spending money makes me feel responsible(有责任的).
I love my job because: I get to work with little kids and great teachers. It also was exciting when the studio gave me a key so that I could give private lessons. They really believe in me.
My job is hard because: Teaching girls older than I am was hard at first. But after another teacher reminded me that I have ten years of experience, which is a lot more than the other students, I felt much more confident.
Biggest lesson learned: I have learned to trust myself. I used to worry a lot and avoid taking risks. Taking this job — and doing it well — has given me the confidence to trust myself.
My future plans: I want to keep dancing and teaching as much as possible.

1.Julia came to work at a dance studio because ________.
A.she dances very well
B.she liked the dance camp very much
C.a counselor advised her to do so
D.it is fun to be an assistant teacher
解析:细节理解题。根据 How I got started 一部分可知,是夏令营的一位管理员发现了Julia 的优点,建议她当助理老师,故选 C 项。
答案:C
2.What do we know about Julia from the passage?
A.She teaches one kind of dance.
B.She teaches preschoolers alone.
C.She keeps her earnings by herself.
D.She learns to be responsible by earning money.
解析:细节理解题。根据 Earnings 一部分的最后一句可知,Julia 通过自己打工赚钱有了责任感,故选 D 项。
答案:D
3.What does it mean when the studio gave Julia a key?
A.They trust her.
B.They wanted her to be excited.
C.She was allowed to give private lessons.
D.She can practice dancing with great teachers.
解析:细节理解题。根据 I love my job because 一部分可知, Julia 拿到一把钥匙,得到了工作室的信任,故选 A 项。
答案:A
4.What made Julia more confident when she taught girls older than her?
A.Her teaching experience.
B.Her dancing experience.
C.Other teachers' help.
D.Other students' encouragement.
解析:细节理解题。 根据 My job is hard because 一部分可知, Julia 刚开始觉得教比她年龄大的女孩比较困难,但另一位老师告诉她,她有十年的跳舞经验,是这一点让 Julia 找回了自信,故选 B 项。
答案:B
5.The job has taught Julia to ________.
A.work hard B.trust people
C.make plans D.be confident
解析:细节理解题。根据 Biggest lesson learned 一部分可知, Julia 通过打工学会了自信,不再畏惧困难,故选 D 项。
答案:D
Ⅲ.阅读表达
(2010·聊城三中高三检测)[1]It's 2026.You lost your cashier job five years ago,when Wal-Mart Stores were switched to automatic checkouts.A job at the post office lasted only a few years,since no one sends mail anymore.Then came the bird flu,killing most population around the world.Your new office job shut down because everyone was afraid of getting sick.What's next?
[2]In two decades,your job probably won't exist,at least not in the same form.There's going to be an enormous shift of occupations.Most jobs are going to change.They'll survive,but they'll change.Meanwhile,computers continue to take over the world.Machines will learn to perform most translation services,eventually making language experts unnecessary.Robotic aircraft will put fighter pilots out of business.
[3]But there's good news:Technology will create __________.Out-of-work“top gun”pilots may find jobs piloting spaceships.They will revolutionize travel in the developing world.They don't require expensive facilities like runways,and they can stop in midair to drop off passengers or deliver goods.
[4]Hollywood's difficulties may be solved by holography(全息摄影术).Since consumers are perfectly happy watching DVDs at home on big flat-screen televisions,box-office receipts have decreased.But eventually,film companies will start producing three-dimensional holographic movies that require equipment too expensive and complicated to set up at home.
[5]It's too early to declare the end of oil,but alternative energy will create dozens of new careers in the next two decades.Hydrogen fuel could be cost-competitive with gasoline if refueling stations were mass-produced.The hydrogen at these stations would be produced on-site,so managers would need an entirely different set of skills than those required in today's gas stations.
[6]Eventually,of course,cars will be out of use and teleport repairmen could replace auto mechanics.
[7] Believe_it_or_not,these_things_are_not_outside_the_field_of_possibility.
1.Which sentence in this passage is the closest in meaning to the following one?
It is more likely that your job will disappear or change its form in twenty years' time.
________________________________________________________________________
答案:In two decades,your job probably won't exist,at least not in the same form.
2.Please fill in the blank with proper words or phrases to complete the sentence.(Please answer within 10 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
答案:new jobs as well
3.What does the passage mainly talk about?(Please answer within 10 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
答案:Future jobs.
4.What difficulties will film companies meet in the future?What will they do?(Please answer within 30 words.)
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案:Consumers would like to watch DVDs at home on big flat-screen televisions and film companies should produce three-dimensional holographic movies.
5.Translate the underlined sentence into Chinese.
________________________________________________________________________
答案:信不信由你,所有这些事情都有可能。
版权所有:21世纪教育网